texlive[57665] Master/texmf-dist: hyperref (7feb21)
commits+karl at tug.org
commits+karl at tug.org
Sun Feb 7 22:54:30 CET 2021
Revision: 57665
http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=57665
Author: karl
Date: 2021-02-07 22:54:30 +0100 (Sun, 07 Feb 2021)
Log Message:
-----------
hyperref (7feb21)
Modified Paths:
--------------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/README.md
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/backref.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manifest.txt
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/nameref.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/backref.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/bmhydoc.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/hluatex.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/hyperref.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/hyperref.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/nameref.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/backref.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hdvipdfm.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hdvips.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hdvipson.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hdviwind.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hluatex.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hpdftex.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/htex4ht.cfg
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/htex4ht.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/htexture.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hvtex.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hvtexhtm.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hvtexmrk.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hxetex.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hyperref-langpatches.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hyperref.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/hypertex.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/minitoc-hyper.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/nameref.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/nohyperref.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/ntheorem-hyper.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/pd1enc.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/pdfmark.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/psdextra.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/puarenc.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/puenc.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/puvnenc.def
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/hyperref/xr-hyper.sty
Added Paths:
-----------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc.css
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc.html
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc2.html
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc3.html
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc4.html
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc5.html
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc6.html
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc7.html
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex
Removed Paths:
-------------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/cmmi10-22.gif
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/cmsy10-21.gif
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual.css
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual.html
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual2.html
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual3.html
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual4.html
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual5.html
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual6.html
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual7.html
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/doc/fdl.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/doc/manual.tex
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt 2021-02-07 21:40:21 UTC (rev 57664)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/ChangeLog.txt 2021-02-07 21:54:30 UTC (rev 57665)
@@ -1,3 +1,15 @@
+2021-02-07 Ulrike Fischer/David Carlisle
+ * renamed the manual to hyperref-doc
+ * moved the license of the documentation into the file
+ * puenc.def defines cyrillic command, specially \C, only if
+ \CYRDZE has been defined previously
+ * puenc.def defines greek commands only if
+ \textBeta has been defined previously
+ * puenc.def defines hebrew command only if
+ \hebdalet has been defined previously
+ * ntheorem-hyper.sty made an obsolete stub
+ as ntheorem has been hyperref-compatible for some years.
+
2021-02-04 Ulrike Fischer
* corrected the definition of \begin/\end in \pdfstringdef
* removed patches for russian, new version is on ctan
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/README.md
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/README.md 2021-02-07 21:40:21 UTC (rev 57664)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/README.md 2021-02-07 21:54:30 UTC (rev 57665)
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
# README for hyperref bundle
-Version 2021-02-04 v7.00g
+Version 2021-02-07 v7.00h
## INTRODUCTION
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
The exception is `bmhydoc.sty`, it belongs to the source files
(`TDS:source/latex/hyperref/`).
4. Copy the documentation files to "`TDS:doc/latex/hyperref/`":
- manual.pdf, README.md, ChangeLog.txt,
+ hyperref-doc.pdf, README.md, ChangeLog.txt,
slides.pdf, paper.pdf, hyperref.pdf, backref.pdf,
nameref.pdf (Also the HTML version of the manual can be put there).
5. Update the databases if necessary, eg. for TeXLive:
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
* Sebastian Rahtz (died 2016)
* Heiko Oberdiek (inactive)
- * The LaTeX3 Project
+ * The LaTeX Project
## LICENSE
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/backref.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/cmmi10-22.gif
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/cmsy10-21.gif
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc.css
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc.css (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc.css 2021-02-07 21:54:30 UTC (rev 57665)
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+
+/* start css.sty */
+.ec-lmr-17{font-size:170%;}
+.ec-lmss-17{font-size:170%; font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmr-12{font-size:120%;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{font-size:120%; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmr-9{font-size:90%;}
+.ec-lmr-8{font-size:80%;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{font-size:80%; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
+.lmsy7-{font-size:70%;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
+.ec-lmss-8{font-size:80%; font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
+p{margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0}
+p.indent{text-indent:0;}
+p + p{margin-top:1em;}
+p + div, p + pre {margin-top:1em;}
+div + p, pre + p {margin-top:1em;}
+a { overflow-wrap: break-word; word-wrap: break-word; word-break: break-word; hyphens: auto; }
+ at media print {div.crosslinks {visibility:hidden;}}
+a img { border-top: 0; border-left: 0; border-right: 0; }
+center { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }
+td center { margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; }
+.Canvas { position:relative; }
+img.math{vertical-align:middle;}
+div.par-math-display, div.math-display{text-align:center;}
+li p.indent { text-indent: 0em }
+li p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }
+li p:last-child, li div:last-child { margin-bottom:0.5em; }
+li p~ul:last-child, li p~ol:last-child{ margin-bottom:0.5em; }
+.enumerate1 {list-style-type:decimal;}
+.enumerate2 {list-style-type:lower-alpha;}
+.enumerate3 {list-style-type:lower-roman;}
+.enumerate4 {list-style-type:upper-alpha;}
+div.newtheorem { margin-bottom: 2em; margin-top: 2em;}
+.obeylines-h,.obeylines-v {white-space: nowrap; }
+div.obeylines-v p { margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; }
+.overline{ text-decoration:overline; }
+.overline img{ border-top: 1px solid black; }
+td.displaylines {text-align:center; white-space:nowrap;}
+.centerline {text-align:center;}
+.rightline {text-align:right;}
+pre.verbatim {font-family: monospace,monospace; text-align:left; clear:both; }
+.fbox {padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
+div.fbox {display:table}
+div.center div.fbox {text-align:center; clear:both; padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
+div.minipage{width:100%;}
+div.center, div.center div.center {text-align: center; margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em;}
+div.center div {text-align: left;}
+div.flushright, div.flushright div.flushright {text-align: right;}
+div.flushright div {text-align: left;}
+div.flushleft {text-align: left;}
+.underline{ text-decoration:underline; }
+.underline img{ border-bottom: 1px solid black; margin-bottom:1pt; }
+.framebox-c, .framebox-l, .framebox-r { padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
+.framebox-c {text-align:center;}
+.framebox-l {text-align:left;}
+.framebox-r {text-align:right;}
+span.thank-mark{ vertical-align: super }
+span.footnote-mark sup.textsuperscript, span.footnote-mark a sup.textsuperscript{ font-size:80%; }
+div.tabular, div.center div.tabular {text-align: center; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; }
+table.tabular td p{margin-top:0em;}
+table.tabular {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+td p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }
+td p:last-child{ margin-bottom:0em; }
+div.td00{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:0pt; }
+div.td01{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:5pt; }
+div.td10{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:0pt; }
+div.td11{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:5pt; }
+table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
+td.td00{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:0pt; }
+td.td01{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:5pt; }
+td.td10{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:0pt; }
+td.td11{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:5pt; }
+table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
+.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 0px; margin:0px; }
+.hline td, .cline td{ padding: 0; }
+.hline hr, .cline hr{border:none;border-top:1px solid black;}
+.tabbing-right {text-align:right;}
+div.float, div.figure {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+div.float img {text-align:center;}
+div.figure img {text-align:center;}
+.marginpar,.reversemarginpar {width:20%; float:right; text-align:left; margin-left:auto; margin-top:0.5em; font-size:85%; text-decoration:underline;}
+.marginpar p,.reversemarginpar p{margin-top:0.4em; margin-bottom:0.4em;}
+.reversemarginpar{float:left;}
+table.equation {width:100%;}
+.equation td{text-align:center; }
+td.equation { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }
+td.equation-label { width:5%; text-align:center; }
+td.eqnarray4 { width:5%; white-space: normal; }
+td.eqnarray2 { width:5%; }
+table.eqnarray-star, table.eqnarray {width:100%;}
+div.eqnarray{text-align:center;}
+div.array {text-align:center;}
+div.pmatrix {text-align:center;}
+table.pmatrix {width:100%;}
+span.pmatrix img{vertical-align:middle;}
+div.pmatrix {text-align:center;}
+table.pmatrix {width:100%;}
+span.bar-css {text-decoration:overline;}
+img.cdots{vertical-align:middle;}
+.partToc a, .partToc, .likepartToc a, .likepartToc {line-height: 200%; font-weight:bold; font-size:110%;}
+.chapterToc a, .chapterToc, .likechapterToc a, .likechapterToc, .appendixToc a, .appendixToc {line-height: 200%; font-weight:bold;}
+.index-item, .index-subitem, .index-subsubitem {display:block}
+div.caption {text-indent:-2em; margin-left:3em; margin-right:1em; text-align:left;}
+div.caption span.id{font-weight: bold; white-space: nowrap; }
+h1.partHead{text-align: center}
+p.bibitem { text-indent: -2em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; }
+p.bibitem-p { text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; }
+.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}
+.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead { font-weight: bold;}
+.verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em}
+div.maketitle {text-align:center;}
+h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}
+div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; }
+div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}
+div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10%; font-size:85%; font-style:italic; }
+div.author{white-space: nowrap;}
+div.abstract p {margin-left:5%; margin-right:5%;}
+div.abstract {width:100%;}
+.abstracttitle{text-align:center;margin-bottom:1em;}
+div.tabular, div.center div.tabular {text-align: center; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; }
+table.tabular td p{margin-top:0em;}
+table.tabular {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+td p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }
+td p:last-child{ margin-bottom:0em; }
+div.td00{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:0pt; }
+div.td01{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:5pt; }
+div.td10{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:0pt; }
+div.td11{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:5pt; }
+table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
+td.td00{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:0pt; }
+td.td01{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:5pt; }
+td.td10{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:0pt; }
+td.td11{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:5pt; }
+table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
+.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 0px; margin:0px; }
+.hline td, .cline td{ padding: 0; }
+.hline hr, .cline hr{border:none;border-top:1px solid black;}
+div.array {text-align:center;}
+table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
+div.longtable{text-align:center;}
+table.longtable{margin-left:auto; margin-right: auto;}
+span.HoLogo-LaTeX span.HoLogo-a{position:relative;top:-.5ex;margin-left:-.36em;margin-right:-.15em;font-size:85%;}
+span.HoLogo-TeX span.HoLogo-e{position:relative;top:.5ex;margin-left:-.1667em;margin-right:-.125em;}
+a span.HoLogo-TeX span.HoLogo-e{text-decoration:none;}
+span.HoLogo-XeTeX span.HoLogo-TeX{margin-left:-.15em;}
+span.HoLogo-Xe span.HoLogo-e{position:relative;top:.5ex;left-margin:-.1em;}
+span.HoLogo-LaTeX2e span.HoLogo-2{padding-left:.15em;}
+span.HoLogo-LaTeX2e span.HoLogo-e{position:relative;top:.35ex;text-decoration:none;}
+/* end css.sty */
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc.css
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc.html (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc.html 2021-02-07 21:54:30 UTC (rev 57665)
@@ -0,0 +1,7455 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
+<html >
+<head><title>Hypertext marks in LATEX: a manual for hyperref</title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<!-- html -->
+<meta name="src" content="hyperref-doc.tex">
+<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="hyperref-doc.css">
+</head><body
+>
+ <div class="maketitle">
+
+
+
+
+
+<h2 class="titleHead">Hypertext marks in <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>: a manual for hyperref</h2>
+ <div class="author" ><span
+class="ec-lmr-12">Sebastian Rahtz (deceased)</span><br class="and" /><span
+class="ec-lmr-12">Heiko Oberdiek (inactive)</span><br class="and" /><span
+class="ec-lmr-12">The LaTeX3 Project (</span><a
+href="https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120">https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues</span></a><span
+class="ec-lmr-12">)</span></div><br />
+<div class="date" ><span
+class="ec-lmr-12">2021-02-07 v7.00h</span></div>
+ </div>
+ <h3 class="likesectionHead"><a
+ id="x1-1000"></a>Contents</h3>
+ <div class="tableofcontents">
+  <span class="sectionToc" >1 <a
+href="#x1-20001" id="QQ2-1-2">Introduction</a></span>
+<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2 <a
+href="#x1-30002" id="QQ2-1-3">Implicit behavior</a></span>
+<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >3 <a
+href="#x1-40003" id="QQ2-1-4">Package options</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >3.1 <a
+href="#x1-50003.1" id="QQ2-1-5">General options</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >3.2 <a
+href="#x1-60003.2" id="QQ2-1-6">Options for destination names</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >3.3 <a
+href="#x1-70003.3" id="QQ2-1-7">Configuration options</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >3.4 <a
+href="#x1-80003.4" id="QQ2-1-8">Backend drivers</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >3.5 <a
+href="#x1-90003.5" id="QQ2-1-9">Extension options</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >3.6 <a
+href="#x1-100003.6" id="QQ2-1-10">PDF-specific display options</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >3.7 <a
+href="#x1-110003.7" id="QQ2-1-11">PDF display and information options</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >3.8 <a
+href="#x1-120003.8" id="QQ2-1-12">Option <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo</span></a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >3.9 <a
+href="#x1-130003.9" id="QQ2-1-13">Big alphabetical list</a></span>
+<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >4 <a
+href="#x1-140004" id="QQ2-1-14">Additional user macros</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >4.1 <a
+href="#x1-150004.1" id="QQ2-1-15">Bookmark macros</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >4.2 <a
+href="#x1-180004.2" id="QQ2-1-18">Pagelabels</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >4.3 <a
+href="#x1-190004.3" id="QQ2-1-19">Utility macros</a></span>
+<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >5 <a
+href="#x1-200005" id="QQ2-1-20">New Features</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.1 <a
+href="#x1-210005.1" id="QQ2-1-21">Option ‘pdflinkmargin’</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.2 <a
+href="#x1-220005.2" id="QQ2-1-22">Field option ‘calculatesortkey’</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.3 <a
+href="#x1-230005.3" id="QQ2-1-23">Option ‘localanchorname’</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.4 <a
+href="#x1-240005.4" id="QQ2-1-24">Option ‘customdriver’</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.5 <a
+href="#x1-250005.5" id="QQ2-1-25">Option ‘psdextra’</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.6 <a
+href="#x1-260005.6" id="QQ2-1-26">\XeTeXLinkBox</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.7 <a
+href="#x1-270005.7" id="QQ2-1-27">\IfHyperBooleanExists and \IfHyperBoolean</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.8 <a
+href="#x1-280005.8" id="QQ2-1-28">\unichar</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.9 <a
+href="#x1-290005.9" id="QQ2-1-29">\ifpdfstringunicode</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.10 <a
+href="#x1-300005.10" id="QQ2-1-30">Customizing index style file with \nohyperpage</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.11 <a
+href="#x1-310005.11" id="QQ2-1-31">Experimental option ‘ocgcolorlinks’</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.12 <a
+href="#x1-320005.12" id="QQ2-1-32">Option ‘pdfa’</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.13 <a
+href="#x1-330005.13" id="QQ2-1-33">Option ‘linktoc’ added</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.14 <a
+href="#x1-340005.14" id="QQ2-1-34">Option ‘pdfnewwindow’ changed</a></span>
+
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.15 <a
+href="#x1-350005.15" id="QQ2-1-35">Flag options for PDF forms</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.16 <a
+href="#x1-360005.16" id="QQ2-1-36">Option ‘pdfversion’</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.17 <a
+href="#x1-370005.17" id="QQ2-1-37">Field option ‘name’</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.18 <a
+href="#x1-380005.18" id="QQ2-1-38">Option ‘pdfencoding’</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.19 <a
+href="#x1-390005.19" id="QQ2-1-39">Color options/package hycolor</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.20 <a
+href="#x1-400005.20" id="QQ2-1-40">Option pdfusetitle</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.21 <a
+href="#x1-410005.21" id="QQ2-1-41">Starred form of \autoref</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.22 <a
+href="#x1-420005.22" id="QQ2-1-42">Link border style</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.23 <a
+href="#x1-430005.23" id="QQ2-1-43">Option <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth</span></a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.24 <a
+href="#x1-440005.24" id="QQ2-1-44">Option <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdfescapeform</span></a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.25 <a
+href="#x1-450005.25" id="QQ2-1-45">Default driver setting</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.26 <a
+href="#x1-460005.26" id="QQ2-1-46">Backref entries</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.27 <a
+href="#x1-470005.27" id="QQ2-1-47">\phantomsection</a></span>
+<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >6 <a
+href="#x1-480006" id="QQ2-1-48">Acrobat-specific behavior</a></span>
+<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >7 <a
+href="#x1-490007" id="QQ2-1-49">PDF and HTML forms</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.1 <a
+href="#x1-500007.1" id="QQ2-1-50">Forms environment parameters</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.2 <a
+href="#x1-510007.2" id="QQ2-1-51">Forms optional parameters</a></span>
+<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >8 <a
+href="#x1-520008" id="QQ2-1-52">Defining a new driver</a></span>
+<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >9 <a
+href="#x1-530009" id="QQ2-1-53">Special support for other packages</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >9.1 <a
+href="#x1-540009.1" id="QQ2-1-54">Package Compatibility</a></span>
+<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >10 <a
+href="#x1-9800010" id="QQ2-1-98">Limitations</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >10.1 <a
+href="#x1-9900010.1" id="QQ2-1-99">Wrapped/broken link support</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >10.2 <a
+href="#x1-10000010.2" id="QQ2-1-100">Links across pages</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >10.3 <a
+href="#x1-10100010.3" id="QQ2-1-101">Footnotes</a></span>
+<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >11 <a
+href="#x1-10200011" id="QQ2-1-102">Hints</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >11.1 <a
+href="#x1-10300011.1" id="QQ2-1-103">Spaces in option values</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >11.2 <a
+href="#x1-10400011.2" id="QQ2-1-104">Index with makeindex</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >11.3 <a
+href="#x1-10500011.3" id="QQ2-1-105">Warning <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">"bookmark level for unknown <foobar> defaults to 0"</span></a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >11.4 <a
+href="#x1-10600011.4" id="QQ2-1-106">Link anchors in figures</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >11.5 <a
+href="#x1-10700011.5" id="QQ2-1-107">Additional unicode characters in bookmarks and pdf information entries:</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >11.6 <a
+href="#x1-10800011.6" id="QQ2-1-108">Footnotes</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >11.7 <a
+href="#x1-10900011.7" id="QQ2-1-109">Subordinate counters</a></span>
+<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >12 <a
+href="#x1-11000012" id="QQ2-1-110">History and acknowledgments</a></span>
+<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >13 <a
+href="#x1-11100013" id="QQ2-1-111">GNU Free Documentation License</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.1 <a
+href="#x1-11300013.1" id="QQ2-1-113">Applicability and definitions</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.2 <a
+href="#x1-11400013.2" id="QQ2-1-114">Verbatim copying</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.3 <a
+href="#x1-11500013.3" id="QQ2-1-115">Copying in quantity</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.4 <a
+href="#x1-11600013.4" id="QQ2-1-116">Modifications</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.5 <a
+href="#x1-11700013.5" id="QQ2-1-117">Combining documents</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.6 <a
+href="#x1-11800013.6" id="QQ2-1-118">Collections of documents</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.7 <a
+href="#x1-11900013.7" id="QQ2-1-119">Aggregation with independent works</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.8 <a
+href="#x1-12000013.8" id="QQ2-1-120">Translation</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.9 <a
+href="#x1-12100013.9" id="QQ2-1-121">Termination</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.10 <a
+href="#x1-12200013.10" id="QQ2-1-122">Future revisions of this license</a></span>
+ </div>
+
+
+<!--l. 190--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-20001"></a>Introduction</h3>
+<!--l. 192--><p class="noindent" >The package derives from, and builds on, the work of the Hyper<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span> project, described at
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://xxx.lanl.gov/hypertex/</span><span class="footnote-mark"><a
+href="hyperref-doc2.html#fn1x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><a
+ id="x1-2001f1"></a> .
+It extends the functionality of all the <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> cross-referencing commands (including the table of
+contents, bibliographies etc) to produce <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special </span>commands which a driver can turn into hypertext links;
+it also provides new commands to allow the user to write <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">ad hoc </span>hypertext links, including those to
+external documents and URLs.
+<!--l. 200--><p class="indent" > The package is currently maintained at <a
+href="https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/</span></a> and issues should be
+reported there.
+<!--l. 203--><p class="indent" > This manual provides a brief overview of the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>package. For more details, you should read the
+additional documentation distributed with the package, as well as the complete documentation by
+processing <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.dtx</span>. You should also read the chapter on <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>in <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">The </span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX"><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">L</span><span class="HoLogo-a"><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">A</span></span><span class="HoLogo-TeX"><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">T</span><span class="HoLogo-e"><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">E</span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">X</span></span></span> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">Web Companion</span>,
+where you will find additional examples.
+<!--l. 210--><p class="indent" > The Hyper<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span> specification<span class="footnote-mark"><a
+href="hyperref-doc3.html#fn2x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><a
+ id="x1-2002f2"></a>
+says that conformant viewers/translators must recognize the following set of <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special </span>constructs:
+ <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">href:</span> </dt><dd
+class="description"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">html:<a</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> href</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> =</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> "href_string"></span></span></span>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">name:</span> </dt><dd
+class="description"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">html:<a</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> name</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> =</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> "name_string"></span></span></span>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">end:</span> </dt><dd
+class="description"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">html:</a></span></span></span>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">image:</span> </dt><dd
+class="description"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">html:<img</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> src</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> =</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> "href_string"></span></span></span>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">base_name:</span> </dt><dd
+class="description"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">html:<base</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> href</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> =</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> "href_string"></span></span></span></dd></dl>
+<!--l. 222--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">href</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">end </span>commands are used to do the basic hypertext operations of establishing links
+between sections of documents. The <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">image </span>command is intended (as with current HTML
+viewers) to place an image of arbitrary graphical format on the page in the current location.
+The <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">base_name </span>command is be used to communicate to the DVI viewer the full (URL)
+location of the current document so that files specified by relative URLs may be retrieved
+correctly.
+<!--l. 231--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">href </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name </span>commands must be paired with an <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">end </span>command later in the TeX file—the
+TeX commands between the two ends of a pair form an <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">anchor </span>in the document. In the case of an <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">href</span>
+command, the <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">anchor </span>is to be highlighted in the <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">DVI viewer</span>, and when clicked on will cause the scene to
+shift to the destination specified by <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">href_string</span>. The <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">anchor </span>associated with a name command represents
+a possible location to which other hypertext links may refer, either as local references (of
+the form <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">href="#name_string"</span></span></span> with the <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name_string </span>identical to the one in the name
+command) or as part of a URL (of the form <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL#name_string</span>). Here <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">href_string </span>is a valid URL
+or local identifier, while <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name_string </span>could be any string at all: the only caveat is that ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">"</span></span></span>’
+characters should be escaped with a backslash (<span
+class="lmsy-10">\</span>), and if it looks like a URL name it may cause
+problems.
+
+
+<!--l. 247--><p class="indent" > However, the drivers intended to produce <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">only </span>PDF use literal PostScript or PDF <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span>
+commands. The commands are defined in configuration files for different drivers, selected by package
+options; at present, the following drivers are supported:
+ <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">hypertex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">DVI processors conforming to the HyperTeX guidelines (i.e. <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xdvi</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>(with the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">-z</span>
+ option), <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">OzTeX</span>, and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Textures</span>)
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">dvips</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands tailored for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">dvipsone</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands tailored for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone</span>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">ps2pdf</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">a special case of output suitable for processing by earlier versions of Ghostscript’s PDF
+ writer; this is basically the same as that for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>, but a few variations remained before
+ version 5.21
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">tex4ht</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands for use with <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">TeX4ht</span>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">pdftex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">pdfTeX, H\xE0n Th\xEA\xB4 Th\xE0nh’s TeX variant that writes PDF directly
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">luatex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">luaTeX, Unicode TeX variant that writes PDF directly
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">dvipdfm</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands for Mark Wicks’ DVI to PDF driver <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm</span>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">dvipdfmx</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands for driver <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfmx</span>, a successor of <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm</span>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">dviwindo</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands that Y&Y’s Windows previewer interprets as hypertext
+ jumps within the previewer
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">vtex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands that MicroPress’ HTML and PDF-producing TeX variants
+ interpret as hypertext jumps within the previewer
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">textures</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands that <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Textures </span>interprets as hypertext jumps within the
+ previewer
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">xetex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands for XeTeX</dd></dl>
+<!--l. 273--><p class="indent" > Output from <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>or <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>must be processed using Acrobat Distiller to obtain a PDF
+file.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
+href="hyperref-doc4.html#fn3x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><a
+ id="x1-2003f3"></a>
+The result is generally preferable to that produced by using the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex </span>driver, and then
+processing with <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips -z</span>, but the DVI file is not portable. The main advantage of using the
+HyperTeX <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special </span>commands is that you can also use the document in hypertext DVI viewers, such as
+<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xdvi</span>.
+
+ <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">driverfallback</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">If a driver is not given and cannot be autodetected, then use the driver option, given as
+ value to this option <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">driverfallback</span>. Example:
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+ <!--l. 289--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">driverfallback=dvipdfm</span></blockquote>
+ <!--l. 291--><p class="noindent" >Autodetected drivers (<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xetex</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">vtex</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">vtexpdfmark</span>) are recognized from within TeX and
+ therefore cannot be given as value to option <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">driverfallback</span>. However a DVI driver program is run
+ after the TeX run is finished. Thus it cannot be detected at TeX macro level. Then package
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>uses the driver, given by <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">driverfallback</span>. If the driver is already specified or can be
+ autodetected, then option <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">driverfallback </span>is ignored.</dd></dl>
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-30002"></a>Implicit behavior</h3>
+<!--l. 304--><p class="noindent" >This package can be used with more or less any normal LaTeX document by specifying in the document
+preamble
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-1">
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 309--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 311--><p class="indent" > Make sure it comes <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">last </span>of your loaded packages, to give it a fighting chance of not being over-written,
+since its job is to redefine many LaTeX commands. Hopefully you will find that all cross-references work
+correctly as hypertext. For example, <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\section </span>commands will produce a bookmark and a link, whereas
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\section* </span>commands will only show links when paired with a corresponding <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span>
+command.
+<!--l. 319--><p class="indent" > In addition, the <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperindex </span>option (see below) attempts to make items in the index by hyperlinked
+back to the text, and the option <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">backref </span>inserts extra ‘back’ links into the bibliography for each entry.
+Other options control the appearance of links, and give extra control over PDF output. For example,
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">colorlinks</span>, as its name well implies, colors the links instead of using boxes; this is the option used in this
+document.
+<!--l. 328--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-40003"></a>Package options</h3>
+<!--l. 330--><p class="noindent" >All user-configurable aspects of <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>are set using a single ‘key=value’ scheme (using the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">keyval</span>
+package) with the key <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Hyp</span>. The options can be set either in the optional argument to the
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage </span>command, or using the <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup </span>macro. When the package is loaded, a file
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg </span>is read if it can be found, and this is a convenient place to set options on a site-wide
+basis.
+<!--l. 338--><p class="indent" > Note however that some options (for example <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode</span>) can only be used as package options, and not
+in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span> as the option settings are processed as the package is read.
+<!--l. 342--><p class="indent" > As an example, the behavior of a particular file could be controlled by:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">a site-wide <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg </span>setting up the look of links, adding backreferencing, and setting a
+ PDF display default:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-2">
+ \hypersetup{backref,
+ pdfpagemode=FullScreen,
+ colorlinks=true}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 352--><p class="nopar" >
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">A global option in the file, which is passed down to <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3">
+ \documentclass[dvips]{article}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 359--><p class="nopar" >
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">File-specific options in the <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage </span>commands, which override the ones set in
+ <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg</span>:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4">
+ \usepackage[colorlinks=false]{hyperref}
+ \hypersetup{pdftitle={A Perfect Day}}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 367--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul>
+<!--l. 370--><p class="indent" > As seen in the previous example, information entries (pdftitle, pdfauthor, …) should be set after the
+package is loaded. Otherwise LaTeX expands the values of these options prematurely. Also LaTeX strips
+spaces in options. Especially option ‘pdfborder’ requires some care. Curly braces protect the value, if
+given as package option. They are not necessary in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span>.
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5">
+\usepackage[pdfborder={0 0 0}]{hyperref}
+\hypersetup{pdfborder=0 0 0}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 380--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 382--><p class="indent" > Package ‘kvoptions-patch’ patches LaTeX to make it aware of key value options and to prevent
+premature value expansions.
+<!--l. 385--><p class="indent" > Some options can be given at any time, but many are restricted: before <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\begin{document}</span></span></span>, only in
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage[...]{hyperref}</span></span></span>, before first use, etc.
+<!--l. 389--><p class="indent" > In the key descriptions that follow, many options do not need a value, as they default to the value
+true if used. These are the ones classed as ‘boolean’. The values true and false can always be specified,
+however.
+<!--l. 393--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-50003.1"></a>General options</h4>
+<!--l. 395--><p class="noindent" >Firstly, the options to specify general behavior and page size.
+<a
+ id="x1-5001r1"></a> <!--l. 399--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-2" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-2-1g"><col
+id="TBL-2-1"><col
+id="TBL-2-2"><col
+id="TBL-2-3"><col
+id="TBL-2-4"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">draft </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-4"
+class="td11"> all hypertext options are turned off </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">final </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-4"
+class="td11"> all hypertext options are turned on </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">debug </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-4"
+class="td11"> extra diagnostic messages are printed in </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-4"
+class="td11"> the log file </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">verbose </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-4"
+class="td11"> same as debug </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">implicit </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-4"
+class="td11"> redefines LaTeX internals </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">setpagesize </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-4"
+class="td11"> sets page size by special driver commands </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1"
+class="td11"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1"
+class="td11"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1"
+class="td11"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-4"
+class="td11"></td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 408--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-60003.2"></a>Options for destination names</h4>
+<!--l. 410--><p class="noindent" >Destinations names (also anchor, target or link names) are internal names that identify a position on a
+page in the document. They are used in link targets for inner document links or the bookmarks, for
+example.
+<!--l. 415--><p class="indent" > Usually anchor are set, if <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>is called. Thus there is a counter name and value. Both are
+used to construct the destination name. By default the counter value follows the counter name separated
+by a dot. Example for the fourth chapter:
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+ <!--l. 421--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">chapter.4</span></span></span></blockquote>
+<!--l. 423--><p class="noindent" >This scheme is used by:
+ <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtk-10">\autoref</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">displays the description label for the reference depending on the counter name.
+
+
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtk-10">\hyperpage</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">is used by the index to get page links. Page anchor setting (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pageanchor</span></span></span>) must not
+ be turned off.</dd></dl>
+<!--l. 432--><p class="indent" > It is very important that the destination names are unique, because two destinations must not share
+the same name. The counter value <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\the<counter> </span>is not always unique for the counter. For example,
+table and figures can be numbered inside the chapter without having the chapter number in their
+number. Therefore <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>has introduced <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<counter> </span>that allows a unique counter value without
+messing up with the appearance of the counter number. For example, the number of the
+second table in the third chapter might be printed as <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">2</span>, the result of <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\thetable</span>. But the
+destination name <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">table.2.4 </span>is unique because it has used <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theHtable </span>that gives <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">2.4</span></span></span> in this
+case.
+<!--l. 445--><p class="indent" > Often the user do not need to set <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<counter></span>. Defaults for standard cases (chapter, …) are
+provided. And after <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>is loaded, new counters with parent counters also define <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<counter></span>
+automatically, if <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newcounter</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset </span>or <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\numberwithin </span>of package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">amsmath </span>are
+used.
+<!--l. 451--><p class="indent" > Usually problems with duplicate destination names can be solved by an appropriate definition of
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<counter></span>. If option <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertexnames </span>is disabled, then a unique artificial number is used instead of
+the counter value. In case of page anchors the absolute page anchor is used. With option <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages </span>the
+page anchors use the arabic form. In both latter cases <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage </span>for index links is affected and might
+not work properly.
+<!--l. 459--><p class="indent" > If an unnumbered entity gets an anchor (starred forms of chapters, sections, …) or <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\phantomsection </span>is
+used, then the dummy counter name <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">section* </span>and an artificial unique number is used.
+<!--l. 464--><p class="indent" > If the final PDF file is going to be merged with another file, than the destination names might clash,
+because both documents might contain <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">chapter.1 </span>or <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">page.1</span>. Also <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>sets anchor with name
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Doc-Start </span>at the begin of the document. This can be resolved by redefining <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestNameFilter</span>.
+Package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>calls this macro each time, it uses a destination name. The macro must be expandable
+and expects the destination name as only argument. As example, the macro is redefined to add a prefix
+to all destination names:
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6">
+\renewcommand*{\HyperDestNameFilter}[1]{\jobname-#1}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 477--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
+<!--l. 479--><p class="noindent" >In document <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">docA </span>the destination name <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">chapter.2 </span>becomes <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">docA-chapter.2</span>.
+<!--l. 482--><p class="indent" > Destination names can also be used from the outside in URIs(, if the driver has not removed or
+changed them), for example:
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7">
+http://somewhere/path/file.pdf#nameddest=chapter.4
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 487--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
+<!--l. 489--><p class="noindent" >However using a number seems unhappy. If another chapter is added before, the number changes. But it is
+very difficult to pass a new name for the destination to the anchor setting process that is usually
+deep hidden in the internals. The first name of <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label </span>after the anchor setting seems a good
+approximation:
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8">
+  \section{Introduction}
+  \label{intro}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 498--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
+<!--l. 500--><p class="noindent" >Option <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">destlabel </span>checks for each <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span>, if there is a new destination name active and replaces the
+destination name by the label name. Because the destination name is already in use because of the
+anchor setting, the new name is recorded in the <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">.aux </span>file and used in the subsequent <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>
+run. The renaming is done by a redefinition of <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestNameFilter</span>. That leaves the old
+destination names intact (e.g., they are needed for <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref</span>). This redefinition is also available as
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestLabelReplace</span>, thus that an own redefinition can use it. The following example also adds a
+prefix for <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">all </span>destination names:
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9">
+\renewcommand*{\HyperDestNameFilter}[1]{%
+  \jobname-\HyperDestLabelReplace{#1}%
+}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 515--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
+<!--l. 517--><p class="noindent" >The other case that only files prefixed that do not have a corresponding <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label </span>is more complicate, because
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestLabelReplace </span>needs the unmodified destination name as argument. This is solved by an
+expandable string test (<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstrcmp </span>of pdf<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span> or <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\strcmp </span>of <span class="HoLogo-XeTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>, package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdftexcmds </span>also supports
+Lua<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span>):
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-10">
+\usepackage{pdftexcmds}
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand*{\HyperDestNameFilter}[1]{%
+  \ifcase\pdf at strcmp{#1}{\HyperDestLabelReplace{#1}} %
+    \jobname-#1%
+  \else
+    \HyperDestLabelReplace{#1}%
+  \fi
+}
+\makeatother
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 535--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
+<!--l. 538--><p class="indent" > With option <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">destlabel </span>destinations can also named manually, if the destination is not yet
+renamed:
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+ <!--l. 541--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestRename{</span></span></span><span
+class="lmsy-10">⟨</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtto-10">destination</span><span
+class="lmsy-10">⟩</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="lmsy-10">⟨</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtto-10">newname</span><span
+class="lmsy-10">⟩</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span></blockquote>
+<!--l. 544--><p class="indent" > Hint: Anchors can also be named and set by <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget</span>.
+<a
+ id="x1-6001r2"></a> <!--l. 548--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-3" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-3-1g"><col
+id="TBL-3-1"><col
+id="TBL-3-2"><col
+id="TBL-3-3"><col
+id="TBL-3-4"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">destlabel </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-4"
+class="td11"> destinations are named by first <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label </span></td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-1"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-4"
+class="td11"> after anchor creation </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertexnames </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-4"
+class="td11"> use guessable names for links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">naturalnames </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-4"
+class="td11"> use LaTeX-computed names for links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-4"
+class="td11"> Forces page anchors to be named by the Arabic form </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-1"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-4"
+class="td11"> of the page number, rather than the formatted form. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-1"
+class="td11"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-1"
+class="td11"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-1"
+class="td11"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-1"
+class="td11"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-1"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-4"
+class="td11"></td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 556--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-70003.3"></a>Configuration options</h4>
+<a
+ id="x1-7001r3"></a> <!--l. 559--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-4" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-4-1g"><col
+id="TBL-4-1"><col
+id="TBL-4-2"><col
+id="TBL-4-3"><col
+id="TBL-4-4"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">raiselinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-4"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 559--><p class="noindent" >In the hypertex driver, the height of links is normally
+ calculated by the driver as simply the base line of contained
+ text; this options forces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands to reflect the
+ real height of the link (which could contain a graphic) </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">breaklinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">both </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-4"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 562--><p class="noindent" >This option is in hyperref only used in the dviwindo driver,
+ in all other cases it doesn’t do anything sensible—it neither
+ allows nor prevents links to be broken. The ocgx2 package
+ checks the state of the boolean. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pageanchor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-4"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 564--><p class="noindent" >Determines whether every page is given an implicit anchor
+ at the top left corner. If this is turned off, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\printindex</span></span></span> will
+ not contain valid hyperlinks. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">nesting </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-4"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 567--><p class="noindent" >Allows links to be nested; no drivers currently support this. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-5-1"
+class="td11"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-6-1"
+class="td11"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-7-1"
+class="td11"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-8-1"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-8-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-8-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-8-4"
+class="td11"></td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 570--><p class="noindent" >Note for option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">breaklinks</span></span></span>: The correct value is automatically set according to the driver features. It can
+be overwritten for drivers that do not support broken links. However, at any case, the link area will be
+wrong and displaced.
+<!--l. 575--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.4 </span> <a
+ id="x1-80003.4"></a>Backend drivers</h4>
+<!--l. 577--><p class="noindent" >If no driver is specified, the package tries to find a driver in the following order:
+ <ol class="enumerate1" >
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-8002x1">Autodetection, some TeX processors can be detected at TeX macro level (pdfTeX, XeTeX,
+ VTeX).
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-8004x2">Option <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">driverfallback</span>. If this option is set, its value is taken as driver option.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-8006x3">Macro <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Hy at defaultdriver</span>. The macro takes a driver file name (without file extension).
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-8008x4">Package default is <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex</span>.</li></ol>
+<!--l. 588--><p class="noindent" >Many distributions are using a driver file <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertex.cfg </span>that define <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Hy at defaultdriver </span>with <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hdvips</span>. This
+is recommended because driver <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>provides much more features than <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex </span>for PDF
+generation.
+<a
+ id="x1-8009r4"></a> <!--l. 594--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-5" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-5-1g"><col
+id="TBL-5-1"><col
+id="TBL-5-2"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-1-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">driverfallback </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-1-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 594--><p class="noindent" >Its value is used as driver option </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-2-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-2-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 595--><p class="noindent" >if the driver is not given or autodetected. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-3-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipdfm </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-3-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 596--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm </span>driver. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-4-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipdfmx </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-4-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 597--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfmx </span>driver. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-5-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvips </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-5-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 598--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>driver. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-6-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipsone </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-6-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 599--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>driver. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-7-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">dviwindo </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-7-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 600--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>Windows previewer. </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-8-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-8-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 601--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the HyperTeX-compliant drivers. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-9-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">latex2html </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-9-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 602--><p class="noindent" >Redefines a few macros for compatibility with <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">latex2html</span>. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-10-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">nativepdf </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-10-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 603--><p class="noindent" >An alias for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-11-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmark </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-11-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 604--><p class="noindent" >An alias for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-12-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-12-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 605--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex </span>program. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-13-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">ps2pdf </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-13-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 606--><p class="noindent" >Redefines a few macros for compatibility with Ghostscript’s PDF writer,
+ otherwise identical to <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-14-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">tex4ht </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-14-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 609--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">TeX4ht</span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-15-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">textures </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-15-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 610--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Textures</span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-16-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">vtex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-16-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 611--><p class="noindent" >For use with MicroPress’ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">VTeX</span>; the PDF and HTML backends are detected
+ automatically. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-17-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">vtexpdfmark </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-17-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 613--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">VTeX</span>’s PostScript backend. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-18-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">xetex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-18-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 614--><p class="noindent" >For use with XeTeX (using backend for dvipdfm). </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-19-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-20-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-21-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-22-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-22-2"
+class="td10"></td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 618--><p class="indent" > If you use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo</span>, you may need to redefine the macro <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\wwwbrowser </span>(the default is
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">C:\netscape\netscape</span></span></span>) to tell <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>what program to launch. Thus, users of Internet Explorer might
+add something like this to hyperref.cfg:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11">
+\renewcommand{\wwwbrowser}{C:\string\Program\space
+  Files\string\Plus!\string\Microsoft\space
+  Internet\string\iexplore.exe}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 627--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 629--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.5 </span> <a
+ id="x1-90003.5"></a>Extension options</h4>
+<a
+ id="x1-9001r5"></a> <!--l. 631--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-6" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-6-1g"><col
+id="TBL-6-1"><col
+id="TBL-6-2"><col
+id="TBL-6-3"><col
+id="TBL-6-4"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">extension </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-2"
+class="td11"> text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 631--><p class="noindent" >Set the file extension (e.g. <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvi</span>) which will be
+ appended to file links created if you use the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xr</span>
+ package. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfigures </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 634--><p class="noindent" > </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">backref </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-2"
+class="td11"> text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 634--><p class="noindent" >Adds ‘backlink’ text to the end of each item in the
+ bibliography, as a list of section numbers. This can
+ only work properly <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">if </span>there is a blank line after each
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\bibitem</span></span></span>. Supported values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">section</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">slide</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">page</span></span></span>,
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">none</span></span></span>, or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">false</span></span></span>. If no value is given, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">section</span></span></span> is taken
+ as default. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pagebackref </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 638--><p class="noindent" >Adds ‘backlink’ text to the end of each item in the
+ bibliography, as a list of page numbers. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperindex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 640--><p class="noindent" >Makes the page
+ numbers of index entries into hyperlinks. Relays on
+ unique page anchors (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pageanchor</span></span></span>, …) <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pageanchors</span></span></span>
+ and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages=false</span></span></span>. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 643--><p class="noindent" >Makes the footnote marks into hyperlinks to the
+ footnote text. Easily broken … </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">encap </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 645--><p class="noindent" >Sets encap character for hyperindex </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">linktoc </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-2"
+class="td11"> text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">section </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 646--><p class="noindent" >make text (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">section</span></span></span>), page number (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">page</span></span></span>), both (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">all</span></span></span>)
+ or nothing (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">none</span></span></span>) be link on TOC, LOF and LOT </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">linktocpage </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 647--><p class="noindent" >make page number, not text, be link on TOC, LOF
+ and LOT </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">breaklinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 648--><p class="noindent" >allow links to break over lines by making links over
+ multiple lines into PDF links to the same target </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-11-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">colorlinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-11-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-11-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-11-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 650--><p class="noindent" >Colors the text of links and anchors. The colors
+ chosen depend on the the type of link. At present
+ the only types of link distinguished are citations,
+ page references, URLs, local file references, and other
+ links. Unlike colored boxes, the colored text remains
+ when printing. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-12-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">linkcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-12-2"
+class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-12-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">red </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-12-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 655--><p class="noindent" >Color for normal internal links. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-13-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">anchorcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-13-2"
+class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-13-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">black </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-13-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 656--><p class="noindent" >Color for anchor text. Ignored by most drivers. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-14-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">citecolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-14-2"
+class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-14-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">green </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-14-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 657--><p class="noindent" >Color for bibliographical citations in text. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-15-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">filecolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-15-2"
+class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-15-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">cyan </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-15-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 658--><p class="noindent" >Color for URLs which open local files. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-16-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">menucolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-16-2"
+class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-16-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">red </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-16-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 659--><p class="noindent" >Color for Acrobat menu items. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-17-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">runcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-17-2"
+class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-17-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">filecolor </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-17-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 660--><p class="noindent" >Color for run links (launch annotations). </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-18-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">urlcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-18-2"
+class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-18-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">magenta </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-18-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 661--><p class="noindent" >Color for linked URLs. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-19-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">allcolors </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-19-2"
+class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-19-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-19-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 662--><p class="noindent" >Set all color options (without border and field
+ options). </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-20-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">frenchlinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-20-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-20-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-20-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 663--><p class="noindent" >Use small caps instead of color for links. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-21-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-21-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-21-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-21-4"
+class="td10"></td></tr>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-22-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hidelinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-22-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-22-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-22-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 664--><p class="noindent" >Hide links (removing color and border). </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-23-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-23-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-24-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-24-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-25-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-25-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-26-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-26-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-27-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-27-1"
+class="td01"> </td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 667--><p class="noindent" >Note that all color names must be defined before use, following the normal system of the standard
+LaTeX <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">color </span>package.
+<!--l. 670--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.6 </span> <a
+ id="x1-100003.6"></a>PDF-specific display options</h4>
+<a
+ id="x1-10001r6"></a> <!--l. 672--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-7" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-7-1g"><col
+id="TBL-7-1"><col
+id="TBL-7-2"><col
+id="TBL-7-3"><col
+id="TBL-7-4"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-1-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-1-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-1-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-1-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 672--><p class="noindent" >A set of Acrobat bookmarks are written, in a
+ manner similar to the table of contents, requiring
+ two passes of LaTeX. Some postprocessing of
+ the bookmark file (file extension <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">.out</span>) may
+ be needed to translate LaTeX codes, since
+ bookmarks must be written in PDFEncoding. To
+ aid this process, the <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">.out </span>file is not rewritten
+ by LaTeX if it is edited to contain a line
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\let\WriteBookmarks\relax</span></span></span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksopen </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 678--><p class="noindent" >If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, show them
+ with all the subtrees expanded. </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksopenlevel </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-2"
+class="td11"> parameter </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 680--><p class="noindent" >level (<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\maxdimen</span>) to which bookmarks are open</td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-4-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksnumbered </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-4-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-4-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-4-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 681--><p class="noindent" >If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, include
+ section numbers. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarkstype </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-2"
+class="td11"> text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">toc </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 682--><p class="noindent" >to specify which ‘toc’ file to mimic </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-6-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">CJKbookmarks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-6-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-6-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-6-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 684--><p class="noindent" >This option should be used to produce CJK
+ bookmarks. Package <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref</span></span></span> supports both
+ normal and preprocessed mode of the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">CJK</span>
+ package; during the creation of bookmarks,
+ it simply replaces CJK’s macros with special
+ versions which expand to the corresponding
+ character codes. Note that without the ‘unicode’
+ option of hyperref you get PDF files which
+ actually violate the PDF specification because
+ non-Unicode character codes are used – some PDF
+ readers localized for CJK languages (most notably
+ Acroread itself) support this. Also note that
+ option ‘CJKbookmarks’ cannot be used together
+ with option ‘unicode’.
+ <!--l. 696--><p class="noindent" >No mechanism is provided to
+ translate non-Unicode bookmarks to Unicode; for
+ portable PDF documents only Unicode encoding
+ should be used. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfhighlight </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-2"
+class="td11"> name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">/I </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 699--><p class="noindent" >How link buttons behave when selected; /I is
+ for inverse (the default); the other possibilities
+ are /N (no effect), /O (outline), and /P (inset
+ highlighting). </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">citebordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-2"
+class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 1 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 702--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around citations </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-9-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">filebordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-9-2"
+class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-9-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 .5 .5 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-9-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 703--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around links to files </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">linkbordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-2"
+class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">1 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 704--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around normal links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-11-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">menubordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-11-2"
+class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-11-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">1 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-11-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 705--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around Acrobat menu links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-12-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">urlbordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-12-2"
+class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-12-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 1 1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-12-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 706--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around links to URLs </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">runbordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-2"
+class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 .7 .7 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 707--><p class="noindent" >Color of border around ‘run’ links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">allbordercolors </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 708--><p class="noindent" >Set all border color options </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfborder </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 0 1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 709--><p class="noindent" >The style of box around links; defaults to a box
+ with lines of 1pt thickness, but the colorlinks
+ option resets it to produce no border. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-16-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-17-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-18-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-19-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-19-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-19-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-19-4"
+class="td10"></td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 713--><p class="noindent" >Note that the color of link borders can be specified <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">only </span>as 3 numbers in the range 0..1, giving an RGB
+color. You cannot use colors defined in TeX. Since version 6.76a this is no longer true. Especially with
+the help of package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xcolor </span>the usual color specifications of package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">(x)color </span>can be used. For further
+
+
+information see description of package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hycolor</span>.
+<!--l. 720--><p class="indent" > The bookmark commands are stored in a file called <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">jobname</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">.out</span>. The files is not processed by
+LaTeX so any markup is passed through. You can postprocess this file as needed; as an aid
+for this, the <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">.out </span>file is not overwritten on the next TeX run if it is edited to contain the
+line
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12">
+\let\WriteBookmarks\relax
+</pre>
+<!--l. 727--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 729--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.7 </span> <a
+ id="x1-110003.7"></a>PDF display and information options</h4>
+<a
+ id="x1-11001r7"></a> <!--l. 731--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-8" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-8-1g"><col
+id="TBL-8-1"><col
+id="TBL-8-2"><col
+id="TBL-8-3"><col
+id="TBL-8-4"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-1-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">baseurl </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-1-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 731--><p class="noindent" >URL </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-1-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-1-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 731--><p class="noindent" >Sets the base URL of the PDF document </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-2-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagemode </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-2-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 732--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-2-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-2-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 732--><p class="noindent" >Determines how the file is opening in
+ Acrobat; the possibilities are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseNone</span></span></span>,
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseThumbs</span></span></span> (show thumbnails), <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseOutlines</span></span></span>
+ (show bookmarks), <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">FullScreen</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseOC</span></span></span> (PDF
+ 1.5), and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseAttachments</span></span></span> (PDF 1.6). If no
+ mode if explicitly chosen, but the bookmarks
+ option is set, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseOutlines</span></span></span> is used. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-3-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftitle </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-3-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 737--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-3-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-3-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 737--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Title field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-4-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfauthor </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-4-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 738--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-4-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-4-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 738--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Author field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-5-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfsubject </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-5-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 739--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-5-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-5-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 739--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Subject field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-6-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfcreator </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-6-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 740--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-6-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-6-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 740--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Creator field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-7-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">addtopdfcreator </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-7-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 741--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-7-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-7-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 741--><p class="noindent" >Adds additional text to the document
+ information Creator field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-8-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfkeywords </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-8-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 742--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-8-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-8-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 742--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Keywords field</td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-9-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftrapped </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-9-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 743--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-9-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-9-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 743--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Trapped entry.
+ Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">True</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">False</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Unknown</span></span></span>.
+ An empty value means, the entry is not set. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-10-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-10-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 746--><p class="noindent" >key
+ value
+ list </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-10-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-10-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 746--><p class="noindent" >Alternative interface for setting the document
+ information. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-11-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-11-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 748--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-11-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">XYZ </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-11-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 748--><p class="noindent" >Sets the default PDF ‘view’ for each link </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-12-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartpage </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-12-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 749--><p class="noindent" >integer </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-12-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-12-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 749--><p class="noindent" >Determines on which page the PDF file is
+ opened. An empty value means, the entry is
+ not set. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-13-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartview </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-13-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 750--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-13-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-13-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 750--><p class="noindent" >Set the startup page view </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-14-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-14-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 751--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-14-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-14-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 751--><p class="noindent" >Set the startup page view of remote PDF files</td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-15-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagescrop </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-15-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 752--><p class="noindent" >n
+ n
+ n
+ n </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-15-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-15-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 752--><p class="noindent" >Sets the default PDF crop box for pages. This
+ should be a set of four numbers </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-16-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfcenterwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-16-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 753--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-16-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-16-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 753--><p class="noindent" >position the document window in the center
+ of the screen </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-17-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdirection </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-17-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 754--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-17-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-17-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 754--><p class="noindent" >direction setting. Possible values: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">L2R</span></span></span> (left to
+ right) and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">R2L</span></span></span> (right to left) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-18-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdisplaydoctitle </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-18-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 756--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-18-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-18-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 756--><p class="noindent" >display document title instead of file name in
+ title bar </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-19-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfduplex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-19-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 757--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-19-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-19-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 757--><p class="noindent" >paper handling option for print
+ dialog. Possible vatues are: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Simplex</span></span></span> (print
+ single-sided), <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">DuplexFlipShortEdge</span></span></span> (duplex
+ and flip on the short edge of the sheet),
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">DuplexFlipLongEdge</span></span></span> (duplex and flip on the
+ long edge of the sheet) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-20-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdffitwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-20-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 762--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-20-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-20-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 762--><p class="noindent" >resize document window to fit document size </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-21-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-21-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-21-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-21-4"
+class="td10"></td></tr>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-22-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdflang </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-22-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 763--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-22-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">relax </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-22-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 763--><p class="noindent" >PDF language identifier (RFC 3066) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-23-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-23-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmenubar </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-23-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 764--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-23-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-23-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 764--><p class="noindent" >make PDF viewer’s menu bar visible </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-24-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-24-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnewwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-24-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 765--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-24-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-24-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 765--><p class="noindent" >make links that open another PDF file start a
+ new window </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-25-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-25-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnonfullscreenpagemode </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-25-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 767--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-25-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-25-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 767--><p class="noindent" >page mode setting on exiting full-screen mode.
+ Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseNone</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseOutlines</span></span></span>,
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseThumbs</span></span></span>, and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseOC</span></span></span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-26-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-26-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnumcopies </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-26-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 769--><p class="noindent" >integer </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-26-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-26-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 769--><p class="noindent" >number of printed copies </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-27-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-27-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelayout </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-27-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 770--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-27-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-27-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 770--><p class="noindent" >set layout of PDF pages. Possible values:
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">SinglePage</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">OneColumn</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoColumnLeft</span></span></span>,
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoColumnRight</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoPageLeft</span></span></span>, and
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoPageRight</span></span></span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-28-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-28-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelabels </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-28-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 774--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-28-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-28-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 774--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page labels </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-29-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-29-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagetransition </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-29-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 775--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-29-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-29-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 775--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page transition style. Possible values
+ are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Split</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Blinds</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Box</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Wipe</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Dissolve</span></span></span>,
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Glitter</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">R</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Fly</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Push</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Cover</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Uncover</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Fade</span></span></span>.
+ The default according to the PDF Reference
+ is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">R</span></span></span>, which simply replaces the old page with
+ the new one. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-30-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-30-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpicktraybypdfsize </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-30-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 784--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-30-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-30-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 784--><p class="noindent" >specify whether PDF page size is used to select
+ input paper tray in print dialog </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-31-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-31-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintarea </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-31-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 785--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-31-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-31-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 785--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintArea of viewer preferences. Possible
+ values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">MediaBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">BleedBox</span></span></span>,
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">TrimBox</span></span></span>, and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">ArtBox</span></span></span>. The dafault according
+ to the PDF Refence is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span> </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-32-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-32-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintclip </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-32-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 789--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-32-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-32-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 789--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintClip of viewer preferences. Possible
+ values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">MediaBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">BleedBox</span></span></span>,
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">TrimBox</span></span></span>, and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">ArtBox</span></span></span>. The dafault according
+ to the PDF Refence is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-33-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-33-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintpagerange </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-33-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 793--><p class="noindent" >n
+ n
+ (n
+ n)* </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-33-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-33-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 794--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-34-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-34-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintscaling </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-34-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 795--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-34-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-34-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 795--><p class="noindent" >page scaling option for print dialog (option
+ /PrintScaling of viewer preferences, PDF 1.6);
+ valid values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">None</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">AppDefault</span></span></span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-35-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-35-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftoolbar </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-35-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 800--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-35-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-35-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 800--><p class="noindent" >make PDF toolbar visible </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-36-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-36-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfviewarea </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-36-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 801--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-36-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-36-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 801--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewArea of viewer preferences. Possible
+ values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">MediaBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">BleedBox</span></span></span>,
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">TrimBox</span></span></span>, and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">ArtBox</span></span></span>. The dafault according
+ to the PDF Refence is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-37-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-37-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfviewclip </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-37-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 805--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-37-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-37-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 805--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewClip of viewer preferences Possible
+ values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">MediaBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">BleedBox</span></span></span>,
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">TrimBox</span></span></span>, and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">ArtBox</span></span></span>. The dafault according
+ to the PDF Refence is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-38-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-38-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfwindowui </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-38-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 809--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-38-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-38-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 809--><p class="noindent" >make PDF user interface elements visible </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-39-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-39-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-39-2"
+class="td11">
+ <!--l. 810--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-39-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-39-4"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 810--><p class="noindent" >Unicode encoded PDF strings </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-40-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-40-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-41-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-41-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-42-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-42-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-43-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-43-1"
+class="td01"> </td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 813--><p class="noindent" >Each link in Acrobat carries its own magnification level, which is set using PDF coordinate space, which
+is not the same as TeX’s. The unit is bp and the origin is in the lower left corner. See also <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypercalcbp</span></span></span>
+that is explained on page <a
+href="#x1-190004.3">46<!--tex4ht:ref: hypercalcbp --></a>. pdfTeX works by supplying default values for <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">XYZ </span>(horizontal <span
+class="lmsy-10">×</span>
+vertical <span
+class="lmsy-10">× </span>zoom) and <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitBH</span>. However, drivers using <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmark </span>do not supply defaults, so
+<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>passes in a value of -32768, which causes Acrobat to set (usually) sensible defaults.
+The following are possible values for the <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartview </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview</span>
+parameters.
+<a
+ id="x1-11002r8"></a> <!--l. 826--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-9" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-9-1g"><col
+id="TBL-9-1"><col
+id="TBL-9-2"><col
+id="TBL-9-3"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-1-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">XYZ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-1-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">left top zoom </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-1-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 826--><p class="noindent" >Sets a coordinate and a zoom factor. If any one
+ is null, the source link value is used. <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">null null</span>
+ <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">null </span>will give the same values as the current
+ page. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-2-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-2-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-2-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 828--><p class="noindent" >Fits the page to the window. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-3-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitH </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-3-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">top </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-3-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 829--><p class="noindent" >Fits the width of the page to the window. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-4-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitV </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-4-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">left </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-4-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 830--><p class="noindent" >Fits the height of the page to the window. </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-5-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitR </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-5-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">left bottom right top </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-5-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 831--><p class="noindent" >Fits the rectangle specified by the four
+ coordinates to the window. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-6-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitB </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-6-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-6-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 832--><p class="noindent" >Fits the page bounding box to the window. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-7-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitBH </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-7-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">top </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-7-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 833--><p class="noindent" >Fits the width of the page bounding box to
+ the window. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-8-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitBV </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-8-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">left </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-8-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 834--><p class="noindent" >Fits the height of the page bounding box to
+ the window. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-9-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-10-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-11-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-12-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-13-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-13-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-13-3"
+class="td10"></td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 837--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelayout </span>can be one of the following values.
+<a
+ id="x1-11003r9"></a> <!--l. 840--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-10" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-10-1g"><col
+id="TBL-10-1"><col
+id="TBL-10-2"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-1-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">SinglePage </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-1-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 840--><p class="noindent" >Displays a single page; advancing flips the page </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-2-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">OneColumn </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-2-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 841--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in one column; continuous scrolling. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-3-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoColumnLeft </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-3-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 842--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to
+ the left. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-4-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoColumnRight </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-4-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 843--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to
+ the right. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-5-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoPageLeft </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-5-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 844--><p class="noindent" >Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the left (since PDF
+ 1.5). </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-6-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoPageRight </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-6-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 845--><p class="noindent" >Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the right (since PDF
+ 1.5). </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-7-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-8-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-9-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-10-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-10-2"
+class="td10"></td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 848--><p class="indent" > Finally, the <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagetransition </span>can be one of the following values, where <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">/Di </span>stands for direction of
+motion in degrees, generally in 90<sup><span
+class="lmsy7-">∘</span></sup> steps, <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">/Dm </span>is a horizontal (<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">/H</span>) or vertical (<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">/V</span>) dimension
+(e.g. <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Blinds /Dm /V</span>), and <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">/M </span>is for motion, either in (<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">/I</span>) or out (<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">/O</span>).
+<a
+ id="x1-11004r10"></a> <!--l. 856--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-11" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-11-1g"><col
+id="TBL-11-1"><col
+id="TBL-11-2"><col
+id="TBL-11-3"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-1-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Blinds </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-1-2"
+class="td11"> /Dm </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-1-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 856--><p class="noindent" >Multiple lines distributed evenly across the screen sweep
+ in the same direction to reveal the new page. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-2-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Box </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-2-2"
+class="td11"> /M </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-2-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 858--><p class="noindent" >A box sweeps in or out. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-3-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Dissolve </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-3-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-3-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 859--><p class="noindent" >The page image dissolves in a piecemeal fashion to reveal
+ the new page. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-4-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Glitter </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-4-2"
+class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-4-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 860--><p class="noindent" >Similar to Dissolve, except the effect sweeps across the
+ screen. </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-5-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Split </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-5-2"
+class="td11"> /Dm /M </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-5-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 861--><p class="noindent" >Two lines sweep across the screen to reveal the new page.</td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-6-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Wipe </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-6-2"
+class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-6-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 862--><p class="noindent" >A single line sweeps across the screen to reveal the new
+ page. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-7-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">R </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-7-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-7-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 863--><p class="noindent" >Simply replaces the old page with the new one. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-8-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Fly </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-8-2"
+class="td11"> /Di /M </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-8-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 864--><p class="noindent" >Changes are flown out or in (as specified by /M), in the
+ direction specified by /Di, to or from a location that is
+ offscreen except when /Di is None. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-9-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Push </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-9-2"
+class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-9-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 867--><p class="noindent" >The old page slides off the screen while the new page
+ slides in, pushing the old page out in the direction
+ specified by /Di. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-10-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Cover </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-10-2"
+class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-10-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 870--><p class="noindent" >The new page slides on to the screen in the direction
+ specified by /Di, covering the old page. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-11-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Uncover </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-11-2"
+class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-11-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 872--><p class="noindent" >The old page slides off the screen in the direction
+ specified by /Di, uncovering the new page in the
+ direction specified by /Di. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-12-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Fade </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-12-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-12-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 875--><p class="noindent" >The new page gradually becomes visible through the old
+ one. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-13-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-14-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-15-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-16-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-16-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-16-3"
+class="td10"></td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 879--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.8 </span> <a
+ id="x1-120003.8"></a>Option <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo</span></h4>
+<!--l. 881--><p class="noindent" >The information entries can be set using <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftitle</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfsubject</span>, …. Option <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo </span>provides an alternative
+interface. It takes a key value list. The key names are the names that appear in the PDF information
+dictionary directly. Known keys such as <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Title</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Subject</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Trapped </span>and other are mapped to options
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftitle</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">subject</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">trapped</span>, …Unknown keys are added to the information dictionary. Their values are text
+strings (see PDF specification). Example:
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13">
+\hypersetup{
+  pdfinfo={
+    Title={My Title},
+    Subject={My Subject},
+    NewKey={Foobar},
+    % ...
+  }
+}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 900--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
+<!--l. 903--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.9 </span> <a
+ id="x1-130003.9"></a>Big alphabetical list</h4>
+<!--l. 905--><p class="noindent" >The following is a complete listing of available options for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>, arranged alphabetically.
+<a
+ id="x1-13001r11"></a> <!--l. 909--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-12" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-12-1g"><col
+id="TBL-12-1"><col
+id="TBL-12-2"><col
+id="TBL-12-3"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-1-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">allbordercolors </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-1-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-1-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 909--><p class="noindent" >Set all border color options </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-2-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">allcolors </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-2-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-2-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 910--><p class="noindent" >Set all color options (without border and field
+ options) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-3-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">anchorcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-3-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">black </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-3-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 911--><p class="noindent" >set color of anchors, ignored by most drivers. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-4-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">backref </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-4-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-4-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 912--><p class="noindent" >do bibliographical back references </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-5-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">baseurl </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-5-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-5-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 913--><p class="noindent" >set base URL for document </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-6-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-6-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-6-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 914--><p class="noindent" >make bookmarks </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-7-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksnumbered </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-7-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-7-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 915--><p class="noindent" >put section numbers in bookmarks </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-8-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksopen </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-8-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-8-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 916--><p class="noindent" >open up bookmark tree </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-9-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksopenlevel </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-9-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\maxdimen </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-9-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 917--><p class="noindent" >level to which bookmarks are open </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-10-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarkstype </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-10-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">toc </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-10-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 918--><p class="noindent" >to specify which ‘toc’ file to mimic </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-11-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">breaklinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-11-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-11-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 919--><p class="noindent" >allow links to break over lines </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-12-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">CJKbookmarks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-12-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-12-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 920--><p class="noindent" >to produce CJK bookmarks </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-13-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">citebordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-13-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 1 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-13-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 921--><p class="noindent" >color of border around cites </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-14-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">citecolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-14-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">green </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-14-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 922--><p class="noindent" >color of citation links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-15-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">colorlinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-15-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-15-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 923--><p class="noindent" >color links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-16-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-16-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-16-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 924--><p class="noindent" >(<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tex4ht</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo</span>) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-17-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">debug </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-17-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-17-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 925--><p class="noindent" >provide details of anchors defined; same as
+ verbose </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-18-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">destlabel </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-18-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-18-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 926--><p class="noindent" >destinations are named by the first <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span>
+ after the anchor creation </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-19-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">draft </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-19-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-19-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 927--><p class="noindent" >do not do any hyperlinking </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-20-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">driverfallback </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-20-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-20-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 928--><p class="noindent" >default if no driver specified or detected </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-21-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-21-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-21-3"
+class="td10"></td></tr>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-22-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipdfm </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-22-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-22-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 929--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm </span>backend </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-23-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-23-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipdfmx </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-23-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-23-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 930--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfmx </span>backend </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-24-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-24-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvips </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-24-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-24-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 931--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>backend </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-25-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-25-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipsone </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-25-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-25-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 932--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>backend </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-26-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-26-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">dviwindo </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-26-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-26-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 933--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>backend </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-27-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-27-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">encap </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-27-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-27-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 934--><p class="noindent" >to set encap character for hyperindex </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-28-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-28-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">extension </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-28-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">dvi </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-28-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 935--><p class="noindent" >suffix of linked files </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-29-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-29-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">filebordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-29-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 .5 .5 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-29-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 936--><p class="noindent" >color of border around file links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-30-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-30-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">filecolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-30-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">cyan </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-30-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 937--><p class="noindent" >color of file links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-31-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-31-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">final </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-31-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-31-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 938--><p class="noindent" >opposite of option draft </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-32-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-32-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">frenchlinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-32-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-32-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 939--><p class="noindent" >use small caps instead of color for links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-33-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-33-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hidelinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-33-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-33-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 940--><p class="noindent" >Hide links (removing color and border) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-34-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-34-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfigures </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-34-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-34-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 941--><p class="noindent" >make figures hyper links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-35-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-35-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-35-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-35-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 942--><p class="noindent" >set up hyperlinked footnotes </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-36-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-36-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperindex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-36-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-36-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 943--><p class="noindent" >set up hyperlinked indices </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-37-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-37-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-37-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-37-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 944--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">HyperTeX </span>backend </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-38-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-38-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertexnames </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-38-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-38-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 945--><p class="noindent" >use guessable names for links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-39-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-39-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">implicit </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-39-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-39-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 946--><p class="noindent" >redefine LaTeX internals </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-40-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-40-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">latex2html </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-40-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-40-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 947--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">LaTeX2HTML </span>backend </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-41-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-41-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">linkbordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-41-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">1 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-41-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 948--><p class="noindent" >color of border around links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-42-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-42-1"
+class="td01"> </td></tr>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-43-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-43-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">linkcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-43-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">red </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-43-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 949--><p class="noindent" >color of links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-44-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-44-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">linktoc </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-44-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">section </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-44-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 950--><p class="noindent" >make text be link on TOC, LOF and LOT </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-45-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-45-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">linktocpage </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-45-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-45-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 951--><p class="noindent" >make page number, not text, be link on TOC,
+ LOF and LOT </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-46-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-46-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">menubordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-46-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">1 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-46-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 952--><p class="noindent" >color of border around menu links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-47-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-47-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">menucolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-47-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">red </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-47-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 953--><p class="noindent" >color for menu links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-48-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-48-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">nativepdf </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-48-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-48-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 954--><p class="noindent" >an alias for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-49-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-49-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">naturalnames </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-49-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-49-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 955--><p class="noindent" >use LaTeX-computed names for links </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-50-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-50-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">nesting </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-50-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-50-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 956--><p class="noindent" >allow nesting of links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-51-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-51-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pageanchor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-51-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-51-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 957--><p class="noindent" >put an anchor on every page </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-52-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-52-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pagebackref </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-52-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-52-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 958--><p class="noindent" >backreference by page number </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-53-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-53-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfauthor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-53-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-53-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 959--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Author field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-54-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-54-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfborder </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-54-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 0 1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-54-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 960--><p class="noindent" >width of PDF link border </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-55-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-55-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-55-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-55-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 961--><p class="noindent" >(<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">colorlinks)</span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-56-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-56-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfborderstyle </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-56-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-56-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 962--><p class="noindent" >border style for links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-57-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-57-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfcenterwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-57-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-57-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 963--><p class="noindent" >position the document window in the center
+ of the screen </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-58-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-58-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfcreator </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-58-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">LaTeX with </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-58-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 964--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Creator field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-59-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-59-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-59-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">hyperref </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-59-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 966--><p class="noindent" > </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-60-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-60-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdirection </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-60-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-60-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 966--><p class="noindent" >direction setting </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-61-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-61-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdisplaydoctitle </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-61-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-61-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 967--><p class="noindent" >display document title instead of file name in
+ title bar </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-62-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-62-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfduplex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-62-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-62-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 969--><p class="noindent" >paper handling option for print dialog </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-63-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-63-1"
+class="td01"> </td></tr>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-64-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-64-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdffitwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-64-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-64-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 971--><p class="noindent" >resize document window to fit document size </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-65-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-65-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfhighlight </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-65-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">/I </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-65-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 972--><p class="noindent" >set highlighting of PDF links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-66-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-66-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-66-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-66-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 973--><p class="noindent" >alternative interface for setting document
+ information </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-67-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-67-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfkeywords </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-67-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-67-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 974--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Keywords field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-68-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-68-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdflang </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-68-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">relax </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-68-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 975--><p class="noindent" >PDF language identifier (RFC 3066) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-69-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-69-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmark </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-69-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-69-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 976--><p class="noindent" >an alias for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-70-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-70-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmenubar </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-70-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-70-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 977--><p class="noindent" >make PDF viewer’s menu bar visible </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-71-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-71-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnewwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-71-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-71-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 978--><p class="noindent" >make links that open another PDF </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-72-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-72-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-72-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-72-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 979--><p class="noindent" >file start a new window </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-73-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-73-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnonfullscreenpagemode </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-73-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-73-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 981--><p class="noindent" >page mode setting on exiting full-screen mode</td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-74-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-74-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnumcopies </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-74-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-74-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 983--><p class="noindent" >number of printed copies </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-75-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-75-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelabels </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-75-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-75-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 984--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page labels </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-76-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-76-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelayout </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-76-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-76-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 985--><p class="noindent" >set layout of PDF pages </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-77-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-77-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagemode </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-77-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-77-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 986--><p class="noindent" >set default mode of PDF display </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-78-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-78-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagescrop </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-78-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-78-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 987--><p class="noindent" >set crop size of PDF document </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-79-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-79-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagetransition </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-79-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-79-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 988--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page transition style </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-80-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-80-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpicktraybypdfsize </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-80-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-80-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 990--><p class="noindent" >set option for print dialog </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-81-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-81-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintarea </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-81-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-81-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 991--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintArea of viewer preferences </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-82-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-82-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintclip </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-82-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-82-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 992--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintClip of viewer preferences </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-83-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-83-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintpagerange </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-83-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-83-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 993--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-84-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-84-1"
+class="td01"> </td></tr>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-85-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-85-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintscaling </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-85-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-85-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 994--><p class="noindent" >page scaling option for print dialog </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-86-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-86-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfproducer </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-86-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-86-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 995--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Producer field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-87-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-87-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-87-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-87-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 996--><p class="noindent" >starting view of remote PDF documents </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-88-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-88-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartpage </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-88-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-88-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 997--><p class="noindent" >page at which PDF document opens </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-89-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-89-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartview </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-89-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-89-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 998--><p class="noindent" >starting view of PDF document </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-90-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-90-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfsubject </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-90-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-90-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 999--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Subject field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-91-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-91-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-91-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-91-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1000--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdfTeX </span>backend </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-92-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-92-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftitle </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-92-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-92-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1001--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Title field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-93-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-93-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftoolbar </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-93-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-93-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1002--><p class="noindent" >make PDF toolbar visible </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-94-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-94-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftrapped </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-94-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-94-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1003--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Trapped entry.
+ Possible values are <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">True</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">False </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Unknown</span>.
+ An empty value means, the entry is not set. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-95-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-95-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-95-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">XYZ </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-95-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1006--><p class="noindent" >PDF ‘view’ when on link traversal </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-96-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-96-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfviewarea </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-96-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-96-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1007--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewArea of viewer preferences </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-97-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-97-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfviewclip </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-97-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-97-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1008--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewClip of viewer preferences </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-98-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-98-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfwindowui </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-98-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-98-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1009--><p class="noindent" >make PDF user interface elements visible </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-99-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-99-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-99-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-99-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1010--><p class="noindent" >do page number anchors as plain Arabic </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-100-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-100-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">ps2pdf </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-100-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-100-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1011--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">ps2pdf </span>backend </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-101-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-101-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">psdextra </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-101-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-101-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1012--><p class="noindent" >define more short names for PDF string
+ commands </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-102-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-102-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">raiselinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-102-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-102-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1013--><p class="noindent" >raise up links (for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">HyperTeX </span>backend) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-103-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-103-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">runbordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-103-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 .7 .7 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-103-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1014--><p class="noindent" >color of border around ‘run’ links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-104-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-104-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">runcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-104-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">filecolor </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-104-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1015--><p class="noindent" >color of ‘run’ links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-105-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-105-1"
+class="td01"> </td></tr>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-106-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-106-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">setpagesize </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-106-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-106-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1016--><p class="noindent" >set page size by special driver commands </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-107-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-107-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">tex4ht </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-107-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-107-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1017--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">TeX4ht </span>backend </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-108-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-108-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">textures </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-108-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-108-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1018--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Textures </span>backend </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-109-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-109-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-109-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-109-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1019--><p class="noindent" >Unicode encoded pdf strings, starting with
+ version 2021-02-07 v7.00h set by default to
+ true for all engines. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-110-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-110-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">urlbordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-110-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 1 1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-110-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1020--><p class="noindent" >color of border around URL links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-111-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-111-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">urlcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-111-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">magenta </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-111-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1021--><p class="noindent" >color of URL links </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-112-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-112-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">verbose </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-112-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-112-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1022--><p class="noindent" >be chatty </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-113-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-113-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">vtex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-113-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-113-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1023--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">VTeX </span>backend </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-114-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-114-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">xetex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-114-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-114-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1024--><p class="noindent" >use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">XeTeX </span>backend </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-115-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-115-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-116-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-116-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-117-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-117-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-118-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-118-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-119-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-119-1"
+class="td01"> </td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 1027--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4 </span> <a
+ id="x1-140004"></a>Additional user macros</h3>
+<!--l. 1029--><p class="noindent" >If you need to make references to URLs, or write explicit links, the following low-level user macros are
+provided:
+<!--l. 1032--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-13" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-13-1g"><col
+id="TBL-13-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\href</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">options</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">]</span></span></span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1036--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is made a hyperlink to the <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span>; this must be a full URL (relative to the base URL, if that is
+defined). The special characters # and ˜ do <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">not </span>need to be escaped in any way (unless the command is
+used in the argument of another command).
+<!--l. 1041--><p class="indent" > The optional argument <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">options </span>recognizes the hyperref options <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnewwindow</span>
+and the following key value options:
+ <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtk-10">page</span><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Specifies the start page number of remote PDF documents. First page is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">1</span></span></span>.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtk-10">ismap</span><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Boolean key, if set to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">true</span></span></span>, the URL should appended by the coordinates as query
+ parameters by the PDF viewer.
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtk-10">nextactionraw</span><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">The value of key <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">/Next</span></span></span> of action dictionaries, see PDF specification.</dd></dl>
+<!--l. 1054--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-14" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-14-1g"><col
+id="TBL-14-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-14-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-14-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1058--><p class="noindent" >Similar to <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\href</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\nolinkurl</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}}</span></span></span>. Depending on the driver <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\href</span></span></span> also tries to detect the link
+type. Thus the result can be a url link, file link, …
+<!--l. 1063--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-15" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-15-1g"><col
+id="TBL-15-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-15-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-15-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\nolinkurl</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1067--><p class="noindent" >Write <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL </span>in the same way as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span></span></span>, without creating a hyperlink.
+
+<!--l. 1070--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-16" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-16-1g"><col
+id="TBL-16-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-16-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-16-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperbaseurl</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1074--><p class="noindent" >A base <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL </span>is established, which is prepended to other specified URLs, to make it easier to write
+portable documents.
+<!--l. 1077--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-17" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-17-1g"><col
+id="TBL-17-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-17-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-17-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperimage</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">imageURL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1081--><p class="noindent" >The link to the image referenced by the URL is inserted, using <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>as the anchor.
+<!--l. 1084--><p class="indent" > For drivers that produce HTML, the image itself is inserted by the browser, with the <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>being
+ignored completely.
+<!--l. 1087--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-18" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-18-1g"><col
+id="TBL-18-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-18-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-18-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperdef</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">category</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1091--><p class="noindent" >A target area of the document (the <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span>) is marked, and given the name <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">category.name</span>
+<!--l. 1094--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-19" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-19-1g"><col
+id="TBL-19-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-19-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-19-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperref</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">category</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1098--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is made into a link to <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL#category.name</span>
+<!--l. 1100--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-20" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-20-1g"><col
+id="TBL-20-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-20-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-20-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperref</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1104--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is made into a link to the same place as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> would be linked.
+<!--l. 1108--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-21" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-21-1g"><col
+id="TBL-21-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-21-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-21-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperlink</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1111--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-22" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-22-1g"><col
+id="TBL-22-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-22-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-22-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1115--><p class="noindent" >A simple internal link is created with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget</span></span></span>, with two parameters of an anchor <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name</span>, and anchor
+<span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span>. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperlink</span></span></span> has two arguments, the name of a hypertext object defined somewhere by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget</span></span></span>,
+and the <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>which be used as the link on the page.
+<!--l. 1121--><p class="indent" > Note that in HTML parlance, the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperlink</span></span></span> command inserts a notional # in front of each link,
+making it relative to the current testdocument; <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\href</span></span></span> expects a full URL.
+<!--l. 1125--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-23" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-23-1g"><col
+id="TBL-23-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-23-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-23-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\phantomsection </span></td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1129--><p class="noindent" >This sets an anchor at this location. It works similar to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget{}{}</span></span></span> with an automatically chosen
+anchor name. Often it is used in conjunction with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> for sectionlike things (index,
+bibliography, preface). <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> refers to the latest previous location where an anchor is set.
+Example:
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14">
+\cleardoublepage
+\phantomsection
+\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname}
+\printindex
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 1142--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
+<!--l. 1144--><p class="noindent" >Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index page,
+not to a location before this page.
+<!--l. 1148--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-24" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-24-1g"><col
+id="TBL-24-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-24-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-24-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1152--><p class="noindent" >This is a replacement for the usual <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref</span></span></span> command that places a contextual label in front of the reference.
+This gives your users a bigger target to click for hyperlinks (e.g. ‘section 2’ instead of merely the number
+‘2’).
+<!--l. 1158--><p class="indent" > The label is worked out from the context of the original <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span> command by <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>by using the
+macros listed below (shown with their default values). The macros can be (re)defined in documents using
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\(re)newcommand</span></span></span>; note that some of these macros are already defined in the standard document
+classes. The mixture of lowercase and uppercase initial letters is deliberate and corresponds to the
+author’s practice.
+<!--l. 1166--><p class="indent" > For each macro below, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>checks <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\*autorefname </span>before <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\*name</span>. For instance, it looks for
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\figureautorefname </span>before <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\figurename</span>.
+<a
+ id="x1-14001r12"></a> <!--l. 1171--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-25" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-25-1g"><col
+id="TBL-25-1"><col
+id="TBL-25-2"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-1-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">Macro </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-1-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1171--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">Default</span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-2-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\figurename </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-2-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1172--><p class="noindent" >Figure </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-3-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\tablename </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-3-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1173--><p class="noindent" >Table </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-4-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\partname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-4-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1174--><p class="noindent" >Part </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-5-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\appendixname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-5-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1175--><p class="noindent" >Appendix </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-6-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\equationname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-6-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1176--><p class="noindent" >Equation </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-7-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Itemname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-7-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1177--><p class="noindent" >item </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-8-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\chaptername </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-8-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1178--><p class="noindent" >chapter </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-9-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\sectionname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-9-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1179--><p class="noindent" >section </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-10-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\subsectionname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-10-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1180--><p class="noindent" >subsection </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-11-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\subsubsectionname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-11-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1181--><p class="noindent" >subsubsection </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-12-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\paragraphname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-12-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1182--><p class="noindent" >paragraph </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-13-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Hfootnotename </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-13-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1183--><p class="noindent" >footnote </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-14-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\AMSname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-14-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1184--><p class="noindent" >Equation </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-15-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theoremname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-15-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1185--><p class="noindent" >Theorem </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-16-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\page </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-16-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 1186--><p class="noindent" >page </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-17-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-18-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-19-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-20-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-21-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-21-2"
+class="td10"></td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 1189--><p class="indent" > Example for a redefinition if <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">babel </span>is used:
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15">
+\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}
+\addto\extrasngerman{%
+  \def\subsectionautorefname{Unterkapitel}%
+}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 1196--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
+<!--l. 1199--><p class="indent" > Hint: <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref </span>works via the counter name that the reference is based on. Sometimes <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref</span>
+chooses the wrong name, if the counter is used for different things. For example, it happens with
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem </span>if a lemma shares a counter with theorems. Then package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">aliascnt </span>provides a method to
+generate a simulated second counter that allows the differentiation between theorems and
+lemmas:
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16">
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage{aliascnt}
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+
+\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}
+
+\newaliascnt{lemma}{theorem}
+\newtheorem{lemma}[lemma]{Lemma}
+\aliascntresetthe{lemma}
+
+\providecommand*{\lemmaautorefname}{Lemma}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+We will use \autoref{a} to prove \autoref{b}.
+
+\begin{lemma}\label{a}
+  Nobody knows.
+\end{lemma}
+
+\begin{theorem}\label{b}
+  Nobody is right.
+\end{theorem}.
+
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 1234--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
+<!--l. 1237--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-26" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-26-1g"><col
+id="TBL-26-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-26-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-26-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autopageref</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1241--><p class="noindent" >It replaces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pageref</span></span></span> and adds the name for page in front of the page reference. First <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pageautorefname</span>
+is checked before <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pagename</span>.
+<!--l. 1246--><p class="indent" > For instances where you want a reference to use the correct counter, but not to create a
+link, there are starred forms (these starred forms exist even if hyperref has been loaded with
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">implicit=false</span></span></span>):
+<!--l. 1250--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-27" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-27-1g"><col
+id="TBL-27-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-27-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-27-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref*</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1254--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-28" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-28-1g"><col
+id="TBL-28-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pageref*</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1258--><p class="noindent" >
+
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-29" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-29-1g"><col
+id="TBL-29-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-29-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref*</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1262--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-30" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-30-1g"><col
+id="TBL-30-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-30-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-30-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autopageref*</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1266--><p class="indent" > A typical use would be to write
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17">
+\hyperref[other]{that nice section (\ref*{other}) we read before}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1269--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 1271--><p class="indent" > We want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref*{other}</span></span></span> to generate the correct number, but not to form a link, since we do this
+ourselves with <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperref</span>.
+<!--l. 1274--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-31" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-31-1g"><col
+id="TBL-31-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-31-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-31-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">macroname</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">TeXstring</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1278--><p class="indent" > <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef </span>returns a macro containing the PDF string. (Currently this is done globally, but do not
+rely on it.) All the following tasks, definitions and redefinitions are made in a group to keep them
+local:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Switching to PD1 or PU encoding
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Defining the “octal sequence commands” (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\345</span></span></span>): <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\edef\3{\string\3}</span></span></span>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Special glyphs of TeX: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\{</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\%</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\&</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\space</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\dots</span></span></span>, etc.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">National glyphs (<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">german.sty</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">french.sty</span>, etc.)
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Logos: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\TeX</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\eTeX</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MF</span></span></span>, etc.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Disabling commands that do not provide useful functionality in bookmarks: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\index</span></span></span>,
+ <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\glossary</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\discretionary</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\def</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\let</span></span></span>, etc.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">LaTeX’s font commands like <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textbf</span></span></span>, etc.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Support for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\xspace</span></span></span> provided by the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xspace </span>package</li></ul>
+<!--l. 1294--><p class="indent" > In addition, parentheses are protected to avoid the danger of unsafe unbalanced parentheses in
+the PDF string. For further details, see Heiko Oberdiek’s EuroTeX paper distributed with
+<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>.
+<!--l. 1298--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-32" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-32-1g"><col
+id="TBL-32-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-32-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-32-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\begin</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{NoHyper}</span></span></span>…<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\end</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{NoHyper}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1301--><p class="indent" > Sometimes we just don’t want the wretched package interfering with us. Define an environment we
+can put in manually, or include in a style file, which stops the hypertext functions doing anything.
+This is used, for instance, in the Elsevier classes, to stop <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref</span></span></span> playing havoc in the front
+matter.
+
+
+<!--l. 1307--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-150004.1"></a>Bookmark macros</h4>
+<!--l. 1309--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-160004.1.1"></a>Setting bookmarks</h5>
+<!--l. 1311--><p class="noindent" >Usually <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>automatically adds bookmarks for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\section</span></span></span> and similar macros. But they can also set
+manually.
+<!--l. 1314--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-33" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-33-1g"><col
+id="TBL-33-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-33-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-33-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfbookmark</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">level</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span>text<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1317--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark with the specified text and at the given level (default is 0). As name for the
+internal anchor name is used (in conjunction with level). Therefore the name must be unique (similar to
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span>).
+<!--l. 1321--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-34" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-34-1g"><col
+id="TBL-34-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-34-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-34-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\currentpdfbookmark</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1324--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark at the current level.
+<!--l. 1326--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-35" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-35-1g"><col
+id="TBL-35-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-35-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-35-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\subpdfbookmark</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1329--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark one step down in the bookmark hierarchy. Internally the current level is increased
+by one.
+<!--l. 1332--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-36" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-36-1g"><col
+id="TBL-36-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-36-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-36-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\belowpdfbookmark</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1335--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark below the current bookmark level. However after the command the current
+bookmark level has not changed.
+<!--l. 1338--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">Hint: </span>Package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">bookmark </span>replaces <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>’s bookmark organization by a new algorithm:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Usually only one LaTeX run is needed.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">More control over the bookmark appearance (color, font).
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Different bookmark actions are supported (external file links, URLs, …).</li></ul>
+<!--l. 1346--><p class="noindent" >Therefore I recommend using this package.
+<!--l. 1348--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-170004.1.2"></a>Replacement macros</h5>
+<!--l. 1350--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>takes the text for bookmarks from the arguments of commands like <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\section</span>, which can
+contain things like math, colors, or font changes, none of which will display in bookmarks as
+is.
+
+
+<!--l. 1354--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-37" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-37-1g"><col
+id="TBL-37-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-37-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-37-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">TeXstring</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">PDFstring</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1358--><p class="indent" > For example,
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18">
+\section{Pythagoras:
+  \texorpdfstring{$ a^2 + b^2 = c^2 $}{%
+    a\texttwosuperior\ + b\texttwosuperior\ =
+    c\texttwosuperior
+  }%
+}
+\section{\texorpdfstring{\textcolor{red}}{}{Red} Mars}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1367--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 1369--><p class="indent" > <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef </span>executes the hook before it expands the string. Therefore, you can use this hook to
+perform additional tasks or to disable additional commands.
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19">
+\expandafter\def\expandafter\pdfstringdefPreHook
+\expandafter{%
+  \pdfstringdefPreHook
+  \renewcommand{\mycommand}[1]{}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1379--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 1381--><p class="indent" > However, for disabling commands, an easier way is via <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdefDisableCommands</span>, which adds
+its argument to the definition of <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdefPreHook </span>(‘@’ can here be used as letter in command
+names):
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20">
+\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{%
+  \let~\textasciitilde
+  \def\url{\pdfstringdefWarn\url}%
+  \let\textcolor\@gobble
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1392--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 1394--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-180004.2"></a>Pagelabels</h4>
+<!--l. 1395--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-38" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-38-1g"><col
+id="TBL-38-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-38-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-38-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\thispdfpagelabel</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">page number format</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1399--><p class="noindent" >This allows to change format of the page number shown in the tool bar of a PDF viewer for a specific
+page, for example
+<!--l. 1402--><p class="indent" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\thispdfpagelabel{Empty</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> Page-\roman{page}}</span></span></span>
+<!--l. 1404--><p class="indent" > The command affects the page on which it is executed, so asynchronous page breaking should be
+taken into account. It should be used in places where for example <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\thispagestyle</span></span></span> can be use
+too.
+<!--l. 1407--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-190004.3"></a>Utility macros</h4>
+<!--l. 1410--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-39" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-39-1g"><col
+id="TBL-39-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-39-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-39-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypercalcbp</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">dimen specification</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 1413--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypercalcbp</span></span></span> takes a TeX dimen specification and converts it to bp and returns the number
+without the unit. This is useful for options <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartview</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview</span></span></span>.
+Example:
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-21">
+\hypersetup{
+  pdfstartview={FitBH \hypercalcbp{\paperheight-\topmargin-1in
+    -\headheight-\headsep}
+}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 1425--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
+<!--l. 1427--><p class="noindent" >The origin of the PDF coordinate system is the lower left corner.
+<!--l. 1429--><p class="indent" > Note, for calculations you need either package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">calc </span>or <span
+class="lmmi-10">ε</span>-<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span>. Nowadays the latter should
+automatically be enabled for <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> formats. Users without <span
+class="lmmi-10">ε</span>-<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span>, please, look in the source
+documentation <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.dtx</span></span></span> for further limitations.
+<!--l. 1435--><p class="indent" > Also <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypercalcbp </span>cannot be used in option specifications of <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\documentclass </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage</span>,
+because <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> expands the option lists of these commands. However package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>is not yet loaded
+and an undefined control sequence error would arise.
+<!--l. 1442--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5 </span> <a
+ id="x1-200005"></a>New Features<span class="footnote-mark"><a
+href="hyperref-doc5.html#fn4x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">4</sup></a></span><a
+ id="x1-20001f4"></a> </h3>
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-210005.1"></a>Option ‘pdflinkmargin’</h4>
+<!--l. 1447--><p class="noindent" >Option ‘pdflinkmargin’ is an experimental option for specifying a link margin, if the driver supports this.
+Default is 1 pt for supporting drivers.
+<!--l. 1452--><p class="indent" >
+ <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">pdfTeX</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">The link area also depends on the surrounding box.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Settings have local effect.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">When a page is shipped out, pdfTeX uses the current setting of the link margin for all
+ links on the page.</li></ul>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">pdfmark</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Settings have global effect.</li></ul>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">xetex</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">
+
+
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Settings must be done in the preamble or the first page and then have global effect.
+ The key inserts the new (x)dvipdfmx special <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special{dvipdfmx:config</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> g</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> #1}</span></span></span> (with
+ the unit removed).</li></ul>
+ </dd><dt class="description">
+<span
+class="ec-lmbx-10">Other drivers</span> </dt><dd
+class="description">Unsupported.</dd></dl>
+<!--l. 1477--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-220005.2"></a>Field option ‘calculatesortkey’</h4>
+<!--l. 1479--><p class="noindent" >Fields with calculated values are calculated in document order by default. If calculated field values
+depend on other calculated fields that appear later in the document, then the correct calculation order
+can be specified with option ‘calculatesortkey’. Its value is used as key to lexicographically sort the
+calculated fields. The sort key do not need to be unique. Fields that share the same key are sorted in
+document order.
+<!--l. 1489--><p class="indent" > Currently the field option ‘calculatesortkey’ is only supported by the driver for pdfTeX.
+<!--l. 1493--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-230005.3"></a>Option ‘localanchorname’</h4>
+<!--l. 1495--><p class="noindent" >When an anchor is set (e.g. via <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\refstepcounter</span></span></span>, then the anchor name is globally set to the current
+anchor name.
+<!--l. 1499--><p class="indent" > For example:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22">
+    \section{Foobar}
+    \begin{equation}\end{equation}
+    \label{sec:foobar}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1504--><p class="nopar" > With the default global setting (localanchorname=false) a reference to ‘sec:foobar’ jumps to the
+equation before. With option ‘localanchorname’ the anchor of the equation is forgotten after the
+environment and the reference ‘sec:foobar’ jumps to the section title.
+<!--l. 1512--><p class="indent" > Option ‘localanchorname’ is an experimental option, there might be situations, where the anchor
+name is not available as expected.
+<!--l. 1517--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.4 </span> <a
+ id="x1-240005.4"></a>Option ‘customdriver’</h4>
+<!--l. 1519--><p class="noindent" >The value of option ‘customdriver’ is the name of an external driver file without extension ‘.def’. The file
+must have <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ProvidesFile</span></span></span> with a version date and number that match the date and number of ‘hyperref’,
+otherwise a warning is given.
+<!--l. 1524--><p class="indent" > Because the interface, what needs to be defined in the driver, is not well defined and
+quite messy, the option is mainly intended to ease developing, testing, debugging the driver
+part.
+<!--l. 1529--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.5 </span> <a
+ id="x1-250005.5"></a>Option ‘psdextra’</h4>
+<!--l. 1531--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX’s NFSS is used to assist the conversion of arbitrary TeX strings to PDF strings (bookmarks, PDF
+information entries). Many math command names (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\geq</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\notin</span></span></span>, ...) are not in control of NFSS,
+therefore they are defined with prefix ‘text’ (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textgeq</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textnotin</span></span></span>, ...). They can be mapped to short
+names during the processing to PDF strings. The disadvantage is that they are many hundreds macros
+that need to be redefined for each PDF string conversion. Therefore this can be enabled or disabled
+as option ‘psdextra’. On default the option is turned off (set to ‘false’). Turning the option
+on means that the short names are available. Then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\geq</span></span></span> can directly be used instead of
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textgeq</span></span></span>.
+<!--l. 1545--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.6 </span> <a
+ id="x1-260005.6"></a>\XeTeXLinkBox</h4>
+<!--l. 1547--><p class="noindent" >When XeTeX generates a link annotation, it does not look at the boxes (as the other drivers), but only
+at the character glyphs. If there are no glyphs (images, rules, ...), then it does not generate a link
+annotation. Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\XeTeXLinkBox</span></span></span> puts its argument in a box and adds spaces at the lower left and
+upper right corners. An additional margin can be specified by setting it to the dimen register
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\XeTeXLinkMargin</span></span></span>. The default is 2pt.
+<!--l. 1556--><p class="indent" > Example:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23">
+    % xelatex
+    \documentclass{article}
+    \usepackage{hyperref}
+    \setlength{\XeTeXLinkMargin}{1pt}
+    \begin{document}
+    \section{Hello World}
+    \newpage
+    \label{sec:hello}
+    \hyperref[sec:hello]{%
+      \XeTeXLinkBox{\rule{10mm}{10mm}}%
+    }
+    \end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1572--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 1574--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.7 </span> <a
+ id="x1-270005.7"></a>\IfHyperBooleanExists and \IfHyperBoolean</h4>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24">
+ \IfHyperBooleanExists{OPTION}{YES}{NO}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1577--><p class="nopar" > If a hyperref OPTION is a boolean, that means it takes values ‘true’ or ‘false’, then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\IfHyperBooleanExists</span></span></span>
+calls YES, otherwise NO.
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25">
+ \IfHyperBoolean{OPTION}{YES}{NO}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1584--><p class="nopar" > Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\IfHyperBoolean</span></span></span> calls YES, if OPTION exists as boolean and is enabled. Otherwise NO is
+executed.
+<!--l. 1590--><p class="indent" > Both macros are expandable. Additionally option ‘stoppedearly’ is available. It is enabled if
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MaybeStopEarly</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MaybeStopNow</span></span></span> end hyperref prematurely.
+<!--l. 1595--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.8 </span> <a
+ id="x1-280005.8"></a>\unichar</h4>
+<!--l. 1597--><p class="noindent" >If a Unicode character is not supported by puenc.def, it can be given by using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\unichar</span></span></span>. Its name
+and syntax is inherited from package ‘ucs’. However it is defined independently for use in
+hyperref’s <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef</span></span></span> (that converts arbitrary TeX code to PDF strings or tries to do
+this).
+<!--l. 1605--><p class="indent" > Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\unichar</span></span></span> takes a TeX number as argument, examples for U+263A (WHITE SMILING
+FACE):
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26">
+    \unichar{"263A}% hexadecimal notation
+    \unichar{9786}% decimal notation
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1610--><p class="nopar" > ‘"’ must not be a babel shorthand character or otherwise active. Otherwise prefix it with
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\string</span></span></span>:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27">
+    \unichar{\string"263A}% converts ‘"’ to ‘"’ with catcode 12 (other)
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1615--><p class="nopar" > Users of (n)german packages or babel options may use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\dq</span></span></span> instead:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28">
+    \unichar{\dq 263A}% \dq is double quote with catcode 12 (other)
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1619--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 1622--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.9 </span> <a
+ id="x1-290005.9"></a>\ifpdfstringunicode</h4>
+<!--l. 1624--><p class="noindent" >Some features of the PDF specification needs PDF strings. Examples are bookmarks or the entries in the
+information dictionary. The PDF specification allows two encodings ‘PDFDocEncoding’ (8-bit encoding)
+and ‘Unicode’ (UTF-16). The user can help using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span> to replace complicate TeX constructs
+by a representation for the PDF string. However <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span> does not distinguish the two encodings.
+This gap closes <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ifpdfstringunicode</span></span></span>. It is only allowed in the second argument of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span> and
+takes two arguments, the first allows the full range of Unicode. The second is limited to the characters
+available in PDFDocEncoding.
+<!--l. 1638--><p class="indent" > As example we take a macro definition for the Vietnamese name of Han The Thanh. Correctly
+written it needs some accented characters, one character even with a double accent. Class ‘tugboat.cls’
+defines a macro for the typesetted name:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29">
+    \def\Thanh{%
+      H\‘an~%
+      Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\’{}}}%
+      ~Th\‘anh%
+    }
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1648--><p class="nopar" > It’s not entirely correct, the second accent over the ‘e’ is not an acute, but a hook. However standard
+LaTeX does not provide such an accent.
+<!--l. 1653--><p class="indent" > Now we can extend the definition to support hyperref. The first and the last word are already
+supported automatically. Characters with two or more accents are a difficult business in LaTeX, because
+the NFSS2 macros of the LaTeX kernel do not support more than one accent. Therefore also puenc.def
+misses support for them. But we can provide it using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\unichar</span></span></span>. The character in question
+is:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30">
+    % U+1EC3 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX AND HOOK ABOVE
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1662--><p class="nopar" > Thus we can put this together:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31">
+    \def\Thanh{%
+      H\‘an~%
+      \texorpdfstring{Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\’{}}}}%
+      {\ifpdfstringunicode{Th\unichar{"1EC3}}{Th\^e}}%
+      ~Th\‘anh%
+    }
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1671--><p class="nopar" > For PDFDocEncoding (PD1) the variant above has dropped the second accent. Alternatively we could
+provide a representation without accents instead of wrong accents:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32">
+    \def\Thanh{%
+      \texorpdfstring{%
+        H\‘an~%
+        Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\’{}}}}%
+        ~Th\‘anh%
+      }{%
+        \ifpdfstringunicode{%
+          H\‘an Th\unichar{"1EC3} Th\‘anh%
+        }{%
+          Han The Thanh%
+        }%
+      }%
+    }
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1689--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 1691--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.10 </span> <a
+ id="x1-300005.10"></a>Customizing index style file with \nohyperpage</h4>
+<!--l. 1693--><p class="noindent" >Since version 2008/08/14 v6.78f.
+<!--l. 1697--><p class="indent" > For hyperlink support in the index, hyperref inserts <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> into the index macros. After
+processing with Makeindex, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> analyzes its argument to detect page ranges and page comma
+lists. However, only the standard settings are supported directly:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33">
+    delim_r "--"
+    delim_n ", "
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1704--><p class="nopar" > (See manual page/documentation of Makeindex that explains the keys that can be used in style files for
+Makeindex.) Customized versions of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">delim_r,</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> delim_n,</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> suffix_2p,</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> suffix_3p,</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> suffix_mp</span></span></span> needs
+markup that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> can detect and knows that this stuff does not belong to a page number. Makro
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\nohyperpage</span></span></span> serves as this markup. Put the customized code for these keys inside <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\nohyperpage</span></span></span>,
+e.g.:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34">
+    suffix_2p "\\nohyperpage{f.}"
+    suffix_3p "\\nohyperpage{ff.}"
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1716--><p class="nopar" > (Depending on the typesetting tradition some space “<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\\</span></span></span>,” or “<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">~</span></span></span>” should be put before the first f inside
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\nohyperpage</span></span></span>.)
+<!--l. 1721--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.11 </span> <a
+ id="x1-310005.11"></a>Experimental option ‘ocgcolorlinks’</h4>
+<!--l. 1723--><p class="noindent" >The idea are colored links, when viewed, but printed without colors. This new experimental option
+‘ocgcolorlinks’ uses Optional Content Groups, a feature introduced in PDF 1.5.
+<!--l. 1727--><p class="indent" > A better implementation which hasn’t the disadvantage to prevent line breaks is in the ocgx2
+package. Check its documentation for details how to use it.
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">The option must be given for package loading: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage[ocgcolorlinks]{hyperref}</span></span></span>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Main disadvantage: Links cannot be broken across lines. PDF reference 1.7: 4.10.2 “Making
+ Graphical Content Optional”: Graphics state operations, such as setting the color, ..., are
+ still applied. Therefore the link text is put in a box and set twice, with and without color.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">The feature can be switched of by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup{ocgcolorlinks=false}</span></span></span> inside the document.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Supported drivers: pdftex, dvipdfm
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">The PDF version should be at least 1.5. It is automatically set for pdfTeX, LuaTeX and
+ dvipdfmx.</li></ul>
+<!--l. 1745--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.12 </span> <a
+ id="x1-320005.12"></a>Option ‘pdfa’</h4>
+<!--l. 1747--><p class="noindent" >The new option ‘pdfa’ tries to avoid violations of PDF/A in code generated by hyperref. However, the
+result is usually not in PDF/A, because many features aren’t controlled by hyperref (XMP metadata,
+fonts, colors, driver dependend low level stuff, ...).
+<!--l. 1754--><p class="indent" > Currently, option ‘pdfa’ sets and disables the following items:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Enabled annotation flags: Print, NoZoom, NoRotate [PDF/A 6.5.3].
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Disabled annotation flags: Hidden, Invisible, NoView [PDF/A 6.5.3].
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Disabled: Launch action (<a
+href="run:..." >[</a>PDF/A 6.6.1].
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Restricted: Named actions (NextPage, PrevPage, FirstPage, LastPage) [PDF/A 6.6.1].
+
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Many things are disabled in PDF formulars:
+ <ul class="itemize2">
+ <li class="itemize">JavaScript actions [PDF/A 6.6.1]
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Trigger events (additional actions) [PDF/A 6.6.2]
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Push button (because of JavaScript)
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Interactive Forms: Flag NeedAppearances is the default ‘false’ (Because of this,
+ hyperref’s implementation of Forms looks ugly). [PDF/A 6.9]</li></ul>
+ </li></ul>
+<!--l. 1774--><p class="indent" > The default value of the new option ‘pdfa’ is ‘false’. It influences the loading of the package and
+cannot be changed after hyperref is loaded (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage{hyperref}</span></span></span>).
+<!--l. 1780--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.13 </span> <a
+ id="x1-330005.13"></a>Option ‘linktoc’ added</h4>
+<!--l. 1782--><p class="noindent" >The new option ‘linktoc’ allows more control which part of an entry in the table of contents is made into
+a link:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">‘linktoc=none’ (no links)
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">‘linktoc=section’ (default behaviour, same as ‘linktocpage=false’)
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">‘linktoc=page’ (same as ‘linktocpage=true’)
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">‘linktoc=all’ (both the section and page part are links)</li></ul>
+<!--l. 1791--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.14 </span> <a
+ id="x1-340005.14"></a>Option ‘pdfnewwindow’ changed</h4>
+<!--l. 1793--><p class="noindent" >Before 6.77b:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">pdfnewwindow=true <span
+class="lmsy-10">→ </span>/NewWindow true
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">pdfnewwindow=false <span
+class="lmsy-10">→ </span>(absent)
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">unused pdfnewwindow <span
+class="lmsy-10">→ </span>(absent)</li></ul>
+<!--l. 1799--><p class="noindent" >Since 6.77b:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">pdfnewwindow=true <span
+class="lmsy-10">→ </span>/NewWindow true
+
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">pdfnewwindow=false <span
+class="lmsy-10">→ </span>/NewWindow false
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">pdfnewwindow= <span
+class="lmsy-10">→ </span>(absent)
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">unused pdfnewwindow <span
+class="lmsy-10">→ </span>(absent)</li></ul>
+<!--l. 1809--><p class="indent" > Rationale: There is a difference between setting to ‘false’ and an absent entry. In the former case the
+new document replaces the old one, in the latter case the PDF viewer application should respect the user
+preference.
+<!--l. 1815--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.15 </span> <a
+ id="x1-350005.15"></a>Flag options for PDF forms</h4>
+<!--l. 1817--><p class="noindent" >PDF form field macros (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\TextField</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\CheckBox</span></span></span>, ...) support boolean flag options. The option name is
+the lowercase version of the names in the PDF specification (1.7):
+<!--l. 1821--><p class="indent" > <a
+href="http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdf_reference.html" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdf_reference.html</span></a>
+<!--l. 1823--><p class="indent" > <a
+href="http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf</span></a>
+<!--l. 1825--><p class="indent" > Options (convert to lowercase) except flags in square brackets:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Table 8.16 Annotation flags (page 608):
+ <!--l. 1830--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v">
+ 1 Invisible
+ <br />2 Hidden (PDF 1.2)
+ <br />3 Print (PDF 1.2)
+ <br />4 NoZoom (PDF 1.3)
+ <br />5 NoRotate (PDF 1.3)
+ <br />6 NoView (PDF 1.3)
+ <br />[7 ReadOnly (PDF 1.3)] ignored for widget annotations, see table 8.70
+ <br />8 Locked (PDF 1.4)
+ <br />9 ToggleNoView (PDF 1.5)
+ <br />10 LockedContents (PDF 1.7)</div>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Table 8.70 Field flags common to all field types (page 676):
+ <!--l. 1844--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v">
+ 1 ReadOnly
+ <br />2 Required
+ <br />3 NoExport</div>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Table 8.75 Field flags specific to button fields (page 686):
+ <!--l. 1851--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v">
+ 15 NoToggleToOff (Radio buttons only)
+
+ <br />16 Radio (set: radio buttons, clear: check box, pushbutton: clear)
+ <br />17 Pushbutton
+ <br />26 RadiosInUniso (PDF 1.5)</div>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Table 8.77 Field flags specific to text fields (page 691):
+ <!--l. 1859--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v">
+ 13 Multiline
+ <br />14 Password
+ <br />21 FileSelect (PDF 1.4)
+ <br />23 DoNotSpellCheck (PDF 1.4)
+ <br />24 DoNotScroll (PDF 1.4)
+ <br />25 Comb (PDF 1.5)
+ <br />26 RichText (PDF 1.5)</div>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Table 8.79 Field flags specific to choice fields (page 693):
+ <!--l. 1870--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v">
+ 18 Combo (set: combo box, clear: list box)
+ <br />19 Edit (only useful if Combo is set)
+ <br />20 (Sort) for authoring tools, not PDF viewers
+ <br />22 MultiSelect (PDF 1.4)
+ <br />23 DoNotSpellCheck (PDF 1.4) (only useful if Combo and Edit are set)
+ <br />27 CommitOnSelChange (PDF 1.5)</div>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Table 8.86 Flags for submit-form actions (page 704):
+ <!--l. 1880--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v">
+ [1 Include/Exclude] unsupported, use ‘noexport’ (table 8.70) instead
+ <br />2 IncludeNoValueFields
+ <br />[3 ExportFormat] handled by option ‘export’
+ <br />4 GetMethod
+ <br />5 SubmitCoordinates
+ <br />[6 XFDF (PDF 1.4)] handled by option ‘export’
+ <br />7 IncludeAppendSaves (PDF 1.4)
+ <br />8 IncludeAnnotations (PDF 1.4)
+ <br />[9 SubmitPDF (PDF 1.4)] handled by option ‘export’
+ <br />10 CanonicalFormat (PDF 1.4)
+ <br />11 ExclNonUserAnnots (PDF 1.4)
+ <br />12 ExclFKey (PDF 1.4)
+ <br />14 EmbedForm (PDF 1.5)</div>
+ </li></ul>
+
+
+<!--l. 1897--><p class="indent" > New option ‘export’ sets the export format of a submit action. Valid values are (upper- or
+lowercase):
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">FDF
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">HTML
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">XFDF
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">PDF (not supported by Acrobat Reader)</li></ul>
+<!--l. 1906--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.16 </span> <a
+ id="x1-360005.16"></a>Option ‘pdfversion’</h4>
+<!--l. 1908--><p class="noindent" >This is an experimental option. It notifies ‘hyperref’ about the intended PDF version. Currently this is
+used in code for PDF forms (implementation notes 116 and 122 of PDF spec 1.7).
+<!--l. 1914--><p class="indent" > Values: 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7. Values below 1.2 are not supported, because most drivers expect
+higher PDF versions.
+<!--l. 1919--><p class="indent" > The option must be used early, not after <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage{hyperref}</span></span></span>.
+<!--l. 1922--><p class="indent" > In theory this option should also set the PDF version, but this is not generally supported.
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">pdfTeX below 1.10a: unsupported. pdfTeX <span
+class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>1.10a and < 1.30: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfoptionpdfminorversion</span></span></span>
+ pdfTeX <span
+class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>1.30: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfminorversion</span></span></span>
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">dvipdfm: configuration file, example: TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/config/config, entry ‘V
+ 2’.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">dvipdfmx: configuration file, example: TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/dvipdfmx.cfg, entry
+ ‘V 4’.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Ghostscript: option -dCompatibilityLevel (this is set in ‘ps2pdf12’, ‘ps2pdf13’, ‘ps2pdf14’).</li></ul>
+<!--l. 1937--><p class="indent" > The current PDF version is used as default if this version can be detected (only pdfTeX <span
+class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>1.10a).
+Otherwise the lowest version 1.2 is assumed. Thus ‘hyperref’ tries to avoid PDF code that breaks this
+version, but is free to use ignorable higher PDF features.
+<!--l. 1944--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.17 </span> <a
+ id="x1-370005.17"></a>Field option ‘name’</h4>
+<!--l. 1946--><p class="noindent" >Many form objects uses the label argument for several purposes:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Layouted label.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">As name in HTML structures.</li></ul>
+
+
+<!--l. 1952--><p class="noindent" >Code that is suitable for layouting with TeX can break in the structures of the output format. If option
+‘name’ is given, then its value is used as name in the different output structures. Thus the value should
+consist of letters only.
+<!--l. 1959--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.18 </span> <a
+ id="x1-380005.18"></a>Option ‘pdfencoding’</h4>
+<!--l. 1961--><p class="noindent" >The PDF format allows two encodings for bookmarks and entries in the information dictionary:
+PDFDocEncoding and Unicode as UTF-16BE. Option <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdfencoding </span>selects between these
+encodings:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdfdoc </span>uses PDFDocEncoding. It uses just one byte per character, but the supported
+ characters are limited (244 in PDF-1.7).
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">unicode </span>sets Unicode. It is encoded as UTF-16BE. Two bytes are used for most characters,
+ surrogates need four bytes.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">auto </span>PDFDocEncoding if the string does not contain characters outside the encoding (outside
+ ascii if an unicode engine is used) and Unicode otherwise. This option is normally no suited
+ for the unicode engines.</li></ul>
+<!--l. 1974--><p class="indent" > All drivers use <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">unicode </span>by default now. If another encoding should be forced, it should be done in
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypersetup</span></span></span>.
+<!--l. 1977--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.19 </span> <a
+ id="x1-390005.19"></a>Color options/package hycolor</h4>
+<!--l. 1979--><p class="noindent" >See documentation of package ‘hycolor’.
+<!--l. 1982--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.20 </span> <a
+ id="x1-400005.20"></a>Option pdfusetitle</h4>
+<!--l. 1984--><p class="noindent" >If option pdfusetitle is set then hyperref tries to derive the values for pdftitle and pdfauthor
+from <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\title</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\author</span></span></span>. An optional argument for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\title</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\author</span></span></span> is supported (class
+amsart).
+<!--l. 1990--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.21 </span> <a
+ id="x1-410005.21"></a>Starred form of \autoref</h4>
+<!--l. 1992--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref*</span></span></span> generates a reference without link as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref*</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pageref*</span></span></span>.
+<!--l. 1995--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.22 </span> <a
+ id="x1-420005.22"></a>Link border style</h4>
+<!--l. 1997--><p class="noindent" >Links can be underlined instead of the default rectangle or options <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">colorlinks</span>, <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">frenchlinks</span>. This is done by
+option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfborderstyle={/S/U/W</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> 1}</span></span></span>
+<!--l. 2001--><p class="indent" > Some remarks:
+
+
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">AR7/Linux seems to have a bug, that don’t use the default value <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">1</span></span></span> for the width, but zero,
+ thus that the underline is not visible without <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">/W</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> 1</span></span></span>. The same applies for dashed boxes, eg.:
+ pdfborderstyle=/S/D/D[3 2]/W 1
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">The syntax is described in the PDF specification, look for “border style”, eg. Table 8.13
+ “Entries in a border style dictionary” (specification for version 1.6)
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">The border style is removed by pdfborderstyle= This is automatically done if option
+ colorlinks is enabled.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Be aware that not all PDF viewers support this feature, not even Acrobat Reader itself:
+ <!--l. 2022--><p class="noindent" >Some support:
+ <ul class="itemize2">
+ <li class="itemize">AR7/Linux: <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">underline </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dashed</span>, but the border width must be given.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">xpdf 3.00: <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">underline </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dashed</span></li></ul>
+ <!--l. 2029--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported:
+ <ul class="itemize2">
+ <li class="itemize">AR5/Linux
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">ghostscript 8.50</li></ul>
+ </li></ul>
+<!--l. 2036--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.23 </span> <a
+ id="x1-430005.23"></a>Option <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth</span></h4>
+<!--l. 2038--><p class="noindent" >The depth of the bookmarks can be controlled by the new option <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth</span>. The option acts
+globally and distinguishes three cases:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth </span>without value Then hyperref uses the current value of counter <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">tocdepth</span>.
+ This is the compatible behaviour and the default.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksdepth=<number></span></span></span>, the value is number (also negative): The depth for the
+ bookmarks are set to this number.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksdepth=<name></span></span></span> The <name> is a document division name (part, chapter, ...). It must
+ not start with a digit or minus to avoid mixing up with the number case. Internally hyperref uses
+ the value of macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\toclevel@<name></span></span></span>. Examples:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35">
+     \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth=paragraph}
+     \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth=4} % same as before
+     \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth} % counter "tocdepth" is used
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 2057--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul>
+<!--l. 2060--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.24 </span> <a
+ id="x1-440005.24"></a>Option <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdfescapeform</span></h4>
+<!--l. 2062--><p class="noindent" >There are many places where arbitrary strings end up as PS or PDF strings. The PS/PDF strings in
+parentheses form require the protection of some characters, e.g. unmatched left or right parentheses need
+escaping or the escape character itself (backslash). Since 2006/02/12 v6.75a the PS/PDF driver
+should do this automatically. However I assume a problem with compatibility, especially
+regarding the form part where larger amounts of JavaScript code can be present. It would
+be a pain to remove all the escaping, because an additional escaping layer can falsify the
+code.
+<!--l. 2074--><p class="indent" > Therefore a new option pdfescapeform was introduced:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">pdfescapeform=false Escaping for the formulars are disabled, this is the compatibility
+ behaviour, therefore this is the default.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">pdfescapeform=true Then the PS/PDF drivers do all the necessary escaping. This is the
+ logical choice and the recommended setting. For example, the user writes JavaScript as
+ JavaScript and do not care about escaping characters for PS/PDF output.</li></ul>
+<!--l. 2087--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.25 </span> <a
+ id="x1-450005.25"></a>Default driver setting</h4>
+<!--l. 2089--><p class="noindent" >(hyperref <span
+class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>6.72s) If no driver is given, hyperref tries its best to guess the most suitable
+driver. Thus it loads <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hpdftex</span>, if pdfTeX is detected running in PDF mode. Or it loads the
+corresponding VTeX driver for VTeX’s working modes. Unhappily many driver programs run
+after the TeX compiler, so hyperref does not have a chance (dvips, dvipdfm, ...). In this
+case driver <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex </span>is loaded that supports the HyperTeX features that are recognized by
+xdvi for example. This behaviour, however, can easily be changed in the configuration file
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg</span></span></span>:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36">
+    \providecommand*{\Hy at defaultdriver}{hdvips}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2102--><p class="nopar" > for dvips, or
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37">
+    \providecommand*{\Hy at defaultdriver}{hypertex}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2106--><p class="nopar" > for the default behaviour of hyperref.
+<!--l. 2109--><p class="indent" > See also the new option ‘driverfallback’.
+<!--l. 2111--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.26 </span> <a
+ id="x1-460005.26"></a>Backref entries</h4>
+<!--l. 2113--><p class="noindent" >Alternative interface for formatting of backref entries, example:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38">
+\documentclass[12pt,UKenglish]{article}
+
+\usepackage{babel}
+\usepackage[pagebackref]{hyperref}
+
+% Some language options are detected by package backref.
+% This affects the following macros:
+%   \backrefpagesname
+%   \backrefsectionsname
+%   \backrefsep
+%   \backreftwosep
+%   \backreflastsep
+
+\renewcommand*{\backref}[1]{
+  % default interface
+  % #1: backref list
+  %
+  % We want to use the alternative interface,
+  % therefore the definition is empty here.
+}
+\renewcommand*{\backrefalt}[4]{%
+  % alternative interface
+  % #1: number of distinct back references
+  % #2: backref list with distinct entries
+  % #3: number of back references including duplicates
+  % #4: backref list including duplicates
+  \par
+  #3 citation(s) on #1 page(s): #2,\par
+  \ifnum#1=1 %
+    \ifnum#3=1 %
+      1 citation on page %
+    \else
+      #3 citations on page %
+    \fi
+  \else
+    #3 citations on #1 pages %
+  \fi
+  #2,\par
+  \ifnum#3=1 %
+    1 citation located at page %
+  \else
+    #3 citations located at pages %
+  \fi
+  #4.\par
+}
+
+% The list of distinct entries can be further refined:
+\renewcommand*{\backrefentrycount}[2]{%
+
+
+  % #1: the original backref entry
+  % #2: the count of citations of this entry,
+  %     in case of duplicates greater than one
+  #1%
+  \ifnum#2>1 %
+    ~(#2)%
+  \fi
+}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+  \section{Hello}
+    \cite{ref1, ref2, ref3, ref4}
+  \section{World}
+    \cite{ref1, ref3}
+  \newpage
+
+  \section{Next section}
+    \cite{ref1}
+  \newpage
+
+  \section{Last section}
+    \cite{ref1, ref2}
+  \newpage
+
+  \pdfbookmark[1]{Bibliography}{bib}
+  \begin{thebibliography}{99}
+    \bibitem{ref1} Dummy entry one.
+
+    \bibitem{ref2} Dummy entry two.
+
+    \bibitem{ref3} Dummy entry three.
+
+    \bibitem{ref4} Dummy entry four.
+
+  \end{thebibliography}
+
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2202--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2204--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.27 </span> <a
+ id="x1-470005.27"></a>\phantomsection</h4>
+<!--l. 2206--><p class="noindent" >Set an anchor at this location. It is often used in conjunction with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> for sectionlike things
+(index, bibliography, preface). <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> refers to the latest previous location where an anchor is
+set.
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39">
+  \cleardoublepage
+  \phantomsection
+  \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname}
+  \printindex
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2216--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2218--><p class="indent" > Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index
+page, not to a location before this page.
+<!--l. 2224--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6 </span> <a
+ id="x1-480006"></a>Acrobat-specific behavior</h3>
+<!--l. 2225--><p class="noindent" >If you want to access the menu options of Acrobat Reader or Exchange, the following macro is provided
+in the appropriate drivers:
+<!--l. 2228--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-40" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-40-1g"><col
+id="TBL-40-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-40-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-40-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Acrobatmenu</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">menuoption</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2232--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is used to create a button which activates the appropriate <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">menuoption</span>. The following table lists
+the option names you can use—comparison of this with the menus in Acrobat Reader or Exchange will
+show what they do. Obviously some are only appropriate to Exchange.
+<a
+ id="x1-48001r13"></a> <!--l. 2236--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-41" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-41-1g"><col
+id="TBL-41-1"><col
+id="TBL-41-2"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-1-1"
+class="td01">File </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-1-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2236--><p class="noindent" >Open,
+ Close,
+ Scan,
+ Save,
+ SaveAs,
+ Optimizer:SaveAsOpt,
+ Print,
+ PageSetup,
+ Quit </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-2-1"
+class="td01">File<span
+class="lmsy-10">→</span>Import </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-2-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2237--><p class="noindent" >ImportImage,
+ ImportNotes,
+ AcroForm:ImportFDF </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-3-1"
+class="td01">File<span
+class="lmsy-10">→</span>Export </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-3-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2238--><p class="noindent" >ExportNotes,
+ AcroForm:ExportFDF </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-4-1"
+class="td01">File<span
+class="lmsy-10">→</span>DocumentInfo </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-4-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2239--><p class="noindent" >GeneralInfo,
+ OpenInfo,
+ FontsInfo,
+ SecurityInfo,
+ Weblink:Base,
+ AutoIndex:DocInfo </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-5-1"
+class="td01">File<span
+class="lmsy-10">→</span>Preferences </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-5-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2240--><p class="noindent" >GeneralPrefs,
+ NotePrefs,
+ FullScreenPrefs,
+ Weblink:Prefs,
+ AcroSearch:Preferences(Windows)
+ or,
+ AcroSearch:Prefs(Mac),
+ Cpt:Capture </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-6-1"
+class="td01">Edit </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-6-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2242--><p class="noindent" >Undo,
+ Cut,
+ Copy,
+ Paste,
+ Clear,
+ SelectAll,
+ Ole:CopyFile,
+ TouchUp:TextAttributes,
+ TouchUp:FitTextToSelection,
+ TouchUp:ShowLineMarkers,
+ TouchUp:ShowCaptureSuspects,
+ TouchUp:FindSuspect, </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-7-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-7-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2245--><p class="noindent" >Properties </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-8-1"
+class="td01">Edit<span
+class="lmsy-10">→</span>Fields </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-8-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2246--><p class="noindent" >AcroForm:Duplicate,
+ AcroForm:TabOrder </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-9-1"
+class="td01">Document </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-9-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2247--><p class="noindent" >Cpt:CapturePages,
+ AcroForm:Actions,
+ CropPages,
+ RotatePages,
+ InsertPages,
+ ExtractPages,
+ ReplacePages,
+ DeletePages,
+ NewBookmark,
+ SetBookmarkDest,
+ CreateAllThumbs,
+ DeleteAllThumbs </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-10-1"
+class="td01">View </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-10-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2250--><p class="noindent" >ActualSize,
+ FitVisible,
+ FitWidth,
+ FitPage,
+ ZoomTo,
+ FullScreen,
+ FirstPage,
+ PrevPage,
+ NextPage,
+ LastPage,
+ GoToPage,
+ GoBack,
+ GoForward,
+ SinglePage,
+ OneColumn,
+ TwoColumns,
+ ArticleThreads,
+ PageOnly,
+ ShowBookmarks,
+ ShowThumbs </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-11-1"
+class="td01">Tools </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-11-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2253--><p class="noindent" >Hand,
+ ZoomIn,
+ ZoomOut,
+ SelectText,
+ SelectGraphics,
+ Note,
+ Link,
+ Thread,
+ AcroForm:Tool,
+ Acro_Movie:MoviePlayer,
+ TouchUp:TextTool,
+ Find,
+ FindAgain,
+ FindNextNote,
+ CreateNotesFile </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-12-1"
+class="td01">Tools<span
+class="lmsy-10">→</span>Search </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-12-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2256--><p class="noindent" >AcroSrch:Query,
+ AcroSrch:Indexes,
+ AcroSrch:Results,
+ AcroSrch:Assist,
+ AcroSrch:PrevDoc,
+ AcroSrch:PrevHit,
+ AcroSrch:NextHit,
+ AcroSrch:NextDoc </td>
+
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-13-1"
+class="td01">Window </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-13-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2258--><p class="noindent" >ShowHideToolBar,
+ ShowHideMenuBar,
+ ShowHideClipboard,
+ Cascade,
+ TileHorizontal,
+ TileVertical,
+ CloseAll </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-14-1"
+class="td01">Help </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-14-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2260--><p class="noindent" >HelpUserGuide,
+ HelpTutorial,
+ HelpExchange,
+ HelpScan,
+ HelpCapture,
+ HelpPDFWriter,
+ HelpDistiller,
+ HelpSearch,
+ HelpCatalog,
+ HelpReader,
+ Weblink:Home </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-15-1"
+class="td01">Help(Windows) </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-15-2"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2262--><p class="noindent" >About </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-16-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-17-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-18-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-19-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-19-2"
+class="td10"></td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 2265--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7 </span> <a
+ id="x1-490007"></a>PDF and HTML forms</h3>
+<!--l. 2266--><p class="noindent" >You must put your fields inside a <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Form </span>environment (only one per file).
+<!--l. 2268--><p class="indent" > There are six macros to prepare fields:
+<!--l. 2270--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-42" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-42-1g"><col
+id="TBL-42-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-42-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-42-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\TextField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">parameters</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2274--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-43" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-43-1g"><col
+id="TBL-43-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-43-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-43-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\CheckBox</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">parameters</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2278--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-44" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-44-1g"><col
+id="TBL-44-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ChoiceMenu</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">parameters</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">choices</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2282--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-45" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-45-1g"><col
+id="TBL-45-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-45-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\PushButton</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">parameters</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2286--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-46" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-46-1g"><col
+id="TBL-46-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-46-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-46-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Submit</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">parameters</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2290--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-47" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-47-1g"><col
+id="TBL-47-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-47-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-47-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Reset</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">parameters</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2294--><p class="indent" > The way forms and their labels are laid out is determined by:
+<!--l. 2295--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-48" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-48-1g"><col
+id="TBL-48-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-48-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-48-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\LayoutTextField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">field</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2299--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-49" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-49-1g"><col
+id="TBL-49-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-49-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-49-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\LayoutChoiceField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">field</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2303--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-50" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-50-1g"><col
+id="TBL-50-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-50-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-50-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\LayoutCheckField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">field</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2307--><p class="indent" > These macros default to #1 #2
+<!--l. 2309--><p class="indent" > What is actually shown in the field is determined by:
+<!--l. 2310--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-51" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-51-1g"><col
+id="TBL-51-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-51-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-51-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MakeRadioField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">width</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2314--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-52" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-52-1g"><col
+id="TBL-52-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-52-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-52-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MakeCheckField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">width</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2317--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-53" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-53-1g"><col
+id="TBL-53-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-53-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-53-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MakeTextField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">width</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2320--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-54" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-54-1g"><col
+id="TBL-54-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-54-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-54-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MakeChoiceField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">width</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
+ </tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2324--><p class="noindent" >
+<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-55" class="tabular"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-55-1g"><col
+id="TBL-55-1"></colgroup><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-55-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-55-1-1"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MakeButtonField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span>
+<!--l. 2328--><p class="indent" > These macros default to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\vbox</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> to</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> #2{\hbox</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> to</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> #1{\hfill}\vfill}</span></span></span>, except the last, which defaults
+to #1; it is used for buttons, and the special <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Submit </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Reset </span>macros.
+<!--l. 2332--><p class="indent" > You may also want to redefine the following macros:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40">
+\def\DefaultHeightofSubmit{12pt}
+\def\DefaultWidthofSubmit{2cm}
+\def\DefaultHeightofReset{12pt}
+\def\DefaultWidthofReset{2cm}
+\def\DefaultHeightofCheckBox{0.8\baselineskip}
+\def\DefaultWidthofCheckBox{0.8\baselineskip}
+\def\DefaultHeightofChoiceMenu{0.8\baselineskip}
+\def\DefaultWidthofChoiceMenu{0.8\baselineskip}
+\def\DefaultHeightofText{\baselineskip}
+\def\DefaultHeightofTextMultiline{4\baselineskip}
+\def\DefaultWidthofText{3cm}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2345--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2347--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-500007.1"></a>Forms environment parameters</h4>
+<a
+ id="x1-50001r14"></a> <!--l. 2351--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-56" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-56-1g"><col
+id="TBL-56-1"><col
+id="TBL-56-2"><col
+id="TBL-56-3"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-1-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">action </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-1-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">URL </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-1-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2351--><p class="noindent" >The URL that will receive the form data if a <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">Submit </span>button
+ is included in the form </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-2-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">encoding </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-2-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-2-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2352--><p class="noindent" >The encoding for the string set to the URL; FDF-encoding
+ is usual, and <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">html </span>is the only valid value </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-3-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">method </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-3-2"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">name </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-3-3"
+class="td10">
+ <!--l. 2354--><p class="noindent" >Used only when generating HTML; values can be <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">post </span>or
+ <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">get</span> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-4-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-5-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-6-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-7-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-8-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-8-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-8-3"
+class="td10"></td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 2357--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-510007.2"></a>Forms optional parameters</h4>
+<!--l. 2358--><p class="noindent" >Note that all colors must be expressed as RGB triples, in the range 0..1 (i.e. <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">color=0 0</span>
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">0.5</span>)
+<a
+ id="x1-51001r15"></a> <!--l. 2363--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-57" class="longtable"
+
+><colgroup id="TBL-57-1g"><col
+id="TBL-57-1"><col
+id="TBL-57-2"><col
+id="TBL-57-3"><col
+id="TBL-57-4"></colgroup>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-1-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">accesskey </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-1-2"
+class="td11"> key </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-1-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-1-4"
+class="td10"> (as per HTML) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-2-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">align </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-2-2"
+class="td11"> number </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-2-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-2-4"
+class="td10"> alignment within text field; 0 is left-aligned, </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-3-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-3-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-3-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-3-4"
+class="td10"> 1 is centered, 2 is right-aligned. </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-4-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">altname </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-4-2"
+class="td11"> name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-4-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-4-4"
+class="td10"> alternative name, </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-5-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-5-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-5-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-5-4"
+class="td10"> the name shown in the user interface </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-6-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">backgroundcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-6-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-6-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-6-4"
+class="td10"> color of box </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-7-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-7-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-7-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-7-4"
+class="td10"> color of border </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-8-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">bordersep </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-8-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-8-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-8-4"
+class="td10"> box border gap </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-9-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">borderwidth </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-9-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-9-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">1 </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-9-4"
+class="td10"> width of box border, the value is a dimension </td>
+
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-10-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-10-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-10-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-10-4"
+class="td10"> or a number with default unit bp </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-11-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">calculate </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-11-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-11-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-11-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code to calculate the value of the field</td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-12-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">charsize </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-12-2"
+class="td11"> dimen </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-12-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-12-4"
+class="td10"> font size of field text </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-13-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">checkboxsymbol </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-13-2"
+class="td11"> char </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-13-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">4 (</span><span
+class="pzdr-">✔</span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">) </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-13-4"
+class="td10"> symbol used for check boxes (ZapfDingbats), </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-14-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-14-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-14-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-14-4"
+class="td10"> the value is a character or <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ding</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmvtto-10">number</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span>, </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-15-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-15-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-15-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-15-4"
+class="td10"> see package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pifont </span>from bundle <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">psnfss </span></td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-16-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">checked </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-16-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-16-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-16-4"
+class="td10"> whether option selected by default </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-17-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">color </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-17-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-17-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-17-4"
+class="td10"> color of text in box </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-18-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">combo </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-18-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-18-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-18-4"
+class="td10"> choice list is ‘combo’ style </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-19-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">default </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-19-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-19-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-19-4"
+class="td10"> default value </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-20-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">disabled </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-20-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-20-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-20-4"
+class="td10"> field disabled </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-21-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-21-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-21-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-21-4"
+class="td10"></td></tr>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-22-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">format </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-22-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-22-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-22-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code to format the field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-23-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-23-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">height </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-23-2"
+class="td11"> dimen </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-23-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-23-4"
+class="td10"> height of field box </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-24-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-24-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hidden </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-24-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-24-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-24-4"
+class="td10"> field hidden </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-25-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-25-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">keystroke </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-25-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-25-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-25-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code to control the keystrokes on entry</td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-26-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-26-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">mappingname </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-26-2"
+class="td11"> name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-26-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-26-4"
+class="td10"> the mapping name to be used when exporting </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-27-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-27-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-27-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-27-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-27-4"
+class="td10"> the field data </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-28-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-28-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">maxlen </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-28-2"
+class="td11"> number </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-28-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-28-4"
+class="td10"> number of characters allowed in text field </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-29-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-29-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">menulength </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-29-2"
+class="td11"> number </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-29-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">4 </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-29-4"
+class="td10"> number of elements shown in list </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-30-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-30-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">multiline </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-30-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-30-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-30-4"
+class="td10"> whether text box is multiline </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-31-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-31-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">name </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-31-2"
+class="td11"> name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-31-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-31-4"
+class="td10"> name of field (defaults to label) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-32-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-32-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onblur </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-32-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-32-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-32-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-33-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-33-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onchange </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-33-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-33-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-33-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-34-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-34-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onclick </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-34-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-34-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-34-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-35-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-35-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">ondblclick </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-35-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-35-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-35-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-36-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-36-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onfocus </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-36-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-36-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-36-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-37-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-37-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onkeydown </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-37-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-37-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-37-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-38-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-38-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onkeypress </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-38-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-38-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-38-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-39-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-39-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onkeyup </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-39-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-39-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-39-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-40-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-40-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onmousedown </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-40-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-40-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-40-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-41-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-41-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onmousemove </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-41-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-41-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-41-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-42-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-42-1"
+class="td01"> </td></tr>
+<tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-43-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-43-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onmouseout </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-43-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-43-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-43-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-44-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-44-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onmouseover </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-44-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-44-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-44-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-45-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-45-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onmouseup </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-45-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-45-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-45-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-46-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-46-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">onselect </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-46-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-46-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-46-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-47-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-47-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">password </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-47-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-47-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-47-4"
+class="td10"> text field is ‘password’ style </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-48-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-48-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">popdown </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-48-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-48-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-48-4"
+class="td10"> choice list is ‘popdown’ style </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-49-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-49-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">radio </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-49-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-49-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-49-4"
+class="td10"> choice list is ‘radio’ style </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-50-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-50-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">radiosymbol </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-50-2"
+class="td11"> char </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-50-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">H (</span><span
+class="pzdr-">★</span><span
+class="ec-lmri-10">) </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-50-4"
+class="td10"> symbol used for radio fields (ZapfDingbats),</td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-51-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-51-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-51-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-51-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-51-4"
+class="td10"> the value is a character or <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ding</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
+class="ec-lmvtto-10">number</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span>, </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-52-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-52-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-52-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-52-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-52-4"
+class="td10"> see package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pifont </span>from bundle <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">psnfss </span></td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-53-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-53-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">readonly </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-53-2"
+class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-53-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-53-4"
+class="td10"> field is readonly </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-54-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-54-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">rotation </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-54-2"
+class="td11"> number </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-54-3"
+class="td11"> <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">0 </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-54-4"
+class="td10"> rotation of the widget annotation </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-55-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-55-1"
+class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-55-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-55-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-55-4"
+class="td10"> (degree, counterclockwise, multiple of 90) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-56-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-56-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">tabkey </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-56-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-56-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-56-4"
+class="td10"> (as per HTML) </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-57-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-57-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">validate </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-57-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-57-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-57-4"
+class="td10"> JavaScript code to validate the entry </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-58-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-58-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">value </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-58-2"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-58-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-58-4"
+class="td10"> initial value </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-59-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-59-1"
+class="td01"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">width </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-59-2"
+class="td11"> dimen </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-59-3"
+class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-59-4"
+class="td10"> width of field box </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-60-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-60-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-61-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-61-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-62-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-62-1"
+class="td01"> </td>
+</tr><tr
+ style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-63-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-63-1"
+class="td01"> </td></tr>
+ </table></div>
+<!--l. 2422--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8 </span> <a
+ id="x1-520008"></a>Defining a new driver</h3>
+<!--l. 2423--><p class="noindent" >A hyperref driver has to provide definitions for eight macros:
+<!--l. 2426--><p class="noindent" >1. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper at anchor</span></span></span>
+<!--l. 2428--><p class="noindent" >2. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper at link</span></span></span>
+<!--l. 2430--><p class="noindent" >3. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper at linkfile</span></span></span>
+<!--l. 2432--><p class="noindent" >4. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper at linkurl</span></span></span>
+<!--l. 2434--><p class="noindent" >5. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper at anchorstart</span></span></span>
+
+
+<!--l. 2436--><p class="noindent" >6. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper at anchorend</span></span></span>
+<!--l. 2438--><p class="noindent" >7. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper at linkstart</span></span></span>
+<!--l. 2440--><p class="noindent" >8. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper at linkend</span></span></span>
+<!--l. 2443--><p class="indent" > The draft option defines the macros as follows
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41">
+\let\hyper@@anchor\@gobble
+\gdef\hyper at link##1##2##3{##3}%
+\def\hyper at linkurl##1##2{##1}%
+\def\hyper at linkfile##1##2##3{##1}%
+\let\hyper at anchorstart\@gobble
+\let\hyper at anchorend\@empty
+\let\hyper at linkstart\@gobbletwo
+\let\hyper at linkend\@empty
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2453--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2455--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9 </span> <a
+ id="x1-530009"></a>Special support for other packages</h3>
+<!--l. 2457--><p class="noindent" >Package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>aims to cooperate with other packages, but there are several possible sources for
+conflict, such as
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Packages that manipulate the bibliographic mechanism. Peter William’s <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">harvard </span>package is
+ supported. However, the recommended package is Patrick Daly’s <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">natbib </span>package that has
+ specific <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>hooks to allow reliable interaction. This package covers a very wide variety
+ of layouts and citation styles, all of which work with <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Packages that typeset the contents of the <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref </span>macros, such as <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">showkeys</span>. Since the
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>package redefines these commands, you must set <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">implicit=false </span>for these packages
+ to work.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Packages that do anything serious with the index.</li></ul>
+<!--l. 2477--><p class="indent" > The <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>package is distributed with variants on two useful packages designed to work especially
+well with it. These are <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xr </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">minitoc</span>, which support crossdocument links using <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>’s normal
+<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span>/<span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref </span>mechanisms and per-chapter tables of contents, respectively.
+<!--l. 2484--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-540009.1"></a>Package Compatibility</h4>
+<!--l. 2486--><p class="noindent" >Currently only package loading orders are available:
+<!--l. 2490--><p class="indent" > Note: hyperref loads package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">nameref </span>at <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\begin{document}</span></span></span>. Sometimes this is too late, thus this
+package must be loaded earlier.
+<!--l. 2495--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-550009.1.1"></a>algorithm</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42">
+ \usepackage{float}
+  \usepackage{hyperref}
+  \usepackage[chapter]{algorithm}% eg.
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2500--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2502--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-560009.1.2"></a>amsmath</h5>
+<!--l. 2504--><p class="noindent" >The environments equation and eqnarray are not supported too well. For example, there might be
+spacing problems (eqnarray isn’t recommended anyway, see CTAN:info/l2tabu/, the situation for
+equation is unclear, because nobody is interested in investigating). Consider using the environments that
+package amsmath provide, e.g. gather for equation. The environment equation can even redefined to use
+gather:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43">
+  \usepackage{amsmath}
+  \let\equation\gather
+  \let\endequation\endgather
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2515--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2517--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-570009.1.3"></a>amsrefs</h5>
+<!--l. 2519--><p class="noindent" >Package loading order:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44">
+  \usepackage{hyperref}
+  \usepackage{amsrefs}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2524--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2526--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.4 </span> <a
+ id="x1-580009.1.4"></a>arydshln, longtable</h5>
+<!--l. 2528--><p class="noindent" >Package longtable must be put before hyperref and arydshln, hyperref after arydshln generates an error,
+thus the resulting package order is then:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45">
+  \usepackage{longtable}
+  \usepacakge{hyperref}
+  \usepackage{arydshln}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2536--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2538--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.5 </span> <a
+ id="x1-590009.1.5"></a>babel/magyar.ldf</h5>
+<!--l. 2540--><p class="noindent" >The old version 2005/03/30 v1.4j will not work. You need at least version 1.5, maintained by P\xE9ter
+Szab\xF3, see CTAN:language/hungarian/babel/.
+<!--l. 2545--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.6 </span> <a
+ id="x1-600009.1.6"></a>babel/spanish.ldf</h5>
+<!--l. 2547--><p class="noindent" >Babel’s spanish.ldf redefines ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.</span></span></span>’ to support ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\...</span></span></span>’. In bookmarks (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef</span></span></span>) only ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.</span></span></span>’ is supported. If
+‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\...</span></span></span>’ is needed, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring{\...}{\dots}</span></span></span> can be used instead.
+<!--l. 2554--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.7 </span> <a
+ id="x1-610009.1.7"></a>bibentry</h5>
+<!--l. 2556--><p class="noindent" >Workaround:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46">
+  \makeatletter
+  \let\saved at bibitem\@bibitem
+  \makeatother
+
+  \usepackage{bibentry}
+  \usepackage{hyperref}
+
+  \begin{document}
+
+  \begingroup
+    \makeatletter
+    \let\@bibitem\saved at bibitem
+    \nobibliography{database}
+  \endgroup
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2573--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2575--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.8 </span> <a
+ id="x1-620009.1.8"></a>bigfoot</h5>
+<!--l. 2577--><p class="noindent" >Hyperref does not support package ‘bigfoot’. And package ‘bigfoot’ does not support hyperref’s footnotes
+and disables them (hyperfootnotes=false).
+<!--l. 2582--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.9 </span> <a
+ id="x1-630009.1.9"></a>chappg</h5>
+<!--l. 2584--><p class="noindent" >Package ‘chappg’ uses <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> that is redefined by ‘hyperref’. The package order is
+therefore:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47">
+  \usepackage{hyperref}
+  \usepackage{chappg}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2590--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2592--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.10 </span> <a
+ id="x1-640009.1.10"></a>cite</h5>
+<!--l. 2594--><p class="noindent" >This is from Mike Shell: cite.sty cannot currently be used with hyperref. However, I can do a workaround
+via:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48">
+ \makeatletter
+ \def\NAT at parse{\typeout{This is a fake Natbib command to fool Hyperref.}}
+ \makeatother
+
+ \usepackage[hypertex]{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2604--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2606--><p class="indent" > so that hyperref will not redefine any of the biblabel stuff - so cite.sty will work as normal -
+although the citations will not be hyperlinked, of course (But this may not be an issue for many
+people).
+<!--l. 2611--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.11 </span> <a
+ id="x1-650009.1.11"></a>count1to</h5>
+<!--l. 2613--><p class="noindent" >Package ‘count1to’ adds several <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> commands that confuse ‘hyperref’. Therefore <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<...></span></span></span>
+has to be fixed:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49">
+  \usepackage{count1to}
+  \AtBeginDocument{% *after* \usepackage{count1to}
+    \renewcommand*{\theHsection}{\theHchapter.\arabic{section}}%
+    \renewcommand*{\theHsubsection}{\theHsection.\arabic{subsection}}%
+    \renewcommand*{\theHsubsubsection}{\theHsubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}%
+    \renewcommand*{\theHparagraph}{\theHsubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}%
+    \renewcommand*{\theHsubparagraph}{\theHparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}%
+  }
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2625--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2627--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.12 </span> <a
+ id="x1-660009.1.12"></a>dblaccnt</h5>
+<!--l. 2629--><p class="noindent" >pd1enc.def or puenc.def should be loaded before:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50">
+  \usepackage{hyperref}
+  \usepackage{dblaccnt}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2633--><p class="nopar" > or see entry for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">vietnam</span>.
+<!--l. 2637--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.13 </span> <a
+ id="x1-670009.1.13"></a>easyeqn</h5>
+<!--l. 2638--><p class="noindent" >Not compatible, breaks.
+<!--l. 2641--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.14 </span> <a
+ id="x1-680009.1.14"></a>ellipsis</h5>
+<!--l. 2643--><p class="noindent" >This packages redefines <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textellipsis</span></span></span> after package hyperref (pd1enc.def/puenc.def should be loaded
+before):
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51">
+  \usepackage{hyperref}
+  \usepackage{ellipsis}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2648--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2650--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.15 </span> <a
+ id="x1-690009.1.15"></a>float</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52">
+ \usepackage{float}
+  \usepackage{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2654--><p class="nopar" >
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Several <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\caption</span></span></span> commands are not supported inside one float object.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Anchor are set at top of the float object, if its style is controlled by float.sty.</li></ul>
+<!--l. 2661--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.16 </span> <a
+ id="x1-700009.1.16"></a>endnotes</h5>
+<!--l. 2662--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported.
+<!--l. 2664--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.17 </span> <a
+ id="x1-710009.1.17"></a>foiltex</h5>
+<!--l. 2665--><p class="noindent" >Update to version 2008/01/28 v2.1.4b: Since version 6.77a hyperref does not hack into <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@begindvi</span></span></span>, it
+uses package ‘atbegshi’ instead, that hooks into <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\shipout</span></span></span>. Thus the patch of ‘foils.cls’ regarding hyperref
+is now obsolete and causes an undefined error message about <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@hyperfixhead</span></span></span>. This is fixed in FoilTeX
+2.1.4b.
+<!--l. 2673--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.18 </span> <a
+ id="x1-720009.1.18"></a>footnote</h5>
+<!--l. 2675--><p class="noindent" >This package is not supported, you have to disable hyperref’s footnote support by using option
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes=false</span></span></span>.
+<!--l. 2679--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.19 </span> <a
+ id="x1-730009.1.19"></a>geometry</h5>
+<!--l. 2681--><p class="noindent" >Driver ‘dvipdfm’ and program ‘dvipdfm’ might generate a warning: Sorry. Too late to change page size
+Then prefer the program ‘dvipdfmx’ or use one of the following workarounds to move the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> of
+geometry to an earlier location:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53">
+    \documentclass[dvipdfm]{article}% or other classes
+    \usepackage{atbegshi}
+    \AtBeginDocument{%
+      \let\OrgAtBeginDvi\AtBeginDvi
+      \let\AtBeginDvi\AtBeginShipoutFirst
+    }
+    \usepackage[
+      paperwidth=170mm,
+      paperheight=240mm
+    ]{geometry}
+    \AtBeginDocument{%
+      \let\AtBeginDvi\OrgAtBeginDvi
+    }
+    \usepackage{hyperref}
+
+  or
+
+    \documentclass[dvipdfm]{article}% or other classes
+    \usepackage{atbegshi}
+    \let\AtBeginDvi\AtBeginShipoutFirst
+    \usepackage[
+      paperwidth=170mm,
+      paperheight=240mm
+    ]{geometry}
+    \usepackage{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2713--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2715--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.20 </span> <a
+ id="x1-740009.1.20"></a>IEEEtran.cls</h5>
+<!--l. 2717--><p class="noindent" >version <span
+class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>V1.6b (because of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@makecaption</span></span></span>, see ChangeLog)
+<!--l. 2720--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.21 </span> <a
+ id="x1-750009.1.21"></a>index</h5>
+<!--l. 2722--><p class="noindent" >version <span
+class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>1995/09/28 v4.1 (because of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> redefinition)
+<!--l. 2725--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.22 </span> <a
+ id="x1-760009.1.22"></a>lastpage</h5>
+<!--l. 2727--><p class="noindent" >Compatible.
+<!--l. 2730--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.23 </span> <a
+ id="x1-770009.1.23"></a>linguex</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54">
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+  \usepackage{linguex}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2734--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2736--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.24 </span> <a
+ id="x1-780009.1.24"></a>ltabptch</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55">
+ \usepackage{longtable}
+  \usepackage{ltabptch}
+  \usepackage{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2741--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2743--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.25 </span> <a
+ id="x1-790009.1.25"></a>mathenv</h5>
+<!--l. 2745--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported.
+<!--l. 2749--><p class="indent" > Both ‘mathenv’ and ‘hyperref’ messes around with environment ‘eqnarray’. You can load ‘mathenv’
+after ‘hyperref’ to avoid an error message. But <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span> will not work inside environment ‘eqnarray’
+properly, for example.
+<!--l. 2756--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.26 </span> <a
+ id="x1-800009.1.26"></a>minitoc-hyper</h5>
+<!--l. 2758--><p class="noindent" >This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original package minitoc instead.
+<!--l. 2763--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.27 </span> <a
+ id="x1-810009.1.27"></a>multind</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56">
+ \usepackage{multind}
+  \usepackage{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2767--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2769--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.28 </span> <a
+ id="x1-820009.1.28"></a>natbib</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57">
+ \usepackage{natbib}
+  \usepackage{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2773--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2775--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.29 </span> <a
+ id="x1-830009.1.29"></a>nomencl</h5>
+<!--l. 2776--><p class="noindent" >Example for introducing links for the page numbers:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58">
+      \renewcommand*{\pagedeclaration}[1]{\unskip, \hyperpage{#1}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2779--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2782--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.30 </span> <a
+ id="x1-840009.1.30"></a>ntheorem-hyper</h5>
+<!--l. 2783--><p class="noindent" >This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original package ntheorem instead.
+<!--l. 2787--><p class="indent" > For equations the following might work:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59">
+      \renewcommand*{\eqdeclaration}[1]{%
+        \hyperlink{equation.#1}{(Equation~#1)}%
+      }
+    But the mapping from the equation number to the anchor name
+    is not available in general.
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2794--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2796--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.31 </span> <a
+ id="x1-850009.1.31"></a>parskip</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60">
+ \usepackage{parskip}
+  \usepackage{hyperref}[2012/08/20]
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2800--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2803--><p class="indent" > Both packages want to redefine <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@starttoc</span></span></span>.
+<!--l. 2806--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.32 </span> <a
+ id="x1-860009.1.32"></a>prettyref</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61">
+%%% example for prettyref %%%
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{prettyref}
+\usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}
+
+%\newrefformat{FIG}{Figure~\ref{#1}}% without hyperref
+\newrefformat{FIG}{\hyperref[{#1}]{Figure~\ref*{#1}}}
+
+\begin{document}
+  This is a reference to \prettyref{FIG:ONE}.
+  \newpage
+  \begin{figure}
+    \caption{This is my figure}
+    \label{FIG:ONE}
+  \end{figure}
+\end{document}
+%%% example for prettyref %%%
+      
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2825--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2828--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.33 </span> <a
+ id="x1-870009.1.33"></a>setspace</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62">
+ \usepackage{setspace}
+  \usepackage{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2832--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2834--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.34 </span> <a
+ id="x1-880009.1.34"></a>sidecap</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63">
+ Before 2002/05/24 v1.5h:
+    \usepackage{nameref}
+    \usepackage{hyperref}
+    \usepackage{sidecap}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2840--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2842--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.35 </span> <a
+ id="x1-890009.1.35"></a>subfigure</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64">
+ 1995/03/06 v2.0:
+    \usepackage{subfigure}
+    \usepackage{hyperref}
+    % hypertexnames is set to false.
+  v2.1:
+    \usepackage{nameref}
+    \usepackage{subfigure}
+    \usepackage{hyperref}
+    or
+    \usepackage{hyperref}
+    \usepackage{subfigure}
+  v2.1.2:
+    please update
+  v2.1.3:
+    \usepackage{hyperref}
+    \usepackage{subfigure}
+    or vice versa?
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2861--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2863--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.36 </span> <a
+ id="x1-900009.1.36"></a>titleref</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65">
+ \usepackage{nameref}
+  \usepackage{titleref}% without usetoc
+  \usepackage{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2868--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2870--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.37 </span> <a
+ id="x1-910009.1.37"></a>tabularx</h5>
+<!--l. 2872--><p class="noindent" >Linked footnotes are not supported inside environment ‘tabularx’, because they uses the optional
+argument of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>, see section ‘Limitations’. Before version 2011/09/28 6.82i hyperref had
+disabled footnotes entirely by ‘hyperfootnotes=false’.
+<!--l. 2878--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.38 </span> <a
+ id="x1-920009.1.38"></a>titlesec</h5>
+<!--l. 2880--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="ec-lmss-10">nameref </span>supports titlesec, but hyperref does not (unsolved is the anchor setting, missing with
+unnumbered section, perhaps problems with page breaks with numbered ones).
+<!--l. 2885--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.39 </span> <a
+ id="x1-930009.1.39"></a>ucs/utf8x.def</h5>
+<!--l. 2887--><p class="noindent" >The first time a multibyte UTF8 sequence is called, it does some calculations and stores the result in a
+macro for speeding up the next calls of that UTF8 sequence. However this makes the first call
+non-expandable and will break if used in information entries or bookmarks. Package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">ucs </span>offers
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\PrerenderUnicode</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\PreloadUnicodePage</span></span></span> to solve this:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66">
+    \usepackage{ucs}
+    \usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}
+    \usepackage{hyperref}% or with option unicode
+    \PrerenderUnicode{^^c3^^b6}% or \PrerenderUnicodePage{1}
+    \hypersetup{pdftitle={Umlaut example: ^^c3^^b6}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2900--><p class="nopar" > The notation with two carets avoids trouble with 8-bit bytes for the README file, you can use the
+characters directly.
+<!--l. 2905--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.40 </span> <a
+ id="x1-940009.1.40"></a>varioref</h5>
+<!--l. 2906--><p class="noindent" >There are too many problems with varioref. Nobody has time to sort them out. Therefore this package is
+now unsupported.
+<!--l. 2910--><p class="indent" > Perhaps you are lucky and some of the features of varioref works with the following loading
+order:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67">
+    \usepackage{nameref}
+    \usepackage{varioref}
+    \usepackage{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2916--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2919--><p class="indent" > Also some babel versions can be problematic. For example, 2005/05/21 v3.8g contains a patch for
+varioref that breaks the hyperref support for varioref.
+<!--l. 2925--><p class="indent" > Also unsupported:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Ref</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Vref</span></span></span> do not uppercase the first letter.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\vpageref[]{...}</span></span></span> On the same page a previous space is not suppressed.</li></ul>
+<!--l. 2932--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.41 </span> <a
+ id="x1-950009.1.41"></a>verse</h5>
+<!--l. 2934--><p class="noindent" >Version 2005/08/22 v2.22 contains support for hyperref.
+<!--l. 2936--><p class="indent" > For older versions see example from de.comp.text.tex (2005/08/11, slightly modified):
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68">
+  \documentclass{article}
+
+  % package order does not matter
+  \usepackage{verse}
+  \usepackage{hyperref}
+
+  \makeatletter
+  % make unique poemline anchors
+  \newcounter{verse at env}
+  \setcounter{verse at env}{0}
+  \let\org at verse\verse
+  \def\verse{%
+    \stepcounter{verse at env}%
+    \org at verse
+  }
+  \def\theHpoemline{\arabic{verse at env}.\thepoemline}
+
+  % add anchor for before \addcontentsline in \@vsptitle
+  \let\org at vsptitle\@vsptitle
+  \def\@vsptitle{%
+    \phantomsection
+    \org at vsptitle
+  }
+  \makeatother
+
+  \begin{document}
+
+  \poemtitle{Poem 1}
+  \begin{verse}
+  An one-liner.
+  \end{verse}
+
+  \newpage
+
+  \poemtitle{Poem 2}
+  \begin{verse}
+  Another one-liner.
+  \end{verse}
+
+  \end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2980--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2982--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.42 </span> <a
+ id="x1-960009.1.42"></a>vietnam</h5>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69">
+ % pd1enc.def should be loaded before package dblaccnt:
+  \usepackage[PD1,OT1]{fontenc}
+  \usepackage{vietnam}
+  \usepackage{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2988--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 2990--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.43 </span> <a
+ id="x1-970009.1.43"></a>XeTeX</h5>
+<!--l. 2992--><p class="noindent" >Default for the encoding of bookmarks is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfencoding=unicode</span></span></span>. That means the strings are always
+treated as unicode strings. If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">auto</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdoc</span></span></span> is forced it applies only if the string restricts to the
+printable ASCII set, The reason is that the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> does not support PDFDocEncoding.
+<!--l. 2998--><p class="indent" > In older versions hyperref contained special conversion code from UTF-16BE back to UTF-8 in a
+number of places for xetex to avoid the xdvipdfmx warning
+<!--l. 3002--><p class="indent" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">Failed</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> to</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> convert</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> input</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> string</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> to</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> UTF16...</span></span></span>
+<!--l. 3004--><p class="indent" > This is no longer needed with a current xdvipdfmx, so this code has been removed.
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\csname</span><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10"> HyPsd at XeTeXBigCharstrue\endcsname</span></span></span> should no longer be used.
+<!--l. 3010--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10 </span> <a
+ id="x1-9800010"></a>Limitations<span class="footnote-mark"><a
+href="hyperref-doc6.html#fn5x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">5</sup></a></span><a
+ id="x1-98001f5"></a> </h3>
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-9900010.1"></a>Wrapped/broken link support</h4>
+<!--l. 3013--><p class="noindent" >Only few drivers support automatically wrapped/broken links, e.g. pdftex, dvipdfm, hypertex. Other
+drivers lack this feature, e.g. dvips, dvipsone.
+<!--l. 3017--><p class="indent" > Workarounds:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">For long section or caption titles in the table of contents or list of figures/tables option
+ <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">linktocpage </span>can be used. Then the page number will be a link, and the overlong section title
+ is not forced into an one line link with overfull <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hbox</span></span></span> warning.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">“<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span></span></span>”s are caught by package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">breakurl</span>.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">The option <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">breaklinks </span>is intended for internal use. But it can be used to force link wrapping,
+ e.g. when printing a document. However, when such a document is converted to PDF and
+ viewed with a PDF viewer, the active link area will be misplaced.
+ <!--l. 3031--><p class="noindent" >Another limitation: some penalties are “optimized” by TeX, thus there are missing break
+ points, especially within <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span></span></span>. (See thread “hyperref.sty, breaklinks and url.sty 3.2” in
+ comp.text.tex 2005-09).</li></ul>
+
+
+<!--l. 3037--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-10000010.2"></a>Links across pages</h4>
+<!--l. 3039--><p class="noindent" >In general they have problems:
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Some driver doesn’t support them at all (see above).
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">The driver allows it, but the link result might include the footer and/or header, or an error
+ message can occur sometimes.</li></ul>
+<!--l. 3047--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-10100010.3"></a>Footnotes</h4>
+<!--l. 3049--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX allows the separation of the footnote mark and the footnote text (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span>,
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>). This interface might be enough for visual typesetting. But the relation between
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span> to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span> is not as strong as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref</span></span></span> to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span>. Therefore it is not clear in general
+which <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span> references which <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>. But that is necessary to implement hyperlinking.
+Thus the implementation of hyperref does not support the optional argument of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span> and
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>.
+<!--l. 3060--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11 </span> <a
+ id="x1-10200011"></a>Hints<span class="footnote-mark"><a
+href="hyperref-doc7.html#fn6x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">6</sup></a></span><a
+ id="x1-102001f6"></a> </h3>
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-10300011.1"></a>Spaces in option values</h4>
+<!--l. 3064--><p class="noindent" >Unhappily LaTeX strips spaces from options if they are given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\documentclass</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage</span></span></span> (or
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\RequirePackage</span></span></span>), e.g.:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70">
+    \usepackage[pdfborder=0 0 1]{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3068--><p class="nopar" > Package hyperref now gets
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71">
+    pdfborder=001
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3072--><p class="nopar" > and the result is an invalid PDF file. As workaround braces can be used:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72">
+    \usepackage[pdfborder={0 0 1}]{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3077--><p class="nopar" > Some options can also be given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73">
+    \hypersetup{pdfborder=0 0 1}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3081--><p class="nopar" > In <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span> the options are directly processed as key value options (see package keyval) without
+space stripping in the value part.
+<!--l. 3087--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, LaTeX’s option handling system can be adapted to key value options by one of the
+packages <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">kvoptions-patch </span>(from project <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">kvoptions</span>) or <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xkvltxp </span>(from project <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xsetkeys</span>).
+<!--l. 3092--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-10400011.2"></a>Index with makeindex</h4>
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize">Package hyperref adds <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> commands by the encap mechanism (see documentation
+ of Makeindex), if option hyperindex is set (default). <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> uses the page anchors that
+ are set by hyperref at each page (default). However in the default case page numbers are used
+ in anchor names in arabic form. If the page numbers in other formats are used (book class
+ with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\frontmatter</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\romannumbering</span></span></span>, ...), then the page anchors are not unique. Therefore
+ option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages=false</span></span></span> is recommended.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">The encap mechanism of Makeindex allows to use one command only (see documentation of
+ Makeindex). If the user sets such a command, hyperref suppresses its <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> command. With
+ logical markup this situation can easily be solved:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74">
+       \usepackage{makeidx}
+       \makeindex
+       \usepackage[hyperindex]{hyperref}
+       \newcommand*{\main}[1]{\textbf{\hyperpage{#1}}}
+       ...
+       \index{Some example|main}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 3116--><p class="nopar" >
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Scientic Word/Scientific WorkPlace users can use package robustindex with hyperindex=false.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Other encap characters can be set by option <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">encap</span>. Example for use of “?”:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">
+       \usepackage[encap=?]{hyperref}
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 3123--><p class="nopar" >
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize">Another possibility is the insertion of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> by a style file for makeindex. For this case,
+ hyperref’s insertion will be disabled by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperindex=false</span></span></span>. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> will be defined regardless of
+ setting of hyperindex.
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">
+ %%% cut %%% hyperindex.ist %%% cut %%%
+ delim_0 ", \\hyperpage{"
+ delim_1 ", \\hyperpage{"
+ delim_2 ", \\hyperpage{"
+ delim_n "}, \\hyperpage{"
+ delim_t "}"
+ encap_prefix "}\\"
+ encap_infix "{\\hyperpage{"
+ encap_suffix "}"
+ %%% cut %%% hyperindex.ist %%% cut %%%
+</pre>
+ <!--l. 3139--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul>
+<!--l. 3142--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-10500011.3"></a>Warning <span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">"bookmark level for unknown <foobar> defaults to 0"</span></h4>
+<!--l. 3144--><p class="noindent" >Getting rid of it:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">
+\makeatletter
+\providecommand*{\toclevel@<foobar>}{0}
+\makeatother
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3149--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3151--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.4 </span> <a
+ id="x1-10600011.4"></a>Link anchors in figures</h4>
+<!--l. 3153--><p class="noindent" >The caption command increments the counter and here is the place where hyperref set the corresponding
+anchor. Unhappily the caption is set below the figure, so the figure is not visible if a link jumps
+to a figure. In this case, try package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hypcap </span>that implements a method to circumvent the
+problem.
+<!--l. 3161--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.5 </span> <a
+ id="x1-10700011.5"></a>Additional unicode characters in bookmarks and pdf information entries:</h4>
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78">
+\documentclass[pdftex]{article}
+\usepackage[unicode]{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3165--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3167--><p class="indent" > Support for additional unicode characters:
+<!--l. 3169--><p class="indent" > Example: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.{a}</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\d{a}</span></span></span>
+<!--l. 3171--><p class="indent" > 1. Get a list with unicode data, eg:
+<!--l. 3173--><p class="indent" > http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/UnicodeData.txt
+<!--l. 3175--><p class="indent" > 2. Identify the characters (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.{a}</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\d{a}</span></span></span>):
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">
+    0227;LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DOT ABOVE;...
+    1EA1;LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DOT BELOW;...
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3179--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3181--><p class="indent" > 3. Calculate the octal code:
+<!--l. 3183--><p class="indent" > The first characters of the line in the file are hex values, convert each byte and prepend them with a
+backslash. (This will go into the PDF file.)
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80">
+    0227 -> \002\047
+    1EA1 -> \036\241
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3190--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3192--><p class="indent" > 4. Transform into a form understood by hyperref:
+<!--l. 3194--><p class="indent" > Hyperref must know where the first byte starts, this is marked by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">9</span></span></span> (8 and 9 cannot occur in octal
+numbers):
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81">
+    \002\047 -> \9002\047
+    \036\241 -> \9036\241
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3201--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3203--><p class="indent" > Optional: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">8</span></span></span> is used for abbreviations:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82">
+    \900 = \80, \901 = \81, \902 = \82, ...
+
+    \9002\047 -> \82\047
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3209--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3211--><p class="indent" > 5. Declare the character with LaTeX:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83">
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\.}{PU}{a}{\82\047}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\d}{PU}{a}{\9036\241}
+
+\begin{document}
+\section{\={a}, \d{a}, \’{a}, \.{a}}
+\end{document}
+      
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3220--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3222--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.6 </span> <a
+ id="x1-10800011.6"></a>Footnotes</h4>
+<!--l. 3224--><p class="noindent" >The footnote support is rather limited. It is beyond the scope to use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>
+out of order or reusing <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span>. Here you can either disable hyperref’s footnote support by
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes=false</span></span></span> or fiddle with internal macros, nasty examples:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84">
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+\begin{document}
+Hello%
+\footnote{The first footnote}
+World%
+\addtocounter{footnote}{-1}%
+\addtocounter{Hfootnote}{-1}%
+\footnotemark.
+\end{document}
+
+  or
+
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\makeatletter
+
+A%
+  \footnotemark
+  \let\saved at Href@A\Hy at footnote@currentHref
+  % remember link name
+B%
+  \footnotemark
+  \let\saved at Href@B\Hy at footnote@currentHref
+b%
+  \addtocounter{footnote}{-1}%
+  \addtocounter{Hfootnote}{-1}% generate the same anchor
+  \footnotemark
+C%
+  \footnotemark
+  \let\saved at Href@C\Hy at footnote@currentHref
+
+  \addtocounter{footnote}{-2}%
+  \let\Hy at footnote@currentHref\saved at Href@A
+\footnotetext{AAAA}%
+  \addtocounter{footnote}{1}%
+  \let\Hy at footnote@currentHref\saved at Href@B
+\footnotetext{BBBBB}%
+  \addtocounter{footnote}{1}%
+  \let\Hy at footnote@currentHref\saved at Href@C
+\footnotetext{CCCC}%
+
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3278--><p class="nopar" >
+
+<!--l. 3280--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.7 </span> <a
+ id="x1-10900011.7"></a>Subordinate counters</h4>
+<!--l. 3282--><p class="noindent" >Some counters do not have unique values and require the value of other counters to be unique. For
+example, sections or figures might be numbered within chapters or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem</span></span></span> is used with an
+optional counter argument. Internally LaTeX uses <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> to reset a counter in dependency to
+another counter. Package hyperref hooks into <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> to catch this situation. Also <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\numberwithin</span></span></span>
+of package amsmath is caught by hyperref.
+<!--l. 3292--><p class="indent" > However, if the definition of subordinate counters take place before hyperref is loaded, the old
+meaning of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> is called without hyperref’s additions. Then the companion counter macro
+<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<counter></span></span></span> can be redefined accordingly. Or move the definition of subordinate counters after
+hyperref is loaded.
+<!--l. 3298--><p class="indent" > Example for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem</span></span></span>, problematic case:
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85">
+    \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section]
+    \usepackage{hyperref}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3302--><p class="nopar" > Solution a)
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86">
+    \usepackage{hyperref}
+    \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3307--><p class="nopar" > Solution b)
+
+
+ <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87">
+    \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section]
+    \usepackage{hyperref}
+    \newcommand*{\theHcorA}{\theHsection.\number\value{corA}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3313--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 3315--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12 </span> <a
+ id="x1-11000012"></a>History and acknowledgments</h3>
+<!--l. 3317--><p class="noindent" >The original authors of <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperbasics.tex </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex.sty</span>, from which this package descends, are
+Tanmoy Bhattacharya and Thorsten Ohl. Package <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>started as a simple port of their
+work to <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX2e"><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span><span class="HoLogo-2">2</span><span class="HoLogo-e"><span
+class="lmmi-10">ε</span></span></span> standards, but eventually I rewrote nearly everything, because I didn’t
+understand a lot of the original, and was only interested in getting it to work with <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>. I
+would like to thank Arthur Smith, Tanmoy Bhattacharya, Mark Doyle, Paul Ginsparg, David
+Carlisle, T. V. Raman and Leslie Lamport for comments, requests, thoughts and code to
+get the package into its first useable state. Various other people are mentioned at the point
+in the source where I had to change the code in later versions because of problems they
+found.
+<!--l. 3330--><p class="indent" > Tanmoy found a great many of the bugs, and (even better) often provided fixes, which has
+made the package more robust. The days spent on RevTeX are entirely due to him! The
+investigations of Bill Moss into the later versions including native PDF support uncovered a
+good many bugs, and his testing is appreciated. Hans Hagen provided a lot of insight into
+PDF.
+<!--l. 3338--><p class="indent" > Berthold Horn provided help, encouragement and sponsorship for the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>and <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>drivers.
+Sergey Lesenko provided the changes needed for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdf</span>, and H\xE0n Th\xEA\xB4 Th\xE0nh supplied all
+the information needed for <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex</span>. Patrick Daly kindly updated his <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">natbib </span>package to allow
+easy integration with <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. Michael Mehlich’s <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyper </span>package (developed in parallel with
+<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>) showed me solutions for some problems. Hopefully the two packages will combine one
+day.
+<!--l. 3347--><p class="indent" > The forms creation section owes a great deal to: T. V. Raman, for encouragement, support and
+ideas; Thomas Merz, whose book <span
+class="ec-lmri-10">Web Publishing with Acrobat/PDF </span>provided crucial insights;
+D. P. Story, whose detailed article about pdfmarks and forms solved many practical problems; and Hans
+Hagen, who explained how to do it in <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex</span>.
+<!--l. 3353--><p class="indent" > Steve Peter recreated the manual source in July 2003 after it had been lost.
+<!--l. 3356--><p class="indent" > Especial extra thanks to David Carlisle for the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">backref </span>module, the ps2pdf and dviwindo support,
+frequent general rewrites of my bad code, and for working on changes to the <span
+class="ec-lmss-10">xr </span>package to suit
+<span
+class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>.
+
+
+ <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13 </span> <a
+ id="x1-11100013"></a>GNU Free Documentation License</h3>
+<!--l. 3396--><p class="noindent" >Version 1.2, November 2002
+<!--l. 3399--><p class="indent" > Copyright <span
+class="ts1-lmr10-">\xA9</span> 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.<br
+class="newline" />59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA<br
+class="newline" />Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is
+not allowed.
+<!--l. 3405--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
+ id="x1-11200013"></a>Preamble</h4>
+<!--l. 3407--><p class="noindent" >The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document
+“free” in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with
+or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for
+the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
+modifications made by others.
+<!--l. 3415--><p class="indent" > This License is a kind of “copyleft”, which means that derivative works of the document must
+themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a
+copyleft license designed for free software.
+<!--l. 3420--><p class="indent" > We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software
+needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same
+freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can
+be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a
+printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or
+reference.
+<!--l. 3429--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1 </span> <a
+ id="x1-11300013.1"></a>Applicability and definitions</h4>
+<!--l. 3432--><p class="noindent" >This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by
+the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a
+notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under
+the conditions stated herein. The “Document”, below, refers to any such manual or work.
+Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as “you”. You accept the license
+if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright
+law.
+<!--l. 3442--><p class="indent" > A “Modified Version” of the Document means any work containing the Document or a
+portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language.
+<!--l. 3446--><p class="indent" > A “Secondary Section” is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals
+exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document’s overall
+subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject.
+(Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with
+related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+them.
+<!--l. 3457--><p class="indent" > The “Invariant Sections” are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of
+Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section
+does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The
+Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections
+then there are none.
+
+
+<!--l. 3465--><p class="indent" > The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or
+Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License.
+A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25
+words.
+<!--l. 3470--><p class="indent" > A “Transparent” copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format
+whose specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or
+(for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an
+otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart or
+discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not
+Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not “Transparent” is called
+“Opaque”.
+<!--l. 3483--><p class="indent" > Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo
+input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and
+standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification.
+Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include
+proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML
+or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the
+machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output purposes
+only.
+<!--l. 3494--><p class="indent" > The “Title Page” means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are
+needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
+formats which do not have any title page as such, “Title Page” means the text near the
+most prominent appearance of the work’s title, preceding the beginning of the body of the
+text.
+<!--l. 3501--><p class="indent" > A section “Entitled XYZ” means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely
+XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language.
+(Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as “Acknowledgements”,
+“Dedications”, “Endorsements”, or “History”.) To “Preserve the Title” of such a section when you
+modify the Document means that it remains a section “Entitled XYZ” according to this
+definition.
+<!--l. 3509--><p class="indent" > The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this
+License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by
+reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication
+that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this
+License.
+<!--l. 3517--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.2 </span> <a
+ id="x1-11400013.2"></a>Verbatim copying</h4>
+<!--l. 3520--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially,
+provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the
+Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this
+License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the
+copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies.
+If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in
+section <a
+href="#x1-11500013.3">13.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a>.
+<!--l. 3531--><p class="indent" > You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display
+copies.
+
+
+<!--l. 3535--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-11500013.3"></a>Copying in quantity</h4>
+<!--l. 3538--><p class="noindent" >If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document,
+numbering more than 100, and the Document’s license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
+copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front
+cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly
+identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all
+words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in
+addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of
+the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other
+respects.
+<!--l. 3551--><p class="indent" > If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones
+listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+pages.
+<!--l. 3556--><p class="indent" > If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must
+either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with
+each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access
+to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free
+of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you
+begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will
+remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you
+distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the
+public.
+<!--l. 3569--><p class="indent" > It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before
+redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version
+of the Document.
+<!--l. 3574--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.4 </span> <a
+ id="x1-11600013.4"></a>Modifications</h4>
+<!--l. 3577--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections <a
+href="#x1-11400013.2">13.2<!--tex4ht:ref: verbatim --></a>
+and <a
+href="#x1-11500013.3">13.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
+Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the
+Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified
+Version:
+<!--l. 3586--><p class="indent" >
+ <ol class="enumerate1" >
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116002x1">Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document,
+ and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History
+ section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original
+ publisher of that version gives permission.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116004x2">List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship
+ of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal
+ authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they
+ release you from this requirement.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116006x3">State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher.
+
+
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116008x4">Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116010x5">Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright
+ notices.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116012x6">Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission
+ to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the
+ Addendum below.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116014x7">Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts
+ given in the Document’s license notice.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116016x8">Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116018x9">Preserve the section Entitled “History”, Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at
+ least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title
+ Page. If there is no section Entitled “History” in the Document, create one stating the title,
+ year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item
+ describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116020x10">Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a
+ Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document
+ for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the “History” section. You
+ may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the
+ Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116022x11">For any section Entitled “Acknowledgements” or “Dedications”, Preserve the Title of the
+ section, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor
+ acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116024x12">Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their
+ titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116026x13">Delete any section Entitled “Endorsements”. Such a section may not be included in the
+ Modified Version.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116028x14">Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled “Endorsements” or to conflict in title with
+ any Invariant Section.
+ </li>
+ <li
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-116030x15">Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+ </li></ol>
+
+
+<!--l. 3637--><p class="indent" > If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary
+Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or
+all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in
+the Modified Version’s license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section
+titles.
+<!--l. 3644--><p class="indent" > You may add a section Entitled “Endorsements”, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of
+your Modified Version by various parties–for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.
+<!--l. 3650--><p class="indent" > You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as
+a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
+Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any
+one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you
+may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old
+one.
+<!--l. 3660--><p class="indent" > The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their
+names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+<!--l. 3665--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.5 </span> <a
+ id="x1-11700013.5"></a>Combining documents</h4>
+<!--l. 3668--><p class="noindent" >You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms
+defined in section <a
+href="#x1-11600013.4">13.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a> above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of
+the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant
+Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty
+Disclaimers.
+<!--l. 3676--><p class="indent" > The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant
+Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name
+but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in
+parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique
+number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license
+notice of the combined work.
+<!--l. 3685--><p class="indent" > In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled “History” in the various original
+documents, forming one section Entitled “History”; likewise combine any sections Entitled
+“Acknowledgements”, and any sections Entitled “Dedications”. You must delete all sections Entitled
+“Endorsements”.
+<!--l. 3692--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.6 </span> <a
+ id="x1-11800013.6"></a>Collections of documents</h4>
+<!--l. 3695--><p class="noindent" >You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License,
+and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is
+included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each
+of the documents in all other respects.
+<!--l. 3701--><p class="indent" > You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this
+License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License
+in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+<!--l. 3707--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.7 </span> <a
+ id="x1-11900013.7"></a>Aggregation with independent works</h4>
+<!--l. 3710--><p class="noindent" >A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or
+works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an “aggregate” if the copyright
+resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation’s users beyond what
+the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
+apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the
+Document.
+<!--l. 3719--><p class="indent" > If the Cover Text requirement of section <a
+href="#x1-11500013.3">13.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if
+the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document’s Cover Texts may be placed
+on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the
+Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
+aggregate.
+<!--l. 3728--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.8 </span> <a
+ id="x1-12000013.8"></a>Translation</h4>
+<!--l. 3731--><p class="noindent" >Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document
+under the terms of section <a
+href="#x1-11600013.4">13.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a>. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant
+Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of
+this License, and all the license notices in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers,
+provided that you also include the original English version of this License and the original
+versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the translation
+and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will
+prevail.
+<!--l. 3745--><p class="indent" > If a section in the Document is Entitled “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, or “History”, the
+requirement (section <a
+href="#x1-11600013.4">13.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a>) to Preserve its Title (section <a
+href="#x1-11300013.1">13.1<!--tex4ht:ref: applicability --></a>) will typically require changing the actual
+title.
+<!--l. 3752--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.9 </span> <a
+ id="x1-12100013.9"></a>Termination</h4>
+<!--l. 3755--><p class="noindent" >You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under
+this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or
+rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain
+in full compliance.
+<!--l. 3764--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.10 </span> <a
+ id="x1-12200013.10"></a>Future revisions of this license</h4>
+<!--l. 3767--><p class="noindent" >The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation
+License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+<!--l. 3773--><p class="indent" > Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a
+particular numbered version of this License “or any later version” applies to it, you have the option of
+following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been
+published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
+number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+
+<!--l. 3783--><p class="noindent" >
+ <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
+ id="x1-12300013.10"></a>Addendum: how to use this license for your documents</h4>
+<!--l. 3785--><p class="noindent" >To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and
+put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:
+<!--l. 3789--><p class="indent" >
+ <blockquote class="quote">
+ <!--l. 3790--><p class="noindent" >Copyright <span
+class="ts1-lmr10-">\xA9</span> YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+ modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
+ Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+ Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the
+ license is included in the section entitled “GNU Free Documentation License”.</blockquote>
+<!--l. 3799--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the “with...Texts.”
+line with this:
+<!--l. 3802--><p class="indent" > with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and
+with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
+<!--l. 3805--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge
+those two alternatives to suit the situation.
+<!--l. 3809--><p class="indent" > If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these
+examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+to permit their use in free software.
+
+</body></html>
+
+
+
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc.pdf 2021-02-07 21:40:21 UTC (rev 57664)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc.pdf 2021-02-07 21:54:30 UTC (rev 57665)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc2.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc2.html (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc2.html 2021-02-07 21:54:30 UTC (rev 57665)
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
+<html >
+<head><title></title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<!-- html -->
+<meta name="src" content="hyperref-doc.tex">
+<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="hyperref-doc.css">
+</head><body
+>
+ <div class="footnote-text">
+ <!--l. 193--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+ id="fn1x0"> <sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span
+class="ec-lmr-8">Now: </span><a
+href="https://ctan.org/tex-archive/support/hypertex/hypertex" class="url" ><span
+class="ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80">https://ctan.org/tex-archive/support/hypertex/hypertex</span></a></div>
+
+</body></html>
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc2.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc3.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc3.html (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc3.html 2021-02-07 21:54:30 UTC (rev 57665)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
+<html >
+<head><title></title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<!-- html -->
+<meta name="src" content="hyperref-doc.tex">
+<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="hyperref-doc.css">
+</head><body
+>
+ <div class="footnote-text">
+ <!--l. 211--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+ id="fn2x0"> <sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><span
+class="ec-lmr-8">This is borrowed from an article by Arthur Smith.</span></div>
+
+</body></html>
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc3.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc4.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc4.html (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc4.html 2021-02-07 21:54:30 UTC (rev 57665)
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
+<html >
+<head><title></title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<!-- html -->
+<meta name="src" content="hyperref-doc.tex">
+<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="hyperref-doc.css">
+</head><body
+>
+ <div class="footnote-text">
+ <!--l. 276--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+ id="fn3x0"> <sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><span
+class="ec-lmr-8">Make sure you turn off the partial font downloading supported by </span><span
+class="ec-lmss-8">dvips </span><span
+class="ec-lmr-8">and </span><span
+class="ec-lmss-8">dvipsone </span><span
+class="ec-lmr-8">in favor of Distiller’s own</span>
+ <span
+class="ec-lmr-8">system.</span></div>
+
+</body></html>
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc4.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc5.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc5.html (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc5.html 2021-02-07 21:54:30 UTC (rev 57665)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
+<html >
+<head><title></title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<!-- html -->
+<meta name="src" content="hyperref-doc.tex">
+<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="hyperref-doc.css">
+</head><body
+>
+ <div class="footnote-text">
+ <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+ id="fn4x0"> <sup class="textsuperscript">4</sup></a></span><span
+class="ec-lmr-8">This section moved from the README file, needs more integration into the manual</span></div>
+
+</body></html>
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc5.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc6.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc6.html (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc6.html 2021-02-07 21:54:30 UTC (rev 57665)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
+<html >
+<head><title></title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<!-- html -->
+<meta name="src" content="hyperref-doc.tex">
+<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="hyperref-doc.css">
+</head><body
+>
+ <div class="footnote-text">
+ <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+ id="fn5x0"> <sup class="textsuperscript">5</sup></a></span><span
+class="ec-lmr-8">This section moved from the README file, needs more integration into the manual</span></div>
+
+</body></html>
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc6.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc7.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc7.html (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc7.html 2021-02-07 21:54:30 UTC (rev 57665)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
+<html >
+<head><title></title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
+<!-- html -->
+<meta name="src" content="hyperref-doc.tex">
+<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="hyperref-doc.css">
+</head><body
+>
+ <div class="footnote-text">
+ <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+ id="fn6x0"> <sup class="textsuperscript">6</sup></a></span><span
+class="ec-lmr-8">This section moved from the README file, needs more integration into the manual</span></div>
+
+</body></html>
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref-doc7.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manifest.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manifest.txt 2021-02-07 21:40:21 UTC (rev 57664)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manifest.txt 2021-02-07 21:54:30 UTC (rev 57665)
@@ -3,6 +3,8 @@
hyperref.dtx
Main package with various drivers.
+hluatex.dtx
+ luatex back end for hyperref.
backref.dtx
Bibliographical back referencing.
nameref.dtx
@@ -15,9 +17,9 @@
Docstrip batch file.
minitoc-hyper.sty
- Patched version of `minitoc.sty' to work with `hyperref.sty'.
+ Obsolete, now just calls minitoc.
ntheorem-hyper.sty
- Patched version of `ntheorem.sty' to work with `hyperref.sty'.
+ Obsolete, now just calls ntheorem.
xr-hyper.sty
Patched version of `xr.sty' to work with `hyperref.sty'.
@@ -54,6 +56,7 @@
hdvipson.def
hdvips.def
hpdftex.def
+hluatex.def
hdviwind.def
htex4ht.def
hvtex.def
@@ -71,10 +74,9 @@
% Directory doc/
% =============
-manual.pdf
- Manual, but a little out of date.
-manual.html, manual[2-6].html, manual.css,
-cmsy10-21.gif, cmmi10-22.gif
+hyperref-doc.pdf
+ Hyperref manual
+hyperref-doc.html, hyperref-doc[2-7].html, hyperref-doc.css,
HTML version of the manual.
paper.pdf
Online version of paper for Heiko Oberdiek's talk
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual.css
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual.css 2021-02-07 21:40:21 UTC (rev 57664)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual.css 2021-02-07 21:54:30 UTC (rev 57665)
@@ -1,296 +0,0 @@
-
-/* start css.sty */
-.ec-lmr-17{font-size:170%;}
-.ec-lmss-17{font-size:170%; font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-17{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmr-12{font-size:120%;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{font-size:120%; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-10{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmr-9{font-size:90%;}
-.ec-lmr-8{font-size:80%;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{font-size:80%; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
-.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
-.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
-.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
-.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
-.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
-.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
-.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
-.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
-.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
-.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
-.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
-.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
-.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
-.ec-lmri-10{ font-style:italic;}
-.lmsy7-{font-size:70%;}
-.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
-.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
-.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
-.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
-.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
-.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
-.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
-.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
-.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
-.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
-.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
-.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
-.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
-.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
-.ec-lmbx-10{ font-weight: bold;}
-.ec-lmss-8{font-size:80%; font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}
-.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtk-10{ font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-.ec-lmvtto-10{ font-style: oblique; font-family: monospace,monospace;}
-p{margin-top:0;margin-bottom:0}
-p.indent{text-indent:0;}
-p + p{margin-top:1em;}
-p + div, p + pre {margin-top:1em;}
-div + p, pre + p {margin-top:1em;}
-a { overflow-wrap: break-word; word-wrap: break-word; word-break: break-word; hyphens: auto; }
- at media print {div.crosslinks {visibility:hidden;}}
-a img { border-top: 0; border-left: 0; border-right: 0; }
-center { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }
-td center { margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; }
-.Canvas { position:relative; }
-img.math{vertical-align:middle;}
-div.par-math-display, div.math-display{text-align:center;}
-li p.indent { text-indent: 0em }
-li p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }
-li p:last-child, li div:last-child { margin-bottom:0.5em; }
-li p~ul:last-child, li p~ol:last-child{ margin-bottom:0.5em; }
-.enumerate1 {list-style-type:decimal;}
-.enumerate2 {list-style-type:lower-alpha;}
-.enumerate3 {list-style-type:lower-roman;}
-.enumerate4 {list-style-type:upper-alpha;}
-div.newtheorem { margin-bottom: 2em; margin-top: 2em;}
-.obeylines-h,.obeylines-v {white-space: nowrap; }
-div.obeylines-v p { margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; }
-.overline{ text-decoration:overline; }
-.overline img{ border-top: 1px solid black; }
-td.displaylines {text-align:center; white-space:nowrap;}
-.centerline {text-align:center;}
-.rightline {text-align:right;}
-pre.verbatim {font-family: monospace,monospace; text-align:left; clear:both; }
-.fbox {padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
-div.fbox {display:table}
-div.center div.fbox {text-align:center; clear:both; padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
-div.minipage{width:100%;}
-div.center, div.center div.center {text-align: center; margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em;}
-div.center div {text-align: left;}
-div.flushright, div.flushright div.flushright {text-align: right;}
-div.flushright div {text-align: left;}
-div.flushleft {text-align: left;}
-.underline{ text-decoration:underline; }
-.underline img{ border-bottom: 1px solid black; margin-bottom:1pt; }
-.framebox-c, .framebox-l, .framebox-r { padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }
-.framebox-c {text-align:center;}
-.framebox-l {text-align:left;}
-.framebox-r {text-align:right;}
-span.thank-mark{ vertical-align: super }
-span.footnote-mark sup.textsuperscript, span.footnote-mark a sup.textsuperscript{ font-size:80%; }
-div.tabular, div.center div.tabular {text-align: center; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; }
-table.tabular td p{margin-top:0em;}
-table.tabular {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
-td p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }
-td p:last-child{ margin-bottom:0em; }
-div.td00{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:0pt; }
-div.td01{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:5pt; }
-div.td10{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:0pt; }
-div.td11{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:5pt; }
-table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
-td.td00{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:0pt; }
-td.td01{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:5pt; }
-td.td10{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:0pt; }
-td.td11{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:5pt; }
-table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
-.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 0px; margin:0px; }
-.hline td, .cline td{ padding: 0; }
-.hline hr, .cline hr{border:none;border-top:1px solid black;}
-.tabbing-right {text-align:right;}
-div.float, div.figure {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
-div.float img {text-align:center;}
-div.figure img {text-align:center;}
-.marginpar,.reversemarginpar {width:20%; float:right; text-align:left; margin-left:auto; margin-top:0.5em; font-size:85%; text-decoration:underline;}
-.marginpar p,.reversemarginpar p{margin-top:0.4em; margin-bottom:0.4em;}
-.reversemarginpar{float:left;}
-table.equation {width:100%;}
-.equation td{text-align:center; }
-td.equation { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }
-td.equation-label { width:5%; text-align:center; }
-td.eqnarray4 { width:5%; white-space: normal; }
-td.eqnarray2 { width:5%; }
-table.eqnarray-star, table.eqnarray {width:100%;}
-div.eqnarray{text-align:center;}
-div.array {text-align:center;}
-div.pmatrix {text-align:center;}
-table.pmatrix {width:100%;}
-span.pmatrix img{vertical-align:middle;}
-div.pmatrix {text-align:center;}
-table.pmatrix {width:100%;}
-span.bar-css {text-decoration:overline;}
-img.cdots{vertical-align:middle;}
-.partToc a, .partToc, .likepartToc a, .likepartToc {line-height: 200%; font-weight:bold; font-size:110%;}
-.chapterToc a, .chapterToc, .likechapterToc a, .likechapterToc, .appendixToc a, .appendixToc {line-height: 200%; font-weight:bold;}
-.index-item, .index-subitem, .index-subsubitem {display:block}
-div.caption {text-indent:-2em; margin-left:3em; margin-right:1em; text-align:left;}
-div.caption span.id{font-weight: bold; white-space: nowrap; }
-h1.partHead{text-align: center}
-p.bibitem { text-indent: -2em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; }
-p.bibitem-p { text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; }
-.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}
-.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead { font-weight: bold;}
-.verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em}
-div.maketitle {text-align:center;}
-h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}
-div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; }
-div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}
-div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10%; font-size:85%; font-style:italic; }
-div.author{white-space: nowrap;}
-div.abstract p {margin-left:5%; margin-right:5%;}
-div.abstract {width:100%;}
-.abstracttitle{text-align:center;margin-bottom:1em;}
-div.tabular, div.center div.tabular {text-align: center; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; }
-table.tabular td p{margin-top:0em;}
-table.tabular {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
-td p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }
-td p:last-child{ margin-bottom:0em; }
-div.td00{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:0pt; }
-div.td01{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:5pt; }
-div.td10{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:0pt; }
-div.td11{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:5pt; }
-table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
-td.td00{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:0pt; }
-td.td01{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:5pt; }
-td.td10{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:0pt; }
-td.td11{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:5pt; }
-table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
-.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 0px; margin:0px; }
-.hline td, .cline td{ padding: 0; }
-.hline hr, .cline hr{border:none;border-top:1px solid black;}
-div.array {text-align:center;}
-table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; }
-div.longtable{text-align:center;}
-table.longtable{margin-left:auto; margin-right: auto;}
-span.HoLogo-LaTeX span.HoLogo-a{position:relative;top:-.5ex;margin-left:-.36em;margin-right:-.15em;font-size:85%;}
-span.HoLogo-TeX span.HoLogo-e{position:relative;top:.5ex;margin-left:-.1667em;margin-right:-.125em;}
-a span.HoLogo-TeX span.HoLogo-e{text-decoration:none;}
-span.HoLogo-XeTeX span.HoLogo-TeX{margin-left:-.15em;}
-span.HoLogo-Xe span.HoLogo-e{position:relative;top:.5ex;left-margin:-.1em;}
-span.HoLogo-LaTeX2e span.HoLogo-2{padding-left:.15em;}
-span.HoLogo-LaTeX2e span.HoLogo-e{position:relative;top:.35ex;text-decoration:none;}
-/* end css.sty */
-
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual.html 2021-02-07 21:40:21 UTC (rev 57664)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual.html 2021-02-07 21:54:30 UTC (rev 57665)
@@ -1,7468 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
-<html >
-<head><title>Hypertext marks in LATEX: a manual for hyperref</title>
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
-<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
-<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
-<!-- html -->
-<meta name="src" content="manual.tex">
-<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="manual.css">
-</head><body
->
- <div class="maketitle">
-
-
-
-
-
-<h2 class="titleHead">Hypertext marks in <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>: a manual for hyperref</h2>
- <div class="author" ><span
-class="ec-lmr-12">Sebastian Rahtz (deceased)</span><br class="and" /><span
-class="ec-lmr-12">Heiko Oberdiek (inactive)</span><br class="and" /><span
-class="ec-lmr-12">The LaTeX3 Project (</span><a
-href="https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues" class="url" ><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10x-x-120">https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues</span></a><span
-class="ec-lmr-12">)</span></div><br />
-<div class="date" ><span
-class="ec-lmr-12">2021-02-04 v7.00g</span></div>
- </div>
- <h3 class="likesectionHead"><a
- id="x1-1000"></a>Contents</h3>
- <div class="tableofcontents">
-  <span class="sectionToc" >1 <a
-href="#x1-20001" id="QQ2-1-2">Introduction</a></span>
-<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2 <a
-href="#x1-30002" id="QQ2-1-3">Implicit behavior</a></span>
-<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >3 <a
-href="#x1-40003" id="QQ2-1-4">Package options</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >3.1 <a
-href="#x1-50003.1" id="QQ2-1-5">General options</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >3.2 <a
-href="#x1-60003.2" id="QQ2-1-6">Options for destination names</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >3.3 <a
-href="#x1-70003.3" id="QQ2-1-7">Configuration options</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >3.4 <a
-href="#x1-80003.4" id="QQ2-1-8">Backend drivers</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >3.5 <a
-href="#x1-90003.5" id="QQ2-1-9">Extension options</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >3.6 <a
-href="#x1-100003.6" id="QQ2-1-10">PDF-specific display options</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >3.7 <a
-href="#x1-110003.7" id="QQ2-1-11">PDF display and information options</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >3.8 <a
-href="#x1-120003.8" id="QQ2-1-12">Option <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo</span></a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >3.9 <a
-href="#x1-130003.9" id="QQ2-1-13">Big alphabetical list</a></span>
-<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >4 <a
-href="#x1-140004" id="QQ2-1-14">Additional user macros</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >4.1 <a
-href="#x1-150004.1" id="QQ2-1-15">Bookmark macros</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >4.2 <a
-href="#x1-180004.2" id="QQ2-1-18">Pagelabels</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >4.3 <a
-href="#x1-190004.3" id="QQ2-1-19">Utility macros</a></span>
-<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >5 <a
-href="#x1-200005" id="QQ2-1-20">New Features</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.1 <a
-href="#x1-210005.1" id="QQ2-1-21">Option ‘pdflinkmargin’</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.2 <a
-href="#x1-220005.2" id="QQ2-1-22">Field option ‘calculatesortkey’</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.3 <a
-href="#x1-230005.3" id="QQ2-1-23">Option ‘localanchorname’</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.4 <a
-href="#x1-240005.4" id="QQ2-1-24">Option ‘customdriver’</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.5 <a
-href="#x1-250005.5" id="QQ2-1-25">Option ‘psdextra’</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.6 <a
-href="#x1-260005.6" id="QQ2-1-26">\XeTeXLinkBox</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.7 <a
-href="#x1-270005.7" id="QQ2-1-27">\IfHyperBooleanExists and \IfHyperBoolean</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.8 <a
-href="#x1-280005.8" id="QQ2-1-28">\unichar</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.9 <a
-href="#x1-290005.9" id="QQ2-1-29">\ifpdfstringunicode</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.10 <a
-href="#x1-300005.10" id="QQ2-1-30">Customizing index style file with \nohyperpage</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.11 <a
-href="#x1-310005.11" id="QQ2-1-31">Experimental option ‘ocgcolorlinks’</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.12 <a
-href="#x1-320005.12" id="QQ2-1-32">Option ‘pdfa’</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.13 <a
-href="#x1-330005.13" id="QQ2-1-33">Option ‘linktoc’ added</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.14 <a
-href="#x1-340005.14" id="QQ2-1-34">Option ‘pdfnewwindow’ changed</a></span>
-
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.15 <a
-href="#x1-350005.15" id="QQ2-1-35">Flag options for PDF forms</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.16 <a
-href="#x1-360005.16" id="QQ2-1-36">Option ‘pdfversion’</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.17 <a
-href="#x1-370005.17" id="QQ2-1-37">Field option ‘name’</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.18 <a
-href="#x1-380005.18" id="QQ2-1-38">Option ‘pdfencoding’</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.19 <a
-href="#x1-390005.19" id="QQ2-1-39">Color options/package hycolor</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.20 <a
-href="#x1-400005.20" id="QQ2-1-40">Option pdfusetitle</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.21 <a
-href="#x1-410005.21" id="QQ2-1-41">Starred form of \autoref</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.22 <a
-href="#x1-420005.22" id="QQ2-1-42">Link border style</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.23 <a
-href="#x1-430005.23" id="QQ2-1-43">Option <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth</span></a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.24 <a
-href="#x1-440005.24" id="QQ2-1-44">Option <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">pdfescapeform</span></a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.25 <a
-href="#x1-450005.25" id="QQ2-1-45">Default driver setting</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.26 <a
-href="#x1-460005.26" id="QQ2-1-46">Backref entries</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >5.27 <a
-href="#x1-470005.27" id="QQ2-1-47">\phantomsection</a></span>
-<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >6 <a
-href="#x1-480006" id="QQ2-1-48">Acrobat-specific behavior</a></span>
-<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >7 <a
-href="#x1-490007" id="QQ2-1-49">PDF and HTML forms</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.1 <a
-href="#x1-500007.1" id="QQ2-1-50">Forms environment parameters</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >7.2 <a
-href="#x1-510007.2" id="QQ2-1-51">Forms optional parameters</a></span>
-<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >8 <a
-href="#x1-520008" id="QQ2-1-52">Defining a new driver</a></span>
-<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >9 <a
-href="#x1-530009" id="QQ2-1-53">Special support for other packages</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >9.1 <a
-href="#x1-540009.1" id="QQ2-1-54">Package Compatibility</a></span>
-<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >10 <a
-href="#x1-9800010" id="QQ2-1-98">Limitations</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >10.1 <a
-href="#x1-9900010.1" id="QQ2-1-99">Wrapped/broken link support</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >10.2 <a
-href="#x1-10000010.2" id="QQ2-1-100">Links across pages</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >10.3 <a
-href="#x1-10100010.3" id="QQ2-1-101">Footnotes</a></span>
-<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >11 <a
-href="#x1-10200011" id="QQ2-1-102">Hints</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >11.1 <a
-href="#x1-10300011.1" id="QQ2-1-103">Spaces in option values</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >11.2 <a
-href="#x1-10400011.2" id="QQ2-1-104">Index with makeindex</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >11.3 <a
-href="#x1-10500011.3" id="QQ2-1-105">Warning <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">"bookmark level for unknown <foobar> defaults to 0"</span></a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >11.4 <a
-href="#x1-10600011.4" id="QQ2-1-106">Link anchors in figures</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >11.5 <a
-href="#x1-10700011.5" id="QQ2-1-107">Additional unicode characters in bookmarks and pdf information entries:</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >11.6 <a
-href="#x1-10800011.6" id="QQ2-1-108">Footnotes</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >11.7 <a
-href="#x1-10900011.7" id="QQ2-1-109">Subordinate counters</a></span>
-<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >12 <a
-href="#x1-11000012" id="QQ2-1-110">History and acknowledgments</a></span>
-<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >13 <a
-href="#x1-11100013" id="QQ2-1-111">GNU Free Documentation License</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.1 <a
-href="#x1-11300013.1" id="QQ2-1-113">Applicability and definitions</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.2 <a
-href="#x1-11400013.2" id="QQ2-1-114">Verbatim copying</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.3 <a
-href="#x1-11500013.3" id="QQ2-1-115">Copying in quantity</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.4 <a
-href="#x1-11600013.4" id="QQ2-1-116">Modifications</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.5 <a
-href="#x1-11700013.5" id="QQ2-1-117">Combining documents</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.6 <a
-href="#x1-11800013.6" id="QQ2-1-118">Collections of documents</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.7 <a
-href="#x1-11900013.7" id="QQ2-1-119">Aggregation with independent works</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.8 <a
-href="#x1-12000013.8" id="QQ2-1-120">Translation</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.9 <a
-href="#x1-12100013.9" id="QQ2-1-121">Termination</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >13.10 <a
-href="#x1-12200013.10" id="QQ2-1-122">Future revisions of this license</a></span>
- </div>
-
-
-<!--l. 190--><p class="noindent" >
- <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1 </span> <a
- id="x1-20001"></a>Introduction</h3>
-<!--l. 192--><p class="noindent" >The package derives from, and builds on, the work of the Hyper<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span> project, described at
-<span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://xxx.lanl.gov/hypertex/</span><span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="manual2.html#fn1x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-2001f1"></a> .
-It extends the functionality of all the <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> cross-referencing commands (including the table of
-contents, bibliographies etc) to produce <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special </span>commands which a driver can turn into hypertext links;
-it also provides new commands to allow the user to write <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">ad hoc </span>hypertext links, including those to
-external documents and URLs.
-<!--l. 200--><p class="indent" > The package is currently maintained at <a
-href="https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/" class="url" ><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/</span></a> and issues should be
-reported there.
-<!--l. 203--><p class="indent" > This manual provides a brief overview of the <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>package. For more details, you should read the
-additional documentation distributed with the package, as well as the complete documentation by
-processing <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.dtx</span>. You should also read the chapter on <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>in <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">The </span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX"><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">L</span><span class="HoLogo-a"><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">A</span></span><span class="HoLogo-TeX"><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">T</span><span class="HoLogo-e"><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">E</span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">X</span></span></span> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">Web Companion</span>,
-where you will find additional examples.
-<!--l. 210--><p class="indent" > The Hyper<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span> specification<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="manual3.html#fn2x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-2002f2"></a>
-says that conformant viewers/translators must recognize the following set of <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special </span>constructs:
- <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">href:</span> </dt><dd
-class="description"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">html:<a</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> href</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> =</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> "href_string"></span></span></span>
- </dd><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">name:</span> </dt><dd
-class="description"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">html:<a</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> name</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> =</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> "name_string"></span></span></span>
- </dd><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">end:</span> </dt><dd
-class="description"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">html:</a></span></span></span>
- </dd><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">image:</span> </dt><dd
-class="description"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">html:<img</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> src</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> =</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> "href_string"></span></span></span>
- </dd><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">base_name:</span> </dt><dd
-class="description"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">html:<base</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> href</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> =</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> "href_string"></span></span></span></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 222--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">href</span>, <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">name </span>and <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">end </span>commands are used to do the basic hypertext operations of establishing links
-between sections of documents. The <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">image </span>command is intended (as with current HTML
-viewers) to place an image of arbitrary graphical format on the page in the current location.
-The <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">base_name </span>command is be used to communicate to the DVI viewer the full (URL)
-location of the current document so that files specified by relative URLs may be retrieved
-correctly.
-<!--l. 231--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">href </span>and <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">name </span>commands must be paired with an <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">end </span>command later in the TeX file—the
-TeX commands between the two ends of a pair form an <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">anchor </span>in the document. In the case of an <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">href</span>
-command, the <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">anchor </span>is to be highlighted in the <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">DVI viewer</span>, and when clicked on will cause the scene to
-shift to the destination specified by <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">href_string</span>. The <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">anchor </span>associated with a name command represents
-a possible location to which other hypertext links may refer, either as local references (of
-the form <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">href="#name_string"</span></span></span> with the <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">name_string </span>identical to the one in the name
-command) or as part of a URL (of the form <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">URL#name_string</span>). Here <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">href_string </span>is a valid URL
-or local identifier, while <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">name_string </span>could be any string at all: the only caveat is that ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">"</span></span></span>’
-characters should be escaped with a backslash (<span
-class="lmsy-10">\</span>), and if it looks like a URL name it may cause
-problems.
-
-
-<!--l. 247--><p class="indent" > However, the drivers intended to produce <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">only </span>PDF use literal PostScript or PDF <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span>
-commands. The commands are defined in configuration files for different drivers, selected by package
-options; at present, the following drivers are supported:
- <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">hypertex</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">DVI processors conforming to the HyperTeX guidelines (i.e. <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">xdvi</span>, <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>(with the <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">-z</span>
- option), <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">OzTeX</span>, and <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">Textures</span>)
- </dd><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">dvips</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands tailored for <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>
- </dd><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">dvipsone</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands tailored for <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone</span>
- </dd><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">ps2pdf</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">a special case of output suitable for processing by earlier versions of Ghostscript’s PDF
- writer; this is basically the same as that for <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>, but a few variations remained before
- version 5.21
- </dd><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">tex4ht</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands for use with <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">TeX4ht</span>
- </dd><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">pdftex</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">pdfTeX, H\xE0n Th\xEA\xB4 Th\xE0nh’s TeX variant that writes PDF directly
- </dd><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">luatex</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">luaTeX, Unicode TeX variant that writes PDF directly
- </dd><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">dvipdfm</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands for Mark Wicks’ DVI to PDF driver <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm</span>
- </dd><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">dvipdfmx</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands for driver <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfmx</span>, a successor of <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm</span>
- </dd><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">dviwindo</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands that Y&Y’s Windows previewer interprets as hypertext
- jumps within the previewer
- </dd><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">vtex</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands that MicroPress’ HTML and PDF-producing TeX variants
- interpret as hypertext jumps within the previewer
- </dd><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">textures</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands that <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">Textures </span>interprets as hypertext jumps within the
- previewer
- </dd><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">xetex</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">produces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands for XeTeX</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 273--><p class="indent" > Output from <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>or <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>must be processed using Acrobat Distiller to obtain a PDF
-file.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="manual4.html#fn3x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-2003f3"></a>
-The result is generally preferable to that produced by using the <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex </span>driver, and then
-processing with <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvips -z</span>, but the DVI file is not portable. The main advantage of using the
-HyperTeX <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special </span>commands is that you can also use the document in hypertext DVI viewers, such as
-<span
-class="ec-lmss-10">xdvi</span>.
-
- <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">driverfallback</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">If a driver is not given and cannot be autodetected, then use the driver option, given as
- value to this option <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">driverfallback</span>. Example:
- <blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 289--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">driverfallback=dvipdfm</span></blockquote>
- <!--l. 291--><p class="noindent" >Autodetected drivers (<span
-class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex</span>, <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">xetex</span>, <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">vtex</span>, <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">vtexpdfmark</span>) are recognized from within TeX and
- therefore cannot be given as value to option <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">driverfallback</span>. However a DVI driver program is run
- after the TeX run is finished. Thus it cannot be detected at TeX macro level. Then package
- <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>uses the driver, given by <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">driverfallback</span>. If the driver is already specified or can be
- autodetected, then option <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">driverfallback </span>is ignored.</dd></dl>
- <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2 </span> <a
- id="x1-30002"></a>Implicit behavior</h3>
-<!--l. 304--><p class="noindent" >This package can be used with more or less any normal LaTeX document by specifying in the document
-preamble
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-1">
-\usepackage{hyperref}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 309--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 311--><p class="indent" > Make sure it comes <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">last </span>of your loaded packages, to give it a fighting chance of not being over-written,
-since its job is to redefine many LaTeX commands. Hopefully you will find that all cross-references work
-correctly as hypertext. For example, <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\section </span>commands will produce a bookmark and a link, whereas
-<span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\section* </span>commands will only show links when paired with a corresponding <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span>
-command.
-<!--l. 319--><p class="indent" > In addition, the <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperindex </span>option (see below) attempts to make items in the index by hyperlinked
-back to the text, and the option <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">backref </span>inserts extra ‘back’ links into the bibliography for each entry.
-Other options control the appearance of links, and give extra control over PDF output. For example,
-<span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">colorlinks</span>, as its name well implies, colors the links instead of using boxes; this is the option used in this
-document.
-<!--l. 328--><p class="noindent" >
- <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3 </span> <a
- id="x1-40003"></a>Package options</h3>
-<!--l. 330--><p class="noindent" >All user-configurable aspects of <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>are set using a single ‘key=value’ scheme (using the <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">keyval</span>
-package) with the key <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Hyp</span>. The options can be set either in the optional argument to the
-<span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage </span>command, or using the <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup </span>macro. When the package is loaded, a file
-<span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg </span>is read if it can be found, and this is a convenient place to set options on a site-wide
-basis.
-<!--l. 338--><p class="indent" > Note however that some options (for example <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode</span>) can only be used as package options, and not
-in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span> as the option settings are processed as the package is read.
-<!--l. 342--><p class="indent" > As an example, the behavior of a particular file could be controlled by:
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">a site-wide <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg </span>setting up the look of links, adding backreferencing, and setting a
- PDF display default:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-2">
- \hypersetup{backref,
- pdfpagemode=FullScreen,
- colorlinks=true}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 352--><p class="nopar" >
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">A global option in the file, which is passed down to <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3">
- \documentclass[dvips]{article}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 359--><p class="nopar" >
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">File-specific options in the <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage </span>commands, which override the ones set in
- <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg</span>:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4">
- \usepackage[colorlinks=false]{hyperref}
- \hypersetup{pdftitle={A Perfect Day}}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 367--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul>
-<!--l. 370--><p class="indent" > As seen in the previous example, information entries (pdftitle, pdfauthor, …) should be set after the
-package is loaded. Otherwise LaTeX expands the values of these options prematurely. Also LaTeX strips
-spaces in options. Especially option ‘pdfborder’ requires some care. Curly braces protect the value, if
-given as package option. They are not necessary in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span>.
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5">
-\usepackage[pdfborder={0 0 0}]{hyperref}
-\hypersetup{pdfborder=0 0 0}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 380--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 382--><p class="indent" > Package ‘kvoptions-patch’ patches LaTeX to make it aware of key value options and to prevent
-premature value expansions.
-<!--l. 385--><p class="indent" > Some options can be given at any time, but many are restricted: before <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\begin{document}</span></span></span>, only in
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage[...]{hyperref}</span></span></span>, before first use, etc.
-<!--l. 389--><p class="indent" > In the key descriptions that follow, many options do not need a value, as they default to the value
-true if used. These are the ones classed as ‘boolean’. The values true and false can always be specified,
-however.
-<!--l. 393--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.1 </span> <a
- id="x1-50003.1"></a>General options</h4>
-<!--l. 395--><p class="noindent" >Firstly, the options to specify general behavior and page size.
-<a
- id="x1-5001r1"></a> <!--l. 399--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-2" class="longtable"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-2-1g"><col
-id="TBL-2-1"><col
-id="TBL-2-2"><col
-id="TBL-2-3"><col
-id="TBL-2-4"></colgroup>
-<tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">draft </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-4"
-class="td11"> all hypertext options are turned off </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">final </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-4"
-class="td11"> all hypertext options are turned on </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">debug </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-4"
-class="td11"> extra diagnostic messages are printed in </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-4"
-class="td11"> the log file </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">verbose </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-4"
-class="td11"> same as debug </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">implicit </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-4"
-class="td11"> redefines LaTeX internals </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">setpagesize </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-4"
-class="td11"> sets page size by special driver commands </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1"
-class="td11"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1"
-class="td11"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1"
-class="td11"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-4"
-class="td11"></td></tr>
- </table></div>
-<!--l. 408--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.2 </span> <a
- id="x1-60003.2"></a>Options for destination names</h4>
-<!--l. 410--><p class="noindent" >Destinations names (also anchor, target or link names) are internal names that identify a position on a
-page in the document. They are used in link targets for inner document links or the bookmarks, for
-example.
-<!--l. 415--><p class="indent" > Usually anchor are set, if <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>is called. Thus there is a counter name and value. Both are
-used to construct the destination name. By default the counter value follows the counter name separated
-by a dot. Example for the fourth chapter:
- <blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 421--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">chapter.4</span></span></span></blockquote>
-<!--l. 423--><p class="noindent" >This scheme is used by:
- <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmvtk-10">\autoref</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">displays the description label for the reference depending on the counter name.
-
-
- </dd><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmvtk-10">\hyperpage</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">is used by the index to get page links. Page anchor setting (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pageanchor</span></span></span>) must not
- be turned off.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 432--><p class="indent" > It is very important that the destination names are unique, because two destinations must not share
-the same name. The counter value <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\the<counter> </span>is not always unique for the counter. For example,
-table and figures can be numbered inside the chapter without having the chapter number in their
-number. Therefore <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>has introduced <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<counter> </span>that allows a unique counter value without
-messing up with the appearance of the counter number. For example, the number of the
-second table in the third chapter might be printed as <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">2</span>, the result of <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\thetable</span>. But the
-destination name <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">table.2.4 </span>is unique because it has used <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theHtable </span>that gives <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">2.4</span></span></span> in this
-case.
-<!--l. 445--><p class="indent" > Often the user do not need to set <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<counter></span>. Defaults for standard cases (chapter, …) are
-provided. And after <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>is loaded, new counters with parent counters also define <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<counter></span>
-automatically, if <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newcounter</span>, <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset </span>or <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\numberwithin </span>of package <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">amsmath </span>are
-used.
-<!--l. 451--><p class="indent" > Usually problems with duplicate destination names can be solved by an appropriate definition of
-<span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<counter></span>. If option <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertexnames </span>is disabled, then a unique artificial number is used instead of
-the counter value. In case of page anchors the absolute page anchor is used. With option <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages </span>the
-page anchors use the arabic form. In both latter cases <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage </span>for index links is affected and might
-not work properly.
-<!--l. 459--><p class="indent" > If an unnumbered entity gets an anchor (starred forms of chapters, sections, …) or <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\phantomsection </span>is
-used, then the dummy counter name <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">section* </span>and an artificial unique number is used.
-<!--l. 464--><p class="indent" > If the final PDF file is going to be merged with another file, than the destination names might clash,
-because both documents might contain <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">chapter.1 </span>or <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">page.1</span>. Also <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>sets anchor with name
-<span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Doc-Start </span>at the begin of the document. This can be resolved by redefining <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestNameFilter</span>.
-Package <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>calls this macro each time, it uses a destination name. The macro must be expandable
-and expects the destination name as only argument. As example, the macro is redefined to add a prefix
-to all destination names:
- <blockquote class="quote">
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6">
-\renewcommand*{\HyperDestNameFilter}[1]{\jobname-#1}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 477--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
-<!--l. 479--><p class="noindent" >In document <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">docA </span>the destination name <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">chapter.2 </span>becomes <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">docA-chapter.2</span>.
-<!--l. 482--><p class="indent" > Destination names can also be used from the outside in URIs(, if the driver has not removed or
-changed them), for example:
- <blockquote class="quote">
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7">
-http://somewhere/path/file.pdf#nameddest=chapter.4
-</pre>
- <!--l. 487--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
-<!--l. 489--><p class="noindent" >However using a number seems unhappy. If another chapter is added before, the number changes. But it is
-very difficult to pass a new name for the destination to the anchor setting process that is usually
-deep hidden in the internals. The first name of <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label </span>after the anchor setting seems a good
-approximation:
- <blockquote class="quote">
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8">
-  \section{Introduction}
-  \label{intro}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 498--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
-<!--l. 500--><p class="noindent" >Option <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">destlabel </span>checks for each <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span>, if there is a new destination name active and replaces the
-destination name by the label name. Because the destination name is already in use because of the
-anchor setting, the new name is recorded in the <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">.aux </span>file and used in the subsequent <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>
-run. The renaming is done by a redefinition of <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestNameFilter</span>. That leaves the old
-destination names intact (e.g., they are needed for <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref</span>). This redefinition is also available as
-<span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestLabelReplace</span>, thus that an own redefinition can use it. The following example also adds a
-prefix for <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">all </span>destination names:
- <blockquote class="quote">
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9">
-\renewcommand*{\HyperDestNameFilter}[1]{%
-  \jobname-\HyperDestLabelReplace{#1}%
-}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 515--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
-<!--l. 517--><p class="noindent" >The other case that only files prefixed that do not have a corresponding <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label </span>is more complicate, because
-<span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestLabelReplace </span>needs the unmodified destination name as argument. This is solved by an
-expandable string test (<span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstrcmp </span>of pdf<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span> or <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\strcmp </span>of <span class="HoLogo-XeTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>, package <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">pdftexcmds </span>also supports
-Lua<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span>):
- <blockquote class="quote">
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-10">
-\usepackage{pdftexcmds}
-\makeatletter
-\renewcommand*{\HyperDestNameFilter}[1]{%
-  \ifcase\pdf at strcmp{#1}{\HyperDestLabelReplace{#1}} %
-    \jobname-#1%
-  \else
-    \HyperDestLabelReplace{#1}%
-  \fi
-}
-\makeatother
-</pre>
- <!--l. 535--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
-<!--l. 538--><p class="indent" > With option <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">destlabel </span>destinations can also named manually, if the destination is not yet
-renamed:
- <blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 541--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\HyperDestRename{</span></span></span><span
-class="lmsy-10">⟨</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtto-10">destination</span><span
-class="lmsy-10">⟩</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="lmsy-10">⟨</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtto-10">newname</span><span
-class="lmsy-10">⟩</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span></blockquote>
-<!--l. 544--><p class="indent" > Hint: Anchors can also be named and set by <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget</span>.
-<a
- id="x1-6001r2"></a> <!--l. 548--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-3" class="longtable"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-3-1g"><col
-id="TBL-3-1"><col
-id="TBL-3-2"><col
-id="TBL-3-3"><col
-id="TBL-3-4"></colgroup>
-<tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">destlabel </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-4"
-class="td11"> destinations are named by first <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-1"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-4"
-class="td11"> after anchor creation </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertexnames </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-4"
-class="td11"> use guessable names for links </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">naturalnames </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-4"
-class="td11"> use LaTeX-computed names for links </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-4"
-class="td11"> Forces page anchors to be named by the Arabic form </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-1"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-4"
-class="td11"> of the page number, rather than the formatted form. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-1"
-class="td11"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-1"
-class="td11"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-1"
-class="td11"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-1"
-class="td11"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-1"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-4"
-class="td11"></td></tr>
- </table></div>
-<!--l. 556--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.3 </span> <a
- id="x1-70003.3"></a>Configuration options</h4>
-<a
- id="x1-7001r3"></a> <!--l. 559--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-4" class="longtable"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-4-1g"><col
-id="TBL-4-1"><col
-id="TBL-4-2"><col
-id="TBL-4-3"><col
-id="TBL-4-4"></colgroup>
-<tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">raiselinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-1-4"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 559--><p class="noindent" >In the hypertex driver, the height of links is normally
- calculated by the driver as simply the base line of contained
- text; this options forces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> commands to reflect the
- real height of the link (which could contain a graphic) </td>
-
-
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">breaklinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">both </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-2-4"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 562--><p class="noindent" >This option is in hyperref only used in the dviwindo driver,
- in all other cases it doesn’t do anything sensible—it neither
- allows nor prevents links to be broken. The ocgx2 package
- checks the state of the boolean. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pageanchor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-3-4"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 564--><p class="noindent" >Determines whether every page is given an implicit anchor
- at the top left corner. If this is turned off, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\printindex</span></span></span> will
- not contain valid hyperlinks. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">nesting </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-4-4"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 567--><p class="noindent" >Allows links to be nested; no drivers currently support this. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-5-1"
-class="td11"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-6-1"
-class="td11"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-7-1"
-class="td11"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-4-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-8-1"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-8-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-8-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-4-8-4"
-class="td11"></td></tr>
- </table></div>
-<!--l. 570--><p class="noindent" >Note for option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">breaklinks</span></span></span>: The correct value is automatically set according to the driver features. It can
-be overwritten for drivers that do not support broken links. However, at any case, the link area will be
-wrong and displaced.
-<!--l. 575--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.4 </span> <a
- id="x1-80003.4"></a>Backend drivers</h4>
-<!--l. 577--><p class="noindent" >If no driver is specified, the package tries to find a driver in the following order:
- <ol class="enumerate1" >
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-8002x1">Autodetection, some TeX processors can be detected at TeX macro level (pdfTeX, XeTeX,
- VTeX).
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-8004x2">Option <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">driverfallback</span>. If this option is set, its value is taken as driver option.
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-8006x3">Macro <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Hy at defaultdriver</span>. The macro takes a driver file name (without file extension).
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-8008x4">Package default is <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex</span>.</li></ol>
-<!--l. 588--><p class="noindent" >Many distributions are using a driver file <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertex.cfg </span>that define <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Hy at defaultdriver </span>with <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hdvips</span>. This
-is recommended because driver <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>provides much more features than <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex </span>for PDF
-generation.
-<a
- id="x1-8009r4"></a> <!--l. 594--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-5" class="longtable"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-5-1g"><col
-id="TBL-5-1"><col
-id="TBL-5-2"></colgroup>
-<tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-1-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">driverfallback </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-1-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 594--><p class="noindent" >Its value is used as driver option </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-2-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-2-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 595--><p class="noindent" >if the driver is not given or autodetected. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-3-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipdfm </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-3-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 596--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm </span>driver. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-4-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipdfmx </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-4-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 597--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfmx </span>driver. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-5-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvips </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-5-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 598--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>driver. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-6-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipsone </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-6-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 599--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>driver. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-7-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">dviwindo </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-7-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 600--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>Windows previewer. </td>
-
-
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-8-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-8-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 601--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the HyperTeX-compliant drivers. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-9-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">latex2html </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-9-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 602--><p class="noindent" >Redefines a few macros for compatibility with <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">latex2html</span>. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-10-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">nativepdf </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-10-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 603--><p class="noindent" >An alias for <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-11-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmark </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-11-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 604--><p class="noindent" >An alias for <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-12-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-12-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 605--><p class="noindent" >Sets up <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>for use with the <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex </span>program. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-13-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">ps2pdf </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-13-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 606--><p class="noindent" >Redefines a few macros for compatibility with Ghostscript’s PDF writer,
- otherwise identical to <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span>. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-14-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">tex4ht </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-14-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 609--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">TeX4ht</span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-15-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">textures </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-15-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 610--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">Textures</span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-16-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">vtex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-16-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 611--><p class="noindent" >For use with MicroPress’ <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">VTeX</span>; the PDF and HTML backends are detected
- automatically. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-17-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">vtexpdfmark </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-17-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 613--><p class="noindent" >For use with <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">VTeX</span>’s PostScript backend. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-18-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">xetex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-18-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 614--><p class="noindent" >For use with XeTeX (using backend for dvipdfm). </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-19-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-20-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-21-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-5-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-22-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-5-22-2"
-class="td10"></td></tr>
- </table></div>
-<!--l. 618--><p class="indent" > If you use <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo</span>, you may need to redefine the macro <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\wwwbrowser </span>(the default is
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">C:\netscape\netscape</span></span></span>) to tell <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>what program to launch. Thus, users of Internet Explorer might
-add something like this to hyperref.cfg:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11">
-\renewcommand{\wwwbrowser}{C:\string\Program\space
-  Files\string\Plus!\string\Microsoft\space
-  Internet\string\iexplore.exe}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 627--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 629--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.5 </span> <a
- id="x1-90003.5"></a>Extension options</h4>
-<a
- id="x1-9001r5"></a> <!--l. 631--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-6" class="longtable"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-6-1g"><col
-id="TBL-6-1"><col
-id="TBL-6-2"><col
-id="TBL-6-3"><col
-id="TBL-6-4"></colgroup>
-<tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">extension </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-2"
-class="td11"> text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-1-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 631--><p class="noindent" >Set the file extension (e.g. <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvi</span>) which will be
- appended to file links created if you use the <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">xr</span>
- package. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfigures </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-2-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 634--><p class="noindent" > </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">backref </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-2"
-class="td11"> text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-3-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 634--><p class="noindent" >Adds ‘backlink’ text to the end of each item in the
- bibliography, as a list of section numbers. This can
- only work properly <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">if </span>there is a blank line after each
- <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\bibitem</span></span></span>. Supported values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">section</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">slide</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">page</span></span></span>,
- <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">none</span></span></span>, or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">false</span></span></span>. If no value is given, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">section</span></span></span> is taken
- as default. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pagebackref </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-4-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 638--><p class="noindent" >Adds ‘backlink’ text to the end of each item in the
- bibliography, as a list of page numbers. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperindex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-5-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 640--><p class="noindent" >Makes the page
- numbers of index entries into hyperlinks. Relays on
- unique page anchors (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pageanchor</span></span></span>, …) <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pageanchors</span></span></span>
- and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages=false</span></span></span>. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-6-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 643--><p class="noindent" >Makes the footnote marks into hyperlinks to the
- footnote text. Easily broken … </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">encap </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-7-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 645--><p class="noindent" >Sets encap character for hyperindex </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">linktoc </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-2"
-class="td11"> text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">section </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-8-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 646--><p class="noindent" >make text (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">section</span></span></span>), page number (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">page</span></span></span>), both (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">all</span></span></span>)
- or nothing (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">none</span></span></span>) be link on TOC, LOF and LOT </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">linktocpage </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-9-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 647--><p class="noindent" >make page number, not text, be link on TOC, LOF
- and LOT </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">breaklinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-10-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 648--><p class="noindent" >allow links to break over lines by making links over
- multiple lines into PDF links to the same target </td>
-
-
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-11-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">colorlinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-11-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-11-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-11-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 650--><p class="noindent" >Colors the text of links and anchors. The colors
- chosen depend on the the type of link. At present
- the only types of link distinguished are citations,
- page references, URLs, local file references, and other
- links. Unlike colored boxes, the colored text remains
- when printing. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-12-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">linkcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-12-2"
-class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-12-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">red </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-12-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 655--><p class="noindent" >Color for normal internal links. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-13-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">anchorcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-13-2"
-class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-13-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">black </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-13-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 656--><p class="noindent" >Color for anchor text. Ignored by most drivers. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-14-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">citecolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-14-2"
-class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-14-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">green </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-14-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 657--><p class="noindent" >Color for bibliographical citations in text. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-15-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">filecolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-15-2"
-class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-15-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">cyan </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-15-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 658--><p class="noindent" >Color for URLs which open local files. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-16-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">menucolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-16-2"
-class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-16-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">red </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-16-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 659--><p class="noindent" >Color for Acrobat menu items. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-17-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">runcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-17-2"
-class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-17-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">filecolor </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-17-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 660--><p class="noindent" >Color for run links (launch annotations). </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-18-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">urlcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-18-2"
-class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-18-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">magenta </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-18-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 661--><p class="noindent" >Color for linked URLs. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-19-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">allcolors </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-19-2"
-class="td11"> color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-19-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-19-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 662--><p class="noindent" >Set all color options (without border and field
- options). </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-20-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">frenchlinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-20-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-20-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-20-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 663--><p class="noindent" >Use small caps instead of color for links. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-21-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-21-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-21-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-21-4"
-class="td10"></td></tr>
-<tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-22-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hidelinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-22-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-22-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-22-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 664--><p class="noindent" >Hide links (removing color and border). </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-23-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-23-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-24-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-24-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-25-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-25-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-26-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-26-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-6-27-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-6-27-1"
-class="td01"> </td></tr>
- </table></div>
-<!--l. 667--><p class="noindent" >Note that all color names must be defined before use, following the normal system of the standard
-LaTeX <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">color </span>package.
-<!--l. 670--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.6 </span> <a
- id="x1-100003.6"></a>PDF-specific display options</h4>
-<a
- id="x1-10001r6"></a> <!--l. 672--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-7" class="longtable"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-7-1g"><col
-id="TBL-7-1"><col
-id="TBL-7-2"><col
-id="TBL-7-3"><col
-id="TBL-7-4"></colgroup>
-<tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-1-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-1-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-1-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-1-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 672--><p class="noindent" >A set of Acrobat bookmarks are written, in a
- manner similar to the table of contents, requiring
- two passes of LaTeX. Some postprocessing of
- the bookmark file (file extension <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">.out</span>) may
- be needed to translate LaTeX codes, since
- bookmarks must be written in PDFEncoding. To
- aid this process, the <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">.out </span>file is not rewritten
- by LaTeX if it is edited to contain a line
- <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\let\WriteBookmarks\relax</span></span></span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksopen </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-2-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 678--><p class="noindent" >If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, show them
- with all the subtrees expanded. </td>
-
-
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksopenlevel </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-2"
-class="td11"> parameter </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-3-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 680--><p class="noindent" >level (<span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\maxdimen</span>) to which bookmarks are open</td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-4-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksnumbered </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-4-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-4-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-4-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 681--><p class="noindent" >If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, include
- section numbers. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarkstype </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-2"
-class="td11"> text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">toc </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-5-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 682--><p class="noindent" >to specify which ‘toc’ file to mimic </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-6-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">CJKbookmarks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-6-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-6-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-6-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 684--><p class="noindent" >This option should be used to produce CJK
- bookmarks. Package <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref</span></span></span> supports both
- normal and preprocessed mode of the <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">CJK</span>
- package; during the creation of bookmarks,
- it simply replaces CJK’s macros with special
- versions which expand to the corresponding
- character codes. Note that without the ‘unicode’
- option of hyperref you get PDF files which
- actually violate the PDF specification because
- non-Unicode character codes are used – some PDF
- readers localized for CJK languages (most notably
- Acroread itself) support this. Also note that
- option ‘CJKbookmarks’ cannot be used together
- with option ‘unicode’.
- <!--l. 696--><p class="noindent" >No mechanism is provided to
- translate non-Unicode bookmarks to Unicode; for
- portable PDF documents only Unicode encoding
- should be used. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfhighlight </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-2"
-class="td11"> name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">/I </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-7-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 699--><p class="noindent" >How link buttons behave when selected; /I is
- for inverse (the default); the other possibilities
- are /N (no effect), /O (outline), and /P (inset
- highlighting). </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">citebordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-2"
-class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">0 1 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-8-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 702--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around citations </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-9-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">filebordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-9-2"
-class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-9-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">0 .5 .5 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-9-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 703--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around links to files </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">linkbordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-2"
-class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">1 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-10-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 704--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around normal links </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-11-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">menubordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-11-2"
-class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-11-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">1 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-11-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 705--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around Acrobat menu links </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-12-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">urlbordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-12-2"
-class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-12-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">0 1 1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-12-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 706--><p class="noindent" >The color of the box around links to URLs </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">runbordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-2"
-class="td11"> RGB color </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">0 .7 .7 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-13-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 707--><p class="noindent" >Color of border around ‘run’ links </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">allbordercolors </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-14-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 708--><p class="noindent" >Set all border color options </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfborder </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">0 0 1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-15-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 709--><p class="noindent" >The style of box around links; defaults to a box
- with lines of 1pt thickness, but the colorlinks
- option resets it to produce no border. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-16-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-17-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-18-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-7-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-19-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-19-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-19-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-7-19-4"
-class="td10"></td></tr>
- </table></div>
-<!--l. 713--><p class="noindent" >Note that the color of link borders can be specified <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">only </span>as 3 numbers in the range 0..1, giving an RGB
-color. You cannot use colors defined in TeX. Since version 6.76a this is no longer true. Especially with
-the help of package <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">xcolor </span>the usual color specifications of package <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">(x)color </span>can be used. For further
-
-
-information see description of package <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hycolor</span>.
-<!--l. 720--><p class="indent" > The bookmark commands are stored in a file called <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">jobname</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">.out</span>. The files is not processed by
-LaTeX so any markup is passed through. You can postprocess this file as needed; as an aid
-for this, the <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">.out </span>file is not overwritten on the next TeX run if it is edited to contain the
-line
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12">
-\let\WriteBookmarks\relax
-</pre>
-<!--l. 727--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 729--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.7 </span> <a
- id="x1-110003.7"></a>PDF display and information options</h4>
-<a
- id="x1-11001r7"></a> <!--l. 731--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-8" class="longtable"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-8-1g"><col
-id="TBL-8-1"><col
-id="TBL-8-2"><col
-id="TBL-8-3"><col
-id="TBL-8-4"></colgroup>
-<tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-1-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">baseurl </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-1-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 731--><p class="noindent" >URL </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-1-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-1-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 731--><p class="noindent" >Sets the base URL of the PDF document </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-2-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagemode </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-2-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 732--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-2-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-2-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 732--><p class="noindent" >Determines how the file is opening in
- Acrobat; the possibilities are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseNone</span></span></span>,
- <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseThumbs</span></span></span> (show thumbnails), <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseOutlines</span></span></span>
- (show bookmarks), <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">FullScreen</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseOC</span></span></span> (PDF
- 1.5), and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseAttachments</span></span></span> (PDF 1.6). If no
- mode if explicitly chosen, but the bookmarks
- option is set, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseOutlines</span></span></span> is used. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-3-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftitle </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-3-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 737--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-3-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-3-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 737--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Title field </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-4-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfauthor </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-4-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 738--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-4-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-4-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 738--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Author field </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-5-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfsubject </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-5-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 739--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-5-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-5-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 739--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Subject field </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-6-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfcreator </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-6-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 740--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-6-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-6-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 740--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Creator field </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-7-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">addtopdfcreator </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-7-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 741--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-7-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-7-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 741--><p class="noindent" >Adds additional text to the document
- information Creator field </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-8-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfkeywords </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-8-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 742--><p class="noindent" >text </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-8-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-8-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 742--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Keywords field</td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-9-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftrapped </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-9-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 743--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-9-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-9-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 743--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Trapped entry.
- Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">True</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">False</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Unknown</span></span></span>.
- An empty value means, the entry is not set. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-10-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-10-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 746--><p class="noindent" >key
- value
- list </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-10-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-10-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 746--><p class="noindent" >Alternative interface for setting the document
- information. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-11-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-11-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 748--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-11-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">XYZ </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-11-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 748--><p class="noindent" >Sets the default PDF ‘view’ for each link </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-12-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartpage </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-12-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 749--><p class="noindent" >integer </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-12-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-12-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 749--><p class="noindent" >Determines on which page the PDF file is
- opened. An empty value means, the entry is
- not set. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-13-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartview </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-13-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 750--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-13-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-13-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 750--><p class="noindent" >Set the startup page view </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-14-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-14-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 751--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-14-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-14-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 751--><p class="noindent" >Set the startup page view of remote PDF files</td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-15-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagescrop </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-15-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 752--><p class="noindent" >n
- n
- n
- n </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-15-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-15-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 752--><p class="noindent" >Sets the default PDF crop box for pages. This
- should be a set of four numbers </td>
-
-
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-16-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfcenterwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-16-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 753--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-16-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-16-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 753--><p class="noindent" >position the document window in the center
- of the screen </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-17-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdirection </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-17-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 754--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-17-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-17-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 754--><p class="noindent" >direction setting. Possible values: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">L2R</span></span></span> (left to
- right) and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">R2L</span></span></span> (right to left) </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-18-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdisplaydoctitle </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-18-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 756--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-18-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-18-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 756--><p class="noindent" >display document title instead of file name in
- title bar </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-19-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfduplex </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-19-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 757--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-19-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-19-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 757--><p class="noindent" >paper handling option for print
- dialog. Possible vatues are: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Simplex</span></span></span> (print
- single-sided), <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">DuplexFlipShortEdge</span></span></span> (duplex
- and flip on the short edge of the sheet),
- <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">DuplexFlipLongEdge</span></span></span> (duplex and flip on the
- long edge of the sheet) </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-20-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdffitwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-20-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 762--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-20-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-20-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 762--><p class="noindent" >resize document window to fit document size </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-21-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-21-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-21-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-21-4"
-class="td10"></td></tr>
-<tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-22-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdflang </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-22-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 763--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-22-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">relax </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-22-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 763--><p class="noindent" >PDF language identifier (RFC 3066) </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-23-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-23-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmenubar </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-23-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 764--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-23-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-23-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 764--><p class="noindent" >make PDF viewer’s menu bar visible </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-24-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-24-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnewwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-24-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 765--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-24-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-24-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 765--><p class="noindent" >make links that open another PDF file start a
- new window </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-25-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-25-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnonfullscreenpagemode </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-25-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 767--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-25-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-25-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 767--><p class="noindent" >page mode setting on exiting full-screen mode.
- Possible values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseNone</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseOutlines</span></span></span>,
- <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseThumbs</span></span></span>, and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">UseOC</span></span></span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-26-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-26-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnumcopies </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-26-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 769--><p class="noindent" >integer </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-26-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-26-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 769--><p class="noindent" >number of printed copies </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-27-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-27-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelayout </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-27-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 770--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-27-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-27-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 770--><p class="noindent" >set layout of PDF pages. Possible values:
- <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">SinglePage</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">OneColumn</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoColumnLeft</span></span></span>,
- <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoColumnRight</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoPageLeft</span></span></span>, and
- <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoPageRight</span></span></span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-28-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-28-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelabels </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-28-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 774--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-28-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-28-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 774--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page labels </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-29-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-29-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagetransition </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-29-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 775--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-29-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-29-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 775--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page transition style. Possible values
- are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Split</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Blinds</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Box</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Wipe</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Dissolve</span></span></span>,
- <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Glitter</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">R</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Fly</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Push</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Cover</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Uncover</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Fade</span></span></span>.
- The default according to the PDF Reference
- is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">R</span></span></span>, which simply replaces the old page with
- the new one. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-30-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-30-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpicktraybypdfsize </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-30-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 784--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-30-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-30-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 784--><p class="noindent" >specify whether PDF page size is used to select
- input paper tray in print dialog </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-31-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-31-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintarea </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-31-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 785--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-31-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-31-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 785--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintArea of viewer preferences. Possible
- values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">MediaBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">BleedBox</span></span></span>,
- <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">TrimBox</span></span></span>, and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">ArtBox</span></span></span>. The dafault according
- to the PDF Refence is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span> </td>
-
-
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-32-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-32-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintclip </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-32-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 789--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-32-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-32-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 789--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintClip of viewer preferences. Possible
- values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">MediaBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">BleedBox</span></span></span>,
- <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">TrimBox</span></span></span>, and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">ArtBox</span></span></span>. The dafault according
- to the PDF Refence is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-33-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-33-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintpagerange </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-33-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 793--><p class="noindent" >n
- n
- (n
- n)* </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-33-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-33-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 794--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-34-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-34-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintscaling </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-34-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 795--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-34-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-34-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 795--><p class="noindent" >page scaling option for print dialog (option
- /PrintScaling of viewer preferences, PDF 1.6);
- valid values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">None</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">AppDefault</span></span></span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-35-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-35-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftoolbar </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-35-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 800--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-35-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-35-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 800--><p class="noindent" >make PDF toolbar visible </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-36-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-36-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfviewarea </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-36-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 801--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-36-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-36-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 801--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewArea of viewer preferences. Possible
- values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">MediaBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">BleedBox</span></span></span>,
- <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">TrimBox</span></span></span>, and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">ArtBox</span></span></span>. The dafault according
- to the PDF Refence is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-37-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-37-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfviewclip </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-37-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 805--><p class="noindent" >name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-37-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-37-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 805--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewClip of viewer preferences Possible
- values are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">MediaBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">BleedBox</span></span></span>,
- <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">TrimBox</span></span></span>, and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">ArtBox</span></span></span>. The dafault according
- to the PDF Refence is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">CropBox</span></span></span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-38-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-38-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfwindowui </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-38-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 809--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-38-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-38-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 809--><p class="noindent" >make PDF user interface elements visible </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-39-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-39-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-39-2"
-class="td11">
- <!--l. 810--><p class="noindent" >boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-39-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-39-4"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 810--><p class="noindent" >Unicode encoded PDF strings </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-40-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-40-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-41-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-41-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-42-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-42-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-8-43-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-8-43-1"
-class="td01"> </td></tr>
- </table></div>
-<!--l. 813--><p class="noindent" >Each link in Acrobat carries its own magnification level, which is set using PDF coordinate space, which
-is not the same as TeX’s. The unit is bp and the origin is in the lower left corner. See also <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypercalcbp</span></span></span>
-that is explained on page <a
-href="#x1-190004.3">46<!--tex4ht:ref: hypercalcbp --></a>. pdfTeX works by supplying default values for <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">XYZ </span>(horizontal <span
-class="lmsy-10">×</span>
-vertical <span
-class="lmsy-10">× </span>zoom) and <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitBH</span>. However, drivers using <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmark </span>do not supply defaults, so
-<span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>passes in a value of -32768, which causes Acrobat to set (usually) sensible defaults.
-The following are possible values for the <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview</span>, <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartview </span>and <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview</span>
-parameters.
-<a
- id="x1-11002r8"></a> <!--l. 826--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-9" class="longtable"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-9-1g"><col
-id="TBL-9-1"><col
-id="TBL-9-2"><col
-id="TBL-9-3"></colgroup>
-<tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-1-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">XYZ </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-1-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">left top zoom </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-1-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 826--><p class="noindent" >Sets a coordinate and a zoom factor. If any one
- is null, the source link value is used. <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">null null</span>
- <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">null </span>will give the same values as the current
- page. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-2-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-2-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-2-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 828--><p class="noindent" >Fits the page to the window. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-3-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitH </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-3-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">top </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-3-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 829--><p class="noindent" >Fits the width of the page to the window. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-4-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitV </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-4-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">left </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-4-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 830--><p class="noindent" >Fits the height of the page to the window. </td>
-
-
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-5-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitR </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-5-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">left bottom right top </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-5-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 831--><p class="noindent" >Fits the rectangle specified by the four
- coordinates to the window. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-6-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitB </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-6-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-6-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 832--><p class="noindent" >Fits the page bounding box to the window. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-7-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitBH </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-7-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">top </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-7-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 833--><p class="noindent" >Fits the width of the page bounding box to
- the window. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-8-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">FitBV </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-8-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">left </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-8-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 834--><p class="noindent" >Fits the height of the page bounding box to
- the window. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-9-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-10-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-11-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-12-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-9-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-13-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-13-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-9-13-3"
-class="td10"></td></tr>
- </table></div>
-<!--l. 837--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelayout </span>can be one of the following values.
-<a
- id="x1-11003r9"></a> <!--l. 840--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-10" class="longtable"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-10-1g"><col
-id="TBL-10-1"><col
-id="TBL-10-2"></colgroup>
-<tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-1-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">SinglePage </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-1-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 840--><p class="noindent" >Displays a single page; advancing flips the page </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-2-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">OneColumn </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-2-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 841--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in one column; continuous scrolling. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-3-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoColumnLeft </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-3-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 842--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to
- the left. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-4-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoColumnRight </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-4-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 843--><p class="noindent" >Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to
- the right. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-5-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoPageLeft </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-5-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 844--><p class="noindent" >Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the left (since PDF
- 1.5). </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-6-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">TwoPageRight </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-6-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 845--><p class="noindent" >Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the right (since PDF
- 1.5). </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-7-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-8-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-9-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-10-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-10-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-10-10-2"
-class="td10"></td></tr>
- </table></div>
-<!--l. 848--><p class="indent" > Finally, the <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagetransition </span>can be one of the following values, where <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">/Di </span>stands for direction of
-motion in degrees, generally in 90<sup><span
-class="lmsy7-">∘</span></sup> steps, <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">/Dm </span>is a horizontal (<span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">/H</span>) or vertical (<span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">/V</span>) dimension
-(e.g. <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Blinds /Dm /V</span>), and <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">/M </span>is for motion, either in (<span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">/I</span>) or out (<span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">/O</span>).
-<a
- id="x1-11004r10"></a> <!--l. 856--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-11" class="longtable"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-11-1g"><col
-id="TBL-11-1"><col
-id="TBL-11-2"><col
-id="TBL-11-3"></colgroup>
-<tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-1-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Blinds </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-1-2"
-class="td11"> /Dm </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-1-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 856--><p class="noindent" >Multiple lines distributed evenly across the screen sweep
- in the same direction to reveal the new page. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-2-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Box </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-2-2"
-class="td11"> /M </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-2-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 858--><p class="noindent" >A box sweeps in or out. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-3-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Dissolve </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-3-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-3-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 859--><p class="noindent" >The page image dissolves in a piecemeal fashion to reveal
- the new page. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-4-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Glitter </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-4-2"
-class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-4-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 860--><p class="noindent" >Similar to Dissolve, except the effect sweeps across the
- screen. </td>
-
-
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-5-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Split </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-5-2"
-class="td11"> /Dm /M </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-5-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 861--><p class="noindent" >Two lines sweep across the screen to reveal the new page.</td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-6-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Wipe </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-6-2"
-class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-6-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 862--><p class="noindent" >A single line sweeps across the screen to reveal the new
- page. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-7-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">R </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-7-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-7-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 863--><p class="noindent" >Simply replaces the old page with the new one. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-8-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Fly </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-8-2"
-class="td11"> /Di /M </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-8-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 864--><p class="noindent" >Changes are flown out or in (as specified by /M), in the
- direction specified by /Di, to or from a location that is
- offscreen except when /Di is None. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-9-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Push </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-9-2"
-class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-9-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 867--><p class="noindent" >The old page slides off the screen while the new page
- slides in, pushing the old page out in the direction
- specified by /Di. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-10-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Cover </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-10-2"
-class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-10-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 870--><p class="noindent" >The new page slides on to the screen in the direction
- specified by /Di, covering the old page. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-11-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Uncover </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-11-2"
-class="td11"> /Di </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-11-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 872--><p class="noindent" >The old page slides off the screen in the direction
- specified by /Di, uncovering the new page in the
- direction specified by /Di. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-12-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Fade </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-12-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-12-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 875--><p class="noindent" >The new page gradually becomes visible through the old
- one. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-13-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-14-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-15-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-11-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-16-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-16-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-11-16-3"
-class="td10"></td></tr>
- </table></div>
-<!--l. 879--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.8 </span> <a
- id="x1-120003.8"></a>Option <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo</span></h4>
-<!--l. 881--><p class="noindent" >The information entries can be set using <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftitle</span>, <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfsubject</span>, …. Option <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo </span>provides an alternative
-interface. It takes a key value list. The key names are the names that appear in the PDF information
-dictionary directly. Known keys such as <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Title</span>, <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Subject</span>, <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Trapped </span>and other are mapped to options
-<span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftitle</span>, <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">subject</span>, <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">trapped</span>, …Unknown keys are added to the information dictionary. Their values are text
-strings (see PDF specification). Example:
- <blockquote class="quote">
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13">
-\hypersetup{
-  pdfinfo={
-    Title={My Title},
-    Subject={My Subject},
-    NewKey={Foobar},
-    % ...
-  }
-}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 900--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
-<!--l. 903--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.9 </span> <a
- id="x1-130003.9"></a>Big alphabetical list</h4>
-<!--l. 905--><p class="noindent" >The following is a complete listing of available options for <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>, arranged alphabetically.
-<a
- id="x1-13001r11"></a> <!--l. 909--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-12" class="longtable"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-12-1g"><col
-id="TBL-12-1"><col
-id="TBL-12-2"><col
-id="TBL-12-3"></colgroup>
-<tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-1-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">allbordercolors </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-1-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-1-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 909--><p class="noindent" >Set all border color options </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-2-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">allcolors </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-2-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-2-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 910--><p class="noindent" >Set all color options (without border and field
- options) </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-3-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">anchorcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-3-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">black </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-3-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 911--><p class="noindent" >set color of anchors, ignored by most drivers. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-4-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">backref </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-4-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-4-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 912--><p class="noindent" >do bibliographical back references </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-5-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">baseurl </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-5-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-5-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 913--><p class="noindent" >set base URL for document </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-6-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-6-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-6-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 914--><p class="noindent" >make bookmarks </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-7-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksnumbered </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-7-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-7-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 915--><p class="noindent" >put section numbers in bookmarks </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-8-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksopen </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-8-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-8-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 916--><p class="noindent" >open up bookmark tree </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-9-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksopenlevel </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-9-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\maxdimen </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-9-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 917--><p class="noindent" >level to which bookmarks are open </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-10-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarkstype </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-10-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">toc </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-10-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 918--><p class="noindent" >to specify which ‘toc’ file to mimic </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-11-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">breaklinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-11-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-11-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 919--><p class="noindent" >allow links to break over lines </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-12-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">CJKbookmarks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-12-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-12-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 920--><p class="noindent" >to produce CJK bookmarks </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-13-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">citebordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-13-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">0 1 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-13-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 921--><p class="noindent" >color of border around cites </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-14-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">citecolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-14-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">green </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-14-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 922--><p class="noindent" >color of citation links </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-15-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">colorlinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-15-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-15-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 923--><p class="noindent" >color links </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-16-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-16-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-16-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 924--><p class="noindent" >(<span
-class="ec-lmss-10">tex4ht</span>, <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo</span>) </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-17-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">debug </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-17-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-17-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 925--><p class="noindent" >provide details of anchors defined; same as
- verbose </td>
-
-
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-18-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">destlabel </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-18-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-18-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 926--><p class="noindent" >destinations are named by the first <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span>
- after the anchor creation </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-19-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">draft </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-19-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-19-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 927--><p class="noindent" >do not do any hyperlinking </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-20-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">driverfallback </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-20-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-20-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 928--><p class="noindent" >default if no driver specified or detected </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-21-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-21-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-21-3"
-class="td10"></td></tr>
-<tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-22-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipdfm </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-22-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-22-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 929--><p class="noindent" >use <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfm </span>backend </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-23-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-23-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipdfmx </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-23-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-23-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 930--><p class="noindent" >use <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdfmx </span>backend </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-24-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-24-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvips </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-24-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-24-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 931--><p class="noindent" >use <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvips </span>backend </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-25-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-25-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">dvipsone </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-25-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-25-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 932--><p class="noindent" >use <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>backend </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-26-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-26-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">dviwindo </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-26-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-26-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 933--><p class="noindent" >use <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>backend </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-27-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-27-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">encap </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-27-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-27-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 934--><p class="noindent" >to set encap character for hyperindex </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-28-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-28-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">extension </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-28-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">dvi </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-28-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 935--><p class="noindent" >suffix of linked files </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-29-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-29-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">filebordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-29-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">0 .5 .5 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-29-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 936--><p class="noindent" >color of border around file links </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-30-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-30-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">filecolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-30-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">cyan </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-30-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 937--><p class="noindent" >color of file links </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-31-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-31-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">final </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-31-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-31-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 938--><p class="noindent" >opposite of option draft </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-32-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-32-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">frenchlinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-32-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-32-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 939--><p class="noindent" >use small caps instead of color for links </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-33-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-33-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hidelinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-33-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-33-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 940--><p class="noindent" >Hide links (removing color and border) </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-34-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-34-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfigures </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-34-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-34-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 941--><p class="noindent" >make figures hyper links </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-35-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-35-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-35-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-35-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 942--><p class="noindent" >set up hyperlinked footnotes </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-36-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-36-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperindex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-36-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-36-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 943--><p class="noindent" >set up hyperlinked indices </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-37-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-37-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-37-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-37-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 944--><p class="noindent" >use <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">HyperTeX </span>backend </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-38-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-38-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypertexnames </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-38-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-38-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 945--><p class="noindent" >use guessable names for links </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-39-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-39-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">implicit </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-39-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-39-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 946--><p class="noindent" >redefine LaTeX internals </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-40-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-40-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">latex2html </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-40-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-40-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 947--><p class="noindent" >use <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">LaTeX2HTML </span>backend </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-41-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-41-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">linkbordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-41-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">1 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-41-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 948--><p class="noindent" >color of border around links </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-42-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-42-1"
-class="td01"> </td></tr>
-<tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-43-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-43-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">linkcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-43-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">red </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-43-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 949--><p class="noindent" >color of links </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-44-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-44-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">linktoc </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-44-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">section </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-44-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 950--><p class="noindent" >make text be link on TOC, LOF and LOT </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-45-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-45-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">linktocpage </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-45-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-45-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 951--><p class="noindent" >make page number, not text, be link on TOC,
- LOF and LOT </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-46-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-46-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">menubordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-46-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">1 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-46-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 952--><p class="noindent" >color of border around menu links </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-47-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-47-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">menucolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-47-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">red </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-47-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 953--><p class="noindent" >color for menu links </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-48-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-48-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">nativepdf </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-48-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-48-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 954--><p class="noindent" >an alias for <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-49-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-49-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">naturalnames </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-49-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-49-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 955--><p class="noindent" >use LaTeX-computed names for links </td>
-
-
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-50-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-50-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">nesting </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-50-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-50-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 956--><p class="noindent" >allow nesting of links </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-51-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-51-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pageanchor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-51-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-51-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 957--><p class="noindent" >put an anchor on every page </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-52-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-52-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pagebackref </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-52-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-52-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 958--><p class="noindent" >backreference by page number </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-53-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-53-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfauthor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-53-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-53-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 959--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Author field </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-54-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-54-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfborder </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-54-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">0 0 1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-54-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 960--><p class="noindent" >width of PDF link border </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-55-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-55-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-55-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">0 0 0 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-55-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 961--><p class="noindent" >(<span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">colorlinks)</span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-56-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-56-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfborderstyle </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-56-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-56-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 962--><p class="noindent" >border style for links </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-57-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-57-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfcenterwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-57-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-57-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 963--><p class="noindent" >position the document window in the center
- of the screen </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-58-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-58-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfcreator </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-58-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">LaTeX with </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-58-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 964--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Creator field </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-59-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-59-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-59-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">hyperref </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-59-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 966--><p class="noindent" > </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-60-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-60-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdirection </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-60-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-60-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 966--><p class="noindent" >direction setting </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-61-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-61-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdisplaydoctitle </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-61-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-61-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 967--><p class="noindent" >display document title instead of file name in
- title bar </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-62-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-62-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfduplex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-62-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-62-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 969--><p class="noindent" >paper handling option for print dialog </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-63-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-63-1"
-class="td01"> </td></tr>
-<tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-64-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-64-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdffitwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-64-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-64-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 971--><p class="noindent" >resize document window to fit document size </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-65-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-65-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfhighlight </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-65-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">/I </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-65-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 972--><p class="noindent" >set highlighting of PDF links </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-66-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-66-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfinfo </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-66-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-66-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 973--><p class="noindent" >alternative interface for setting document
- information </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-67-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-67-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfkeywords </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-67-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-67-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 974--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Keywords field </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-68-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-68-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdflang </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-68-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">relax </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-68-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 975--><p class="noindent" >PDF language identifier (RFC 3066) </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-69-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-69-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmark </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-69-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-69-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 976--><p class="noindent" >an alias for <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvips</span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-70-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-70-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfmenubar </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-70-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-70-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 977--><p class="noindent" >make PDF viewer’s menu bar visible </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-71-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-71-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnewwindow </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-71-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-71-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 978--><p class="noindent" >make links that open another PDF </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-72-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-72-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-72-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-72-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 979--><p class="noindent" >file start a new window </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-73-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-73-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnonfullscreenpagemode </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-73-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-73-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 981--><p class="noindent" >page mode setting on exiting full-screen mode</td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-74-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-74-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnumcopies </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-74-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-74-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 983--><p class="noindent" >number of printed copies </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-75-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-75-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelabels </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-75-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-75-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 984--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page labels </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-76-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-76-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagelayout </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-76-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-76-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 985--><p class="noindent" >set layout of PDF pages </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-77-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-77-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagemode </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-77-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-77-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 986--><p class="noindent" >set default mode of PDF display </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-78-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-78-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagescrop </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-78-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-78-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 987--><p class="noindent" >set crop size of PDF document </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-79-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-79-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpagetransition </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-79-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-79-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 988--><p class="noindent" >set PDF page transition style </td>
-
-
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-80-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-80-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfpicktraybypdfsize </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-80-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-80-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 990--><p class="noindent" >set option for print dialog </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-81-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-81-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintarea </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-81-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-81-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 991--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintArea of viewer preferences </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-82-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-82-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintclip </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-82-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-82-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 992--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintClip of viewer preferences </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-83-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-83-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintpagerange </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-83-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-83-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 993--><p class="noindent" >set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-84-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-84-1"
-class="td01"> </td></tr>
-<tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-85-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-85-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfprintscaling </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-85-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-85-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 994--><p class="noindent" >page scaling option for print dialog </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-86-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-86-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfproducer </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-86-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-86-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 995--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Producer field </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-87-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-87-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-87-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-87-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 996--><p class="noindent" >starting view of remote PDF documents </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-88-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-88-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartpage </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-88-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-88-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 997--><p class="noindent" >page at which PDF document opens </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-89-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-89-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartview </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-89-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">Fit </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-89-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 998--><p class="noindent" >starting view of PDF document </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-90-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-90-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfsubject </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-90-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-90-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 999--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Subject field </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-91-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-91-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-91-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-91-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1000--><p class="noindent" >use <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">pdfTeX </span>backend </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-92-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-92-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftitle </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-92-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-92-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1001--><p class="noindent" >text for PDF Title field </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-93-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-93-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftoolbar </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-93-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-93-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1002--><p class="noindent" >make PDF toolbar visible </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-94-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-94-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdftrapped </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-94-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-94-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1003--><p class="noindent" >Sets the document information Trapped entry.
- Possible values are <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">True</span>, <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">False </span>and <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Unknown</span>.
- An empty value means, the entry is not set. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-95-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-95-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-95-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">XYZ </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-95-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1006--><p class="noindent" >PDF ‘view’ when on link traversal </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-96-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-96-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfviewarea </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-96-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-96-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1007--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewArea of viewer preferences </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-97-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-97-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfviewclip </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-97-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">empty </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-97-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1008--><p class="noindent" >set /ViewClip of viewer preferences </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-98-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-98-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfwindowui </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-98-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-98-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1009--><p class="noindent" >make PDF user interface elements visible </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-99-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-99-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-99-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-99-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1010--><p class="noindent" >do page number anchors as plain Arabic </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-100-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-100-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">ps2pdf </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-100-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-100-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1011--><p class="noindent" >use <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">ps2pdf </span>backend </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-101-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-101-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">psdextra </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-101-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-101-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1012--><p class="noindent" >define more short names for PDF string
- commands </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-102-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-102-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">raiselinks </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-102-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-102-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1013--><p class="noindent" >raise up links (for <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">HyperTeX </span>backend) </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-103-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-103-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">runbordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-103-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">0 .7 .7 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-103-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1014--><p class="noindent" >color of border around ‘run’ links </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-104-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-104-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">runcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-104-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">filecolor </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-104-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1015--><p class="noindent" >color of ‘run’ links </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-105-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-105-1"
-class="td01"> </td></tr>
-<tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-106-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-106-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">setpagesize </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-106-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-106-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1016--><p class="noindent" >set page size by special driver commands </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-107-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-107-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">tex4ht </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-107-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-107-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1017--><p class="noindent" >use <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">TeX4ht </span>backend </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-108-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-108-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">textures </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-108-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-108-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1018--><p class="noindent" >use <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">Textures </span>backend </td>
-
-
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-109-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-109-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">unicode </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-109-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">true </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-109-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1019--><p class="noindent" >Unicode encoded pdf strings, starting with
- version 2021-02-04 v7.00g set by default to
- true for all engines. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-110-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-110-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">urlbordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-110-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">0 1 1 </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-110-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1020--><p class="noindent" >color of border around URL links </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-111-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-111-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">urlcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-111-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">magenta </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-111-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1021--><p class="noindent" >color of URL links </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-112-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-112-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">verbose </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-112-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-112-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1022--><p class="noindent" >be chatty </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-113-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-113-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">vtex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-113-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-113-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1023--><p class="noindent" >use <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">VTeX </span>backend </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-114-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-114-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">xetex </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-114-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-114-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1024--><p class="noindent" >use <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">XeTeX </span>backend </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-115-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-115-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-116-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-116-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-117-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-117-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-118-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-118-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-12-119-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-12-119-1"
-class="td01"> </td></tr>
- </table></div>
-<!--l. 1027--><p class="noindent" >
- <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4 </span> <a
- id="x1-140004"></a>Additional user macros</h3>
-<!--l. 1029--><p class="noindent" >If you need to make references to URLs, or write explicit links, the following low-level user macros are
-provided:
-<!--l. 1032--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-13" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-13-1g"><col
-id="TBL-13-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-13-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-13-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\href</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">options</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">]</span></span></span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1036--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is made a hyperlink to the <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span>; this must be a full URL (relative to the base URL, if that is
-defined). The special characters # and ˜ do <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">not </span>need to be escaped in any way (unless the command is
-used in the argument of another command).
-<!--l. 1041--><p class="indent" > The optional argument <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">options </span>recognizes the hyperref options <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview</span>, <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfnewwindow</span>
-and the following key value options:
- <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmvtk-10">page</span><span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">Specifies the start page number of remote PDF documents. First page is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">1</span></span></span>.
- </dd><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmvtk-10">ismap</span><span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">Boolean key, if set to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">true</span></span></span>, the URL should appended by the coordinates as query
- parameters by the PDF viewer.
- </dd><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmvtk-10">nextactionraw</span><span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">The value of key <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">/Next</span></span></span> of action dictionaries, see PDF specification.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 1054--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-14" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-14-1g"><col
-id="TBL-14-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-14-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-14-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1058--><p class="noindent" >Similar to <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\href</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\nolinkurl</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}}</span></span></span>. Depending on the driver <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\href</span></span></span> also tries to detect the link
-type. Thus the result can be a url link, file link, …
-<!--l. 1063--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-15" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-15-1g"><col
-id="TBL-15-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-15-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-15-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\nolinkurl</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1067--><p class="noindent" >Write <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">URL </span>in the same way as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span></span></span>, without creating a hyperlink.
-
-<!--l. 1070--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-16" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-16-1g"><col
-id="TBL-16-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-16-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-16-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperbaseurl</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1074--><p class="noindent" >A base <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">URL </span>is established, which is prepended to other specified URLs, to make it easier to write
-portable documents.
-<!--l. 1077--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-17" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-17-1g"><col
-id="TBL-17-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-17-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-17-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperimage</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">imageURL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1081--><p class="noindent" >The link to the image referenced by the URL is inserted, using <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>as the anchor.
-<!--l. 1084--><p class="indent" > For drivers that produce HTML, the image itself is inserted by the browser, with the <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>being
-ignored completely.
-<!--l. 1087--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-18" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-18-1g"><col
-id="TBL-18-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-18-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-18-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperdef</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">category</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1091--><p class="noindent" >A target area of the document (the <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">text</span>) is marked, and given the name <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">category.name</span>
-<!--l. 1094--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-19" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-19-1g"><col
-id="TBL-19-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-19-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-19-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperref</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">URL</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">category</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1098--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is made into a link to <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">URL#category.name</span>
-<!--l. 1100--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-20" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-20-1g"><col
-id="TBL-20-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-20-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-20-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperref</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1104--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is made into a link to the same place as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> would be linked.
-<!--l. 1108--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-21" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-21-1g"><col
-id="TBL-21-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-21-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-21-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperlink</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1111--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-22" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-22-1g"><col
-id="TBL-22-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-22-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-22-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1115--><p class="noindent" >A simple internal link is created with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget</span></span></span>, with two parameters of an anchor <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">name</span>, and anchor
-<span
-class="ec-lmri-10">text</span>. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperlink</span></span></span> has two arguments, the name of a hypertext object defined somewhere by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget</span></span></span>,
-and the <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>which be used as the link on the page.
-<!--l. 1121--><p class="indent" > Note that in HTML parlance, the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperlink</span></span></span> command inserts a notional # in front of each link,
-making it relative to the current testdocument; <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\href</span></span></span> expects a full URL.
-<!--l. 1125--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-23" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-23-1g"><col
-id="TBL-23-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-23-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-23-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\phantomsection </span></td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1129--><p class="noindent" >This sets an anchor at this location. It works similar to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypertarget{}{}</span></span></span> with an automatically chosen
-anchor name. Often it is used in conjunction with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> for sectionlike things (index,
-bibliography, preface). <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> refers to the latest previous location where an anchor is set.
-Example:
- <blockquote class="quote">
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14">
-\cleardoublepage
-\phantomsection
-\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname}
-\printindex
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1142--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
-<!--l. 1144--><p class="noindent" >Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index page,
-not to a location before this page.
-<!--l. 1148--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-24" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-24-1g"><col
-id="TBL-24-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-24-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-24-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1152--><p class="noindent" >This is a replacement for the usual <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref</span></span></span> command that places a contextual label in front of the reference.
-This gives your users a bigger target to click for hyperlinks (e.g. ‘section 2’ instead of merely the number
-‘2’).
-<!--l. 1158--><p class="indent" > The label is worked out from the context of the original <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span> command by <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>by using the
-macros listed below (shown with their default values). The macros can be (re)defined in documents using
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\(re)newcommand</span></span></span>; note that some of these macros are already defined in the standard document
-classes. The mixture of lowercase and uppercase initial letters is deliberate and corresponds to the
-author’s practice.
-<!--l. 1166--><p class="indent" > For each macro below, <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>checks <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\*autorefname </span>before <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\*name</span>. For instance, it looks for
-<span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\figureautorefname </span>before <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\figurename</span>.
-<a
- id="x1-14001r12"></a> <!--l. 1171--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-25" class="longtable"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-25-1g"><col
-id="TBL-25-1"><col
-id="TBL-25-2"></colgroup>
-<tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-1-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">Macro </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-1-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1171--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">Default</span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-2-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\figurename </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-2-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1172--><p class="noindent" >Figure </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-3-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\tablename </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-3-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1173--><p class="noindent" >Table </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-4-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\partname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-4-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1174--><p class="noindent" >Part </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-5-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\appendixname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-5-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1175--><p class="noindent" >Appendix </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-6-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\equationname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-6-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1176--><p class="noindent" >Equation </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-7-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Itemname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-7-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1177--><p class="noindent" >item </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-8-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\chaptername </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-8-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1178--><p class="noindent" >chapter </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-9-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\sectionname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-9-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1179--><p class="noindent" >section </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-10-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\subsectionname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-10-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1180--><p class="noindent" >subsection </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-11-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\subsubsectionname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-11-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1181--><p class="noindent" >subsubsection </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-12-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\paragraphname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-12-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1182--><p class="noindent" >paragraph </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-13-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Hfootnotename </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-13-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1183--><p class="noindent" >footnote </td>
-
-
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-14-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\AMSname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-14-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1184--><p class="noindent" >Equation </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-15-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theoremname </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-15-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1185--><p class="noindent" >Theorem </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-16-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\page </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-16-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 1186--><p class="noindent" >page </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-17-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-18-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-19-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-20-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-25-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-21-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-25-21-2"
-class="td10"></td></tr>
- </table></div>
-<!--l. 1189--><p class="indent" > Example for a redefinition if <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">babel </span>is used:
- <blockquote class="quote">
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15">
-\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}
-\addto\extrasngerman{%
-  \def\subsectionautorefname{Unterkapitel}%
-}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1196--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
-<!--l. 1199--><p class="indent" > Hint: <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref </span>works via the counter name that the reference is based on. Sometimes <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref</span>
-chooses the wrong name, if the counter is used for different things. For example, it happens with
-<span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem </span>if a lemma shares a counter with theorems. Then package <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">aliascnt </span>provides a method to
-generate a simulated second counter that allows the differentiation between theorems and
-lemmas:
- <blockquote class="quote">
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16">
-\documentclass{article}
-
-\usepackage{aliascnt}
-\usepackage{hyperref}
-
-\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}
-
-\newaliascnt{lemma}{theorem}
-\newtheorem{lemma}[lemma]{Lemma}
-\aliascntresetthe{lemma}
-
-\providecommand*{\lemmaautorefname}{Lemma}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-We will use \autoref{a} to prove \autoref{b}.
-
-\begin{lemma}\label{a}
-  Nobody knows.
-\end{lemma}
-
-\begin{theorem}\label{b}
-  Nobody is right.
-\end{theorem}.
-
-\end{document}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1234--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
-<!--l. 1237--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-26" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-26-1g"><col
-id="TBL-26-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-26-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-26-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autopageref</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1241--><p class="noindent" >It replaces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pageref</span></span></span> and adds the name for page in front of the page reference. First <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pageautorefname</span>
-is checked before <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pagename</span>.
-<!--l. 1246--><p class="indent" > For instances where you want a reference to use the correct counter, but not to create a
-link, there are starred forms (these starred forms exist even if hyperref has been loaded with
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">implicit=false</span></span></span>):
-<!--l. 1250--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-27" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-27-1g"><col
-id="TBL-27-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-27-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-27-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref*</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1254--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-28" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-28-1g"><col
-id="TBL-28-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-28-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-28-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pageref*</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1258--><p class="noindent" >
-
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-29" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-29-1g"><col
-id="TBL-29-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-29-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-29-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref*</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1262--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-30" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-30-1g"><col
-id="TBL-30-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-30-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-30-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autopageref*</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1266--><p class="indent" > A typical use would be to write
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17">
-\hyperref[other]{that nice section (\ref*{other}) we read before}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1269--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 1271--><p class="indent" > We want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref*{other}</span></span></span> to generate the correct number, but not to form a link, since we do this
-ourselves with <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperref</span>.
-<!--l. 1274--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-31" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-31-1g"><col
-id="TBL-31-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-31-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-31-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">macroname</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">TeXstring</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1278--><p class="indent" > <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef </span>returns a macro containing the PDF string. (Currently this is done globally, but do not
-rely on it.) All the following tasks, definitions and redefinitions are made in a group to keep them
-local:
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">Switching to PD1 or PU encoding
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Defining the “octal sequence commands” (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\345</span></span></span>): <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\edef\3{\string\3}</span></span></span>
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Special glyphs of TeX: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\{</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\%</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\&</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\space</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\dots</span></span></span>, etc.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">National glyphs (<span
-class="ec-lmss-10">german.sty</span>, <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">french.sty</span>, etc.)
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Logos: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\TeX</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\eTeX</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MF</span></span></span>, etc.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Disabling commands that do not provide useful functionality in bookmarks: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\index</span></span></span>,
- <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\glossary</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\discretionary</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\def</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\let</span></span></span>, etc.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">LaTeX’s font commands like <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textbf</span></span></span>, etc.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Support for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\xspace</span></span></span> provided by the <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">xspace </span>package</li></ul>
-<!--l. 1294--><p class="indent" > In addition, parentheses are protected to avoid the danger of unsafe unbalanced parentheses in
-the PDF string. For further details, see Heiko Oberdiek’s EuroTeX paper distributed with
-<span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>.
-<!--l. 1298--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-32" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-32-1g"><col
-id="TBL-32-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-32-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-32-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\begin</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{NoHyper}</span></span></span>…<span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\end</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{NoHyper}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1301--><p class="indent" > Sometimes we just don’t want the wretched package interfering with us. Define an environment we
-can put in manually, or include in a style file, which stops the hypertext functions doing anything.
-This is used, for instance, in the Elsevier classes, to stop <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref</span></span></span> playing havoc in the front
-matter.
-
-
-<!--l. 1307--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1 </span> <a
- id="x1-150004.1"></a>Bookmark macros</h4>
-<!--l. 1309--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1.1 </span> <a
- id="x1-160004.1.1"></a>Setting bookmarks</h5>
-<!--l. 1311--><p class="noindent" >Usually <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>automatically adds bookmarks for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\section</span></span></span> and similar macros. But they can also set
-manually.
-<!--l. 1314--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-33" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-33-1g"><col
-id="TBL-33-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-33-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-33-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfbookmark</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">level</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span>text<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1317--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark with the specified text and at the given level (default is 0). As name for the
-internal anchor name is used (in conjunction with level). Therefore the name must be unique (similar to
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span>).
-<!--l. 1321--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-34" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-34-1g"><col
-id="TBL-34-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-34-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-34-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\currentpdfbookmark</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1324--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark at the current level.
-<!--l. 1326--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-35" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-35-1g"><col
-id="TBL-35-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-35-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-35-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\subpdfbookmark</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1329--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark one step down in the bookmark hierarchy. Internally the current level is increased
-by one.
-<!--l. 1332--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-36" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-36-1g"><col
-id="TBL-36-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-36-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-36-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\belowpdfbookmark</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">name</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1335--><p class="indent" > creates a bookmark below the current bookmark level. However after the command the current
-bookmark level has not changed.
-<!--l. 1338--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">Hint: </span>Package <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">bookmark </span>replaces <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>’s bookmark organization by a new algorithm:
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">Usually only one LaTeX run is needed.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">More control over the bookmark appearance (color, font).
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Different bookmark actions are supported (external file links, URLs, …).</li></ul>
-<!--l. 1346--><p class="noindent" >Therefore I recommend using this package.
-<!--l. 1348--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1.2 </span> <a
- id="x1-170004.1.2"></a>Replacement macros</h5>
-<!--l. 1350--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>takes the text for bookmarks from the arguments of commands like <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\section</span>, which can
-contain things like math, colors, or font changes, none of which will display in bookmarks as
-is.
-
-
-<!--l. 1354--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-37" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-37-1g"><col
-id="TBL-37-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-37-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-37-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">TeXstring</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">PDFstring</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1358--><p class="indent" > For example,
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18">
-\section{Pythagoras:
-  \texorpdfstring{$ a^2 + b^2 = c^2 $}{%
-    a\texttwosuperior\ + b\texttwosuperior\ =
-    c\texttwosuperior
-  }%
-}
-\section{\texorpdfstring{\textcolor{red}}{}{Red} Mars}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1367--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 1369--><p class="indent" > <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef </span>executes the hook before it expands the string. Therefore, you can use this hook to
-perform additional tasks or to disable additional commands.
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19">
-\expandafter\def\expandafter\pdfstringdefPreHook
-\expandafter{%
-  \pdfstringdefPreHook
-  \renewcommand{\mycommand}[1]{}%
-}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1379--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 1381--><p class="indent" > However, for disabling commands, an easier way is via <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdefDisableCommands</span>, which adds
-its argument to the definition of <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdefPreHook </span>(‘@’ can here be used as letter in command
-names):
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20">
-\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{%
-  \let~\textasciitilde
-  \def\url{\pdfstringdefWarn\url}%
-  \let\textcolor\@gobble
-}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1392--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 1394--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.2 </span> <a
- id="x1-180004.2"></a>Pagelabels</h4>
-<!--l. 1395--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-38" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-38-1g"><col
-id="TBL-38-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-38-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-38-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\thispdfpagelabel</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">page number format</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1399--><p class="noindent" >This allows to change format of the page number shown in the tool bar of a PDF viewer for a specific
-page, for example
-<!--l. 1402--><p class="indent" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\thispdfpagelabel{Empty</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> Page-\roman{page}}</span></span></span>
-<!--l. 1404--><p class="indent" > The command affects the page on which it is executed, so asynchronous page breaking should be
-taken into account. It should be used in places where for example <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\thispagestyle</span></span></span> can be use
-too.
-<!--l. 1407--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3 </span> <a
- id="x1-190004.3"></a>Utility macros</h4>
-<!--l. 1410--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-39" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-39-1g"><col
-id="TBL-39-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-39-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-39-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypercalcbp</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">dimen specification</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 1413--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypercalcbp</span></span></span> takes a TeX dimen specification and converts it to bp and returns the number
-without the unit. This is useful for options <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfview</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfstartview</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfremotestartview</span></span></span>.
-Example:
- <blockquote class="quote">
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-21">
-\hypersetup{
-  pdfstartview={FitBH \hypercalcbp{\paperheight-\topmargin-1in
-    -\headheight-\headsep}
-}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 1425--><p class="nopar" ></blockquote>
-<!--l. 1427--><p class="noindent" >The origin of the PDF coordinate system is the lower left corner.
-<!--l. 1429--><p class="indent" > Note, for calculations you need either package <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">calc </span>or <span
-class="lmmi-10">ε</span>-<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span>. Nowadays the latter should
-automatically be enabled for <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> formats. Users without <span
-class="lmmi-10">ε</span>-<span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span>, please, look in the source
-documentation <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.dtx</span></span></span> for further limitations.
-<!--l. 1435--><p class="indent" > Also <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypercalcbp </span>cannot be used in option specifications of <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\documentclass </span>and <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage</span>,
-because <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> expands the option lists of these commands. However package <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>is not yet loaded
-and an undefined control sequence error would arise.
-<!--l. 1442--><p class="noindent" >
- <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5 </span> <a
- id="x1-200005"></a>New Features<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="manual5.html#fn4x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">4</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-20001f4"></a> </h3>
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.1 </span> <a
- id="x1-210005.1"></a>Option ‘pdflinkmargin’</h4>
-<!--l. 1447--><p class="noindent" >Option ‘pdflinkmargin’ is an experimental option for specifying a link margin, if the driver supports this.
-Default is 1 pt for supporting drivers.
-<!--l. 1452--><p class="indent" >
- <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">pdfTeX</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">The link area also depends on the surrounding box.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Settings have local effect.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">When a page is shipped out, pdfTeX uses the current setting of the link margin for all
- links on the page.</li></ul>
- </dd><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">pdfmark</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">Settings have global effect.</li></ul>
- </dd><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">xetex</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">
-
-
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">Settings must be done in the preamble or the first page and then have global effect.
- The key inserts the new (x)dvipdfmx special <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special{dvipdfmx:config</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> g</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> #1}</span></span></span> (with
- the unit removed).</li></ul>
- </dd><dt class="description">
-<span
-class="ec-lmbx-10">Other drivers</span> </dt><dd
-class="description">Unsupported.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 1477--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.2 </span> <a
- id="x1-220005.2"></a>Field option ‘calculatesortkey’</h4>
-<!--l. 1479--><p class="noindent" >Fields with calculated values are calculated in document order by default. If calculated field values
-depend on other calculated fields that appear later in the document, then the correct calculation order
-can be specified with option ‘calculatesortkey’. Its value is used as key to lexicographically sort the
-calculated fields. The sort key do not need to be unique. Fields that share the same key are sorted in
-document order.
-<!--l. 1489--><p class="indent" > Currently the field option ‘calculatesortkey’ is only supported by the driver for pdfTeX.
-<!--l. 1493--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.3 </span> <a
- id="x1-230005.3"></a>Option ‘localanchorname’</h4>
-<!--l. 1495--><p class="noindent" >When an anchor is set (e.g. via <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\refstepcounter</span></span></span>, then the anchor name is globally set to the current
-anchor name.
-<!--l. 1499--><p class="indent" > For example:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22">
-    \section{Foobar}
-    \begin{equation}\end{equation}
-    \label{sec:foobar}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1504--><p class="nopar" > With the default global setting (localanchorname=false) a reference to ‘sec:foobar’ jumps to the
-equation before. With option ‘localanchorname’ the anchor of the equation is forgotten after the
-environment and the reference ‘sec:foobar’ jumps to the section title.
-<!--l. 1512--><p class="indent" > Option ‘localanchorname’ is an experimental option, there might be situations, where the anchor
-name is not available as expected.
-<!--l. 1517--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.4 </span> <a
- id="x1-240005.4"></a>Option ‘customdriver’</h4>
-<!--l. 1519--><p class="noindent" >The value of option ‘customdriver’ is the name of an external driver file without extension ‘.def’. The file
-must have <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ProvidesFile</span></span></span> with a version date and number that match the date and number of ‘hyperref’,
-otherwise a warning is given.
-<!--l. 1524--><p class="indent" > Because the interface, what needs to be defined in the driver, is not well defined and
-quite messy, the option is mainly intended to ease developing, testing, debugging the driver
-part.
-<!--l. 1529--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.5 </span> <a
- id="x1-250005.5"></a>Option ‘psdextra’</h4>
-<!--l. 1531--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX’s NFSS is used to assist the conversion of arbitrary TeX strings to PDF strings (bookmarks, PDF
-information entries). Many math command names (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\geq</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\notin</span></span></span>, ...) are not in control of NFSS,
-therefore they are defined with prefix ‘text’ (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textgeq</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textnotin</span></span></span>, ...). They can be mapped to short
-names during the processing to PDF strings. The disadvantage is that they are many hundreds macros
-that need to be redefined for each PDF string conversion. Therefore this can be enabled or disabled
-as option ‘psdextra’. On default the option is turned off (set to ‘false’). Turning the option
-on means that the short names are available. Then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\geq</span></span></span> can directly be used instead of
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textgeq</span></span></span>.
-<!--l. 1545--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.6 </span> <a
- id="x1-260005.6"></a>\XeTeXLinkBox</h4>
-<!--l. 1547--><p class="noindent" >When XeTeX generates a link annotation, it does not look at the boxes (as the other drivers), but only
-at the character glyphs. If there are no glyphs (images, rules, ...), then it does not generate a link
-annotation. Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\XeTeXLinkBox</span></span></span> puts its argument in a box and adds spaces at the lower left and
-upper right corners. An additional margin can be specified by setting it to the dimen register
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\XeTeXLinkMargin</span></span></span>. The default is 2pt.
-<!--l. 1556--><p class="indent" > Example:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23">
-    % xelatex
-    \documentclass{article}
-    \usepackage{hyperref}
-    \setlength{\XeTeXLinkMargin}{1pt}
-    \begin{document}
-    \section{Hello World}
-    \newpage
-    \label{sec:hello}
-    \hyperref[sec:hello]{%
-      \XeTeXLinkBox{\rule{10mm}{10mm}}%
-    }
-    \end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1572--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 1574--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.7 </span> <a
- id="x1-270005.7"></a>\IfHyperBooleanExists and \IfHyperBoolean</h4>
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24">
- \IfHyperBooleanExists{OPTION}{YES}{NO}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1577--><p class="nopar" > If a hyperref OPTION is a boolean, that means it takes values ‘true’ or ‘false’, then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\IfHyperBooleanExists</span></span></span>
-calls YES, otherwise NO.
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25">
- \IfHyperBoolean{OPTION}{YES}{NO}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1584--><p class="nopar" > Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\IfHyperBoolean</span></span></span> calls YES, if OPTION exists as boolean and is enabled. Otherwise NO is
-executed.
-<!--l. 1590--><p class="indent" > Both macros are expandable. Additionally option ‘stoppedearly’ is available. It is enabled if
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MaybeStopEarly</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MaybeStopNow</span></span></span> end hyperref prematurely.
-<!--l. 1595--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.8 </span> <a
- id="x1-280005.8"></a>\unichar</h4>
-<!--l. 1597--><p class="noindent" >If a Unicode character is not supported by puenc.def, it can be given by using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\unichar</span></span></span>. Its name
-and syntax is inherited from package ‘ucs’. However it is defined independently for use in
-hyperref’s <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef</span></span></span> (that converts arbitrary TeX code to PDF strings or tries to do
-this).
-<!--l. 1605--><p class="indent" > Macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\unichar</span></span></span> takes a TeX number as argument, examples for U+263A (WHITE SMILING
-FACE):
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26">
-    \unichar{"263A}% hexadecimal notation
-    \unichar{9786}% decimal notation
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1610--><p class="nopar" > ‘"’ must not be a babel shorthand character or otherwise active. Otherwise prefix it with
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\string</span></span></span>:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27">
-    \unichar{\string"263A}% converts ‘"’ to ‘"’ with catcode 12 (other)
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1615--><p class="nopar" > Users of (n)german packages or babel options may use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\dq</span></span></span> instead:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28">
-    \unichar{\dq 263A}% \dq is double quote with catcode 12 (other)
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1619--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 1622--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.9 </span> <a
- id="x1-290005.9"></a>\ifpdfstringunicode</h4>
-<!--l. 1624--><p class="noindent" >Some features of the PDF specification needs PDF strings. Examples are bookmarks or the entries in the
-information dictionary. The PDF specification allows two encodings ‘PDFDocEncoding’ (8-bit encoding)
-and ‘Unicode’ (UTF-16). The user can help using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span> to replace complicate TeX constructs
-by a representation for the PDF string. However <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span> does not distinguish the two encodings.
-This gap closes <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ifpdfstringunicode</span></span></span>. It is only allowed in the second argument of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span></span></span> and
-takes two arguments, the first allows the full range of Unicode. The second is limited to the characters
-available in PDFDocEncoding.
-<!--l. 1638--><p class="indent" > As example we take a macro definition for the Vietnamese name of Han The Thanh. Correctly
-written it needs some accented characters, one character even with a double accent. Class ‘tugboat.cls’
-defines a macro for the typesetted name:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29">
-    \def\Thanh{%
-      H\‘an~%
-      Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\’{}}}%
-      ~Th\‘anh%
-    }
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1648--><p class="nopar" > It’s not entirely correct, the second accent over the ‘e’ is not an acute, but a hook. However standard
-LaTeX does not provide such an accent.
-<!--l. 1653--><p class="indent" > Now we can extend the definition to support hyperref. The first and the last word are already
-supported automatically. Characters with two or more accents are a difficult business in LaTeX, because
-the NFSS2 macros of the LaTeX kernel do not support more than one accent. Therefore also puenc.def
-misses support for them. But we can provide it using <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\unichar</span></span></span>. The character in question
-is:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30">
-    % U+1EC3 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX AND HOOK ABOVE
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1662--><p class="nopar" > Thus we can put this together:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31">
-    \def\Thanh{%
-      H\‘an~%
-      \texorpdfstring{Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\’{}}}}%
-      {\ifpdfstringunicode{Th\unichar{"1EC3}}{Th\^e}}%
-      ~Th\‘anh%
-    }
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1671--><p class="nopar" > For PDFDocEncoding (PD1) the variant above has dropped the second accent. Alternatively we could
-provide a representation without accents instead of wrong accents:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32">
-    \def\Thanh{%
-      \texorpdfstring{%
-        H\‘an~%
-        Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\’{}}}}%
-        ~Th\‘anh%
-      }{%
-        \ifpdfstringunicode{%
-          H\‘an Th\unichar{"1EC3} Th\‘anh%
-        }{%
-          Han The Thanh%
-        }%
-      }%
-    }
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1689--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 1691--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.10 </span> <a
- id="x1-300005.10"></a>Customizing index style file with \nohyperpage</h4>
-<!--l. 1693--><p class="noindent" >Since version 2008/08/14 v6.78f.
-<!--l. 1697--><p class="indent" > For hyperlink support in the index, hyperref inserts <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> into the index macros. After
-processing with Makeindex, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> analyzes its argument to detect page ranges and page comma
-lists. However, only the standard settings are supported directly:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33">
-    delim_r "--"
-    delim_n ", "
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1704--><p class="nopar" > (See manual page/documentation of Makeindex that explains the keys that can be used in style files for
-Makeindex.) Customized versions of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">delim_r,</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> delim_n,</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> suffix_2p,</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> suffix_3p,</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> suffix_mp</span></span></span> needs
-markup that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> can detect and knows that this stuff does not belong to a page number. Makro
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\nohyperpage</span></span></span> serves as this markup. Put the customized code for these keys inside <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\nohyperpage</span></span></span>,
-e.g.:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34">
-    suffix_2p "\\nohyperpage{f.}"
-    suffix_3p "\\nohyperpage{ff.}"
-</pre>
-<!--l. 1716--><p class="nopar" > (Depending on the typesetting tradition some space “<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\\</span></span></span>,” or “<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">~</span></span></span>” should be put before the first f inside
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\nohyperpage</span></span></span>.)
-<!--l. 1721--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.11 </span> <a
- id="x1-310005.11"></a>Experimental option ‘ocgcolorlinks’</h4>
-<!--l. 1723--><p class="noindent" >The idea are colored links, when viewed, but printed without colors. This new experimental option
-‘ocgcolorlinks’ uses Optional Content Groups, a feature introduced in PDF 1.5.
-<!--l. 1727--><p class="indent" > A better implementation which hasn’t the disadvantage to prevent line breaks is in the ocgx2
-package. Check its documentation for details how to use it.
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">The option must be given for package loading: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage[ocgcolorlinks]{hyperref}</span></span></span>
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Main disadvantage: Links cannot be broken across lines. PDF reference 1.7: 4.10.2 “Making
- Graphical Content Optional”: Graphics state operations, such as setting the color, ..., are
- still applied. Therefore the link text is put in a box and set twice, with and without color.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">The feature can be switched of by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup{ocgcolorlinks=false}</span></span></span> inside the document.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Supported drivers: pdftex, dvipdfm
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">The PDF version should be at least 1.5. It is automatically set for pdfTeX, LuaTeX and
- dvipdfmx.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 1745--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.12 </span> <a
- id="x1-320005.12"></a>Option ‘pdfa’</h4>
-<!--l. 1747--><p class="noindent" >The new option ‘pdfa’ tries to avoid violations of PDF/A in code generated by hyperref. However, the
-result is usually not in PDF/A, because many features aren’t controlled by hyperref (XMP metadata,
-fonts, colors, driver dependend low level stuff, ...).
-<!--l. 1754--><p class="indent" > Currently, option ‘pdfa’ sets and disables the following items:
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">Enabled annotation flags: Print, NoZoom, NoRotate [PDF/A 6.5.3].
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Disabled annotation flags: Hidden, Invisible, NoView [PDF/A 6.5.3].
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Disabled: Launch action (<a
-href="run:..." >[</a>PDF/A 6.6.1].
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Restricted: Named actions (NextPage, PrevPage, FirstPage, LastPage) [PDF/A 6.6.1].
-
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Many things are disabled in PDF formulars:
- <ul class="itemize2">
- <li class="itemize">JavaScript actions [PDF/A 6.6.1]
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Trigger events (additional actions) [PDF/A 6.6.2]
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Push button (because of JavaScript)
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Interactive Forms: Flag NeedAppearances is the default ‘false’ (Because of this,
- hyperref’s implementation of Forms looks ugly). [PDF/A 6.9]</li></ul>
- </li></ul>
-<!--l. 1774--><p class="indent" > The default value of the new option ‘pdfa’ is ‘false’. It influences the loading of the package and
-cannot be changed after hyperref is loaded (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage{hyperref}</span></span></span>).
-<!--l. 1780--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.13 </span> <a
- id="x1-330005.13"></a>Option ‘linktoc’ added</h4>
-<!--l. 1782--><p class="noindent" >The new option ‘linktoc’ allows more control which part of an entry in the table of contents is made into
-a link:
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">‘linktoc=none’ (no links)
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">‘linktoc=section’ (default behaviour, same as ‘linktocpage=false’)
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">‘linktoc=page’ (same as ‘linktocpage=true’)
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">‘linktoc=all’ (both the section and page part are links)</li></ul>
-<!--l. 1791--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.14 </span> <a
- id="x1-340005.14"></a>Option ‘pdfnewwindow’ changed</h4>
-<!--l. 1793--><p class="noindent" >Before 6.77b:
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">pdfnewwindow=true <span
-class="lmsy-10">→ </span>/NewWindow true
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">pdfnewwindow=false <span
-class="lmsy-10">→ </span>(absent)
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">unused pdfnewwindow <span
-class="lmsy-10">→ </span>(absent)</li></ul>
-<!--l. 1799--><p class="noindent" >Since 6.77b:
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">pdfnewwindow=true <span
-class="lmsy-10">→ </span>/NewWindow true
-
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">pdfnewwindow=false <span
-class="lmsy-10">→ </span>/NewWindow false
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">pdfnewwindow= <span
-class="lmsy-10">→ </span>(absent)
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">unused pdfnewwindow <span
-class="lmsy-10">→ </span>(absent)</li></ul>
-<!--l. 1809--><p class="indent" > Rationale: There is a difference between setting to ‘false’ and an absent entry. In the former case the
-new document replaces the old one, in the latter case the PDF viewer application should respect the user
-preference.
-<!--l. 1815--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.15 </span> <a
- id="x1-350005.15"></a>Flag options for PDF forms</h4>
-<!--l. 1817--><p class="noindent" >PDF form field macros (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\TextField</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\CheckBox</span></span></span>, ...) support boolean flag options. The option name is
-the lowercase version of the names in the PDF specification (1.7):
-<!--l. 1821--><p class="indent" > <a
-href="http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdf_reference.html" class="url" ><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdf_reference.html</span></a>
-<!--l. 1823--><p class="indent" > <a
-href="http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf" class="url" ><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf</span></a>
-<!--l. 1825--><p class="indent" > Options (convert to lowercase) except flags in square brackets:
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">Table 8.16 Annotation flags (page 608):
- <!--l. 1830--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v">
- 1 Invisible
- <br />2 Hidden (PDF 1.2)
- <br />3 Print (PDF 1.2)
- <br />4 NoZoom (PDF 1.3)
- <br />5 NoRotate (PDF 1.3)
- <br />6 NoView (PDF 1.3)
- <br />[7 ReadOnly (PDF 1.3)] ignored for widget annotations, see table 8.70
- <br />8 Locked (PDF 1.4)
- <br />9 ToggleNoView (PDF 1.5)
- <br />10 LockedContents (PDF 1.7)</div>
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Table 8.70 Field flags common to all field types (page 676):
- <!--l. 1844--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v">
- 1 ReadOnly
- <br />2 Required
- <br />3 NoExport</div>
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Table 8.75 Field flags specific to button fields (page 686):
- <!--l. 1851--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v">
- 15 NoToggleToOff (Radio buttons only)
-
- <br />16 Radio (set: radio buttons, clear: check box, pushbutton: clear)
- <br />17 Pushbutton
- <br />26 RadiosInUniso (PDF 1.5)</div>
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Table 8.77 Field flags specific to text fields (page 691):
- <!--l. 1859--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v">
- 13 Multiline
- <br />14 Password
- <br />21 FileSelect (PDF 1.4)
- <br />23 DoNotSpellCheck (PDF 1.4)
- <br />24 DoNotScroll (PDF 1.4)
- <br />25 Comb (PDF 1.5)
- <br />26 RichText (PDF 1.5)</div>
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Table 8.79 Field flags specific to choice fields (page 693):
- <!--l. 1870--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v">
- 18 Combo (set: combo box, clear: list box)
- <br />19 Edit (only useful if Combo is set)
- <br />20 (Sort) for authoring tools, not PDF viewers
- <br />22 MultiSelect (PDF 1.4)
- <br />23 DoNotSpellCheck (PDF 1.4) (only useful if Combo and Edit are set)
- <br />27 CommitOnSelChange (PDF 1.5)</div>
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Table 8.86 Flags for submit-form actions (page 704):
- <!--l. 1880--><p class="noindent" ><div class="obeylines-v">
- [1 Include/Exclude] unsupported, use ‘noexport’ (table 8.70) instead
- <br />2 IncludeNoValueFields
- <br />[3 ExportFormat] handled by option ‘export’
- <br />4 GetMethod
- <br />5 SubmitCoordinates
- <br />[6 XFDF (PDF 1.4)] handled by option ‘export’
- <br />7 IncludeAppendSaves (PDF 1.4)
- <br />8 IncludeAnnotations (PDF 1.4)
- <br />[9 SubmitPDF (PDF 1.4)] handled by option ‘export’
- <br />10 CanonicalFormat (PDF 1.4)
- <br />11 ExclNonUserAnnots (PDF 1.4)
- <br />12 ExclFKey (PDF 1.4)
- <br />14 EmbedForm (PDF 1.5)</div>
- </li></ul>
-
-
-<!--l. 1897--><p class="indent" > New option ‘export’ sets the export format of a submit action. Valid values are (upper- or
-lowercase):
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">FDF
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">HTML
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">XFDF
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">PDF (not supported by Acrobat Reader)</li></ul>
-<!--l. 1906--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.16 </span> <a
- id="x1-360005.16"></a>Option ‘pdfversion’</h4>
-<!--l. 1908--><p class="noindent" >This is an experimental option. It notifies ‘hyperref’ about the intended PDF version. Currently this is
-used in code for PDF forms (implementation notes 116 and 122 of PDF spec 1.7).
-<!--l. 1914--><p class="indent" > Values: 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7. Values below 1.2 are not supported, because most drivers expect
-higher PDF versions.
-<!--l. 1919--><p class="indent" > The option must be used early, not after <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage{hyperref}</span></span></span>.
-<!--l. 1922--><p class="indent" > In theory this option should also set the PDF version, but this is not generally supported.
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">pdfTeX below 1.10a: unsupported. pdfTeX <span
-class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>1.10a and < 1.30: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfoptionpdfminorversion</span></span></span>
- pdfTeX <span
-class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>1.30: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfminorversion</span></span></span>
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">dvipdfm: configuration file, example: TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/config/config, entry ‘V
- 2’.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">dvipdfmx: configuration file, example: TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/dvipdfmx.cfg, entry
- ‘V 4’.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Ghostscript: option -dCompatibilityLevel (this is set in ‘ps2pdf12’, ‘ps2pdf13’, ‘ps2pdf14’).</li></ul>
-<!--l. 1937--><p class="indent" > The current PDF version is used as default if this version can be detected (only pdfTeX <span
-class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>1.10a).
-Otherwise the lowest version 1.2 is assumed. Thus ‘hyperref’ tries to avoid PDF code that breaks this
-version, but is free to use ignorable higher PDF features.
-<!--l. 1944--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.17 </span> <a
- id="x1-370005.17"></a>Field option ‘name’</h4>
-<!--l. 1946--><p class="noindent" >Many form objects uses the label argument for several purposes:
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">Layouted label.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">As name in HTML structures.</li></ul>
-
-
-<!--l. 1952--><p class="noindent" >Code that is suitable for layouting with TeX can break in the structures of the output format. If option
-‘name’ is given, then its value is used as name in the different output structures. Thus the value should
-consist of letters only.
-<!--l. 1959--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.18 </span> <a
- id="x1-380005.18"></a>Option ‘pdfencoding’</h4>
-<!--l. 1961--><p class="noindent" >The PDF format allows two encodings for bookmarks and entries in the information dictionary:
-PDFDocEncoding and Unicode as UTF-16BE. Option <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">pdfencoding </span>selects between these
-encodings:
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize"><span
-class="ec-lmss-10">pdfdoc </span>uses PDFDocEncoding. It uses just one byte per character, but the supported
- characters are limited (244 in PDF-1.7).
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
-class="ec-lmss-10">unicode </span>sets Unicode. It is encoded as UTF-16BE. Two bytes are used for most characters,
- surrogates need four bytes.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><span
-class="ec-lmss-10">auto </span>PDFDocEncoding if the string does not contain characters outside the encoding (outside
- ascii if an unicode engine is used) and Unicode otherwise. This option is normally no suited
- for the unicode engines.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 1974--><p class="indent" > All drivers use <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">unicode </span>by default now. If another encoding should be forced, it should be done in
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hypersetup</span></span></span>.
-<!--l. 1977--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.19 </span> <a
- id="x1-390005.19"></a>Color options/package hycolor</h4>
-<!--l. 1979--><p class="noindent" >See documentation of package ‘hycolor’.
-<!--l. 1982--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.20 </span> <a
- id="x1-400005.20"></a>Option pdfusetitle</h4>
-<!--l. 1984--><p class="noindent" >If option pdfusetitle is set then hyperref tries to derive the values for pdftitle and pdfauthor
-from <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\title</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\author</span></span></span>. An optional argument for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\title</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\author</span></span></span> is supported (class
-amsart).
-<!--l. 1990--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.21 </span> <a
- id="x1-410005.21"></a>Starred form of \autoref</h4>
-<!--l. 1992--><p class="noindent" ><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\autoref*</span></span></span> generates a reference without link as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref*</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pageref*</span></span></span>.
-<!--l. 1995--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.22 </span> <a
- id="x1-420005.22"></a>Link border style</h4>
-<!--l. 1997--><p class="noindent" >Links can be underlined instead of the default rectangle or options <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">colorlinks</span>, <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">frenchlinks</span>. This is done by
-option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfborderstyle={/S/U/W</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> 1}</span></span></span>
-<!--l. 2001--><p class="indent" > Some remarks:
-
-
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">AR7/Linux seems to have a bug, that don’t use the default value <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">1</span></span></span> for the width, but zero,
- thus that the underline is not visible without <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">/W</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> 1</span></span></span>. The same applies for dashed boxes, eg.:
- pdfborderstyle=/S/D/D[3 2]/W 1
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">The syntax is described in the PDF specification, look for “border style”, eg. Table 8.13
- “Entries in a border style dictionary” (specification for version 1.6)
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">The border style is removed by pdfborderstyle= This is automatically done if option
- colorlinks is enabled.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Be aware that not all PDF viewers support this feature, not even Acrobat Reader itself:
- <!--l. 2022--><p class="noindent" >Some support:
- <ul class="itemize2">
- <li class="itemize">AR7/Linux: <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">underline </span>and <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dashed</span>, but the border width must be given.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">xpdf 3.00: <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">underline </span>and <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dashed</span></li></ul>
- <!--l. 2029--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported:
- <ul class="itemize2">
- <li class="itemize">AR5/Linux
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">ghostscript 8.50</li></ul>
- </li></ul>
-<!--l. 2036--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.23 </span> <a
- id="x1-430005.23"></a>Option <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth</span></h4>
-<!--l. 2038--><p class="noindent" >The depth of the bookmarks can be controlled by the new option <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth</span>. The option acts
-globally and distinguishes three cases:
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize"><span
-class="ec-lmss-10">bookmarksdepth </span>without value Then hyperref uses the current value of counter <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">tocdepth</span>.
- This is the compatible behaviour and the default.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksdepth=<number></span></span></span>, the value is number (also negative): The depth for the
- bookmarks are set to this number.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">bookmarksdepth=<name></span></span></span> The <name> is a document division name (part, chapter, ...). It must
- not start with a digit or minus to avoid mixing up with the number case. Internally hyperref uses
- the value of macro <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\toclevel@<name></span></span></span>. Examples:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35">
-     \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth=paragraph}
-     \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth=4} % same as before
-     \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth} % counter "tocdepth" is used
-</pre>
- <!--l. 2057--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul>
-<!--l. 2060--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.24 </span> <a
- id="x1-440005.24"></a>Option <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">pdfescapeform</span></h4>
-<!--l. 2062--><p class="noindent" >There are many places where arbitrary strings end up as PS or PDF strings. The PS/PDF strings in
-parentheses form require the protection of some characters, e.g. unmatched left or right parentheses need
-escaping or the escape character itself (backslash). Since 2006/02/12 v6.75a the PS/PDF driver
-should do this automatically. However I assume a problem with compatibility, especially
-regarding the form part where larger amounts of JavaScript code can be present. It would
-be a pain to remove all the escaping, because an additional escaping layer can falsify the
-code.
-<!--l. 2074--><p class="indent" > Therefore a new option pdfescapeform was introduced:
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">pdfescapeform=false Escaping for the formulars are disabled, this is the compatibility
- behaviour, therefore this is the default.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">pdfescapeform=true Then the PS/PDF drivers do all the necessary escaping. This is the
- logical choice and the recommended setting. For example, the user writes JavaScript as
- JavaScript and do not care about escaping characters for PS/PDF output.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 2087--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.25 </span> <a
- id="x1-450005.25"></a>Default driver setting</h4>
-<!--l. 2089--><p class="noindent" >(hyperref <span
-class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>6.72s) If no driver is given, hyperref tries its best to guess the most suitable
-driver. Thus it loads <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hpdftex</span>, if pdfTeX is detected running in PDF mode. Or it loads the
-corresponding VTeX driver for VTeX’s working modes. Unhappily many driver programs run
-after the TeX compiler, so hyperref does not have a chance (dvips, dvipdfm, ...). In this
-case driver <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex </span>is loaded that supports the HyperTeX features that are recognized by
-xdvi for example. This behaviour, however, can easily be changed in the configuration file
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperref.cfg</span></span></span>:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36">
-    \providecommand*{\Hy at defaultdriver}{hdvips}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2102--><p class="nopar" > for dvips, or
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37">
-    \providecommand*{\Hy at defaultdriver}{hypertex}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2106--><p class="nopar" > for the default behaviour of hyperref.
-<!--l. 2109--><p class="indent" > See also the new option ‘driverfallback’.
-<!--l. 2111--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.26 </span> <a
- id="x1-460005.26"></a>Backref entries</h4>
-<!--l. 2113--><p class="noindent" >Alternative interface for formatting of backref entries, example:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38">
-\documentclass[12pt,UKenglish]{article}
-
-\usepackage{babel}
-\usepackage[pagebackref]{hyperref}
-
-% Some language options are detected by package backref.
-% This affects the following macros:
-%   \backrefpagesname
-%   \backrefsectionsname
-%   \backrefsep
-%   \backreftwosep
-%   \backreflastsep
-
-\renewcommand*{\backref}[1]{
-  % default interface
-  % #1: backref list
-  %
-  % We want to use the alternative interface,
-  % therefore the definition is empty here.
-}
-\renewcommand*{\backrefalt}[4]{%
-  % alternative interface
-  % #1: number of distinct back references
-  % #2: backref list with distinct entries
-  % #3: number of back references including duplicates
-  % #4: backref list including duplicates
-  \par
-  #3 citation(s) on #1 page(s): #2,\par
-  \ifnum#1=1 %
-    \ifnum#3=1 %
-      1 citation on page %
-    \else
-      #3 citations on page %
-    \fi
-  \else
-    #3 citations on #1 pages %
-  \fi
-  #2,\par
-  \ifnum#3=1 %
-    1 citation located at page %
-  \else
-    #3 citations located at pages %
-  \fi
-  #4.\par
-}
-
-% The list of distinct entries can be further refined:
-\renewcommand*{\backrefentrycount}[2]{%
-
-
-  % #1: the original backref entry
-  % #2: the count of citations of this entry,
-  %     in case of duplicates greater than one
-  #1%
-  \ifnum#2>1 %
-    ~(#2)%
-  \fi
-}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-  \section{Hello}
-    \cite{ref1, ref2, ref3, ref4}
-  \section{World}
-    \cite{ref1, ref3}
-  \newpage
-
-  \section{Next section}
-    \cite{ref1}
-  \newpage
-
-  \section{Last section}
-    \cite{ref1, ref2}
-  \newpage
-
-  \pdfbookmark[1]{Bibliography}{bib}
-  \begin{thebibliography}{99}
-    \bibitem{ref1} Dummy entry one.
-
-    \bibitem{ref2} Dummy entry two.
-
-    \bibitem{ref3} Dummy entry three.
-
-    \bibitem{ref4} Dummy entry four.
-
-  \end{thebibliography}
-
-\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2202--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2204--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.27 </span> <a
- id="x1-470005.27"></a>\phantomsection</h4>
-<!--l. 2206--><p class="noindent" >Set an anchor at this location. It is often used in conjunction with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> for sectionlike things
-(index, bibliography, preface). <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> refers to the latest previous location where an anchor is
-set.
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39">
-  \cleardoublepage
-  \phantomsection
-  \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname}
-  \printindex
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2216--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2218--><p class="indent" > Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the index points to the start of the index
-page, not to a location before this page.
-<!--l. 2224--><p class="noindent" >
- <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6 </span> <a
- id="x1-480006"></a>Acrobat-specific behavior</h3>
-<!--l. 2225--><p class="noindent" >If you want to access the menu options of Acrobat Reader or Exchange, the following macro is provided
-in the appropriate drivers:
-<!--l. 2228--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-40" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-40-1g"><col
-id="TBL-40-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-40-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-40-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Acrobatmenu</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">menuoption</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2232--><p class="noindent" >The <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">text </span>is used to create a button which activates the appropriate <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">menuoption</span>. The following table lists
-the option names you can use—comparison of this with the menus in Acrobat Reader or Exchange will
-show what they do. Obviously some are only appropriate to Exchange.
-<a
- id="x1-48001r13"></a> <!--l. 2236--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-41" class="longtable"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-41-1g"><col
-id="TBL-41-1"><col
-id="TBL-41-2"></colgroup>
-<tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-1-1"
-class="td01">File </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-1-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 2236--><p class="noindent" >Open,
- Close,
- Scan,
- Save,
- SaveAs,
- Optimizer:SaveAsOpt,
- Print,
- PageSetup,
- Quit </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-2-1"
-class="td01">File<span
-class="lmsy-10">→</span>Import </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-2-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 2237--><p class="noindent" >ImportImage,
- ImportNotes,
- AcroForm:ImportFDF </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-3-1"
-class="td01">File<span
-class="lmsy-10">→</span>Export </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-3-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 2238--><p class="noindent" >ExportNotes,
- AcroForm:ExportFDF </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-4-1"
-class="td01">File<span
-class="lmsy-10">→</span>DocumentInfo </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-4-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 2239--><p class="noindent" >GeneralInfo,
- OpenInfo,
- FontsInfo,
- SecurityInfo,
- Weblink:Base,
- AutoIndex:DocInfo </td>
-
-
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-5-1"
-class="td01">File<span
-class="lmsy-10">→</span>Preferences </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-5-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 2240--><p class="noindent" >GeneralPrefs,
- NotePrefs,
- FullScreenPrefs,
- Weblink:Prefs,
- AcroSearch:Preferences(Windows)
- or,
- AcroSearch:Prefs(Mac),
- Cpt:Capture </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-6-1"
-class="td01">Edit </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-6-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 2242--><p class="noindent" >Undo,
- Cut,
- Copy,
- Paste,
- Clear,
- SelectAll,
- Ole:CopyFile,
- TouchUp:TextAttributes,
- TouchUp:FitTextToSelection,
- TouchUp:ShowLineMarkers,
- TouchUp:ShowCaptureSuspects,
- TouchUp:FindSuspect, </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-7-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-7-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 2245--><p class="noindent" >Properties </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-8-1"
-class="td01">Edit<span
-class="lmsy-10">→</span>Fields </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-8-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 2246--><p class="noindent" >AcroForm:Duplicate,
- AcroForm:TabOrder </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-9-1"
-class="td01">Document </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-9-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 2247--><p class="noindent" >Cpt:CapturePages,
- AcroForm:Actions,
- CropPages,
- RotatePages,
- InsertPages,
- ExtractPages,
- ReplacePages,
- DeletePages,
- NewBookmark,
- SetBookmarkDest,
- CreateAllThumbs,
- DeleteAllThumbs </td>
-
-
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-10-1"
-class="td01">View </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-10-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 2250--><p class="noindent" >ActualSize,
- FitVisible,
- FitWidth,
- FitPage,
- ZoomTo,
- FullScreen,
- FirstPage,
- PrevPage,
- NextPage,
- LastPage,
- GoToPage,
- GoBack,
- GoForward,
- SinglePage,
- OneColumn,
- TwoColumns,
- ArticleThreads,
- PageOnly,
- ShowBookmarks,
- ShowThumbs </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-11-1"
-class="td01">Tools </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-11-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 2253--><p class="noindent" >Hand,
- ZoomIn,
- ZoomOut,
- SelectText,
- SelectGraphics,
- Note,
- Link,
- Thread,
- AcroForm:Tool,
- Acro_Movie:MoviePlayer,
- TouchUp:TextTool,
- Find,
- FindAgain,
- FindNextNote,
- CreateNotesFile </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-12-1"
-class="td01">Tools<span
-class="lmsy-10">→</span>Search </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-12-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 2256--><p class="noindent" >AcroSrch:Query,
- AcroSrch:Indexes,
- AcroSrch:Results,
- AcroSrch:Assist,
- AcroSrch:PrevDoc,
- AcroSrch:PrevHit,
- AcroSrch:NextHit,
- AcroSrch:NextDoc </td>
-
-
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-13-1"
-class="td01">Window </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-13-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 2258--><p class="noindent" >ShowHideToolBar,
- ShowHideMenuBar,
- ShowHideClipboard,
- Cascade,
- TileHorizontal,
- TileVertical,
- CloseAll </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-14-1"
-class="td01">Help </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-14-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 2260--><p class="noindent" >HelpUserGuide,
- HelpTutorial,
- HelpExchange,
- HelpScan,
- HelpCapture,
- HelpPDFWriter,
- HelpDistiller,
- HelpSearch,
- HelpCatalog,
- HelpReader,
- Weblink:Home </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-15-1"
-class="td01">Help(Windows) </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-15-2"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 2262--><p class="noindent" >About </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-16-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-17-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-18-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-41-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-19-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-41-19-2"
-class="td10"></td></tr>
- </table></div>
-<!--l. 2265--><p class="noindent" >
- <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7 </span> <a
- id="x1-490007"></a>PDF and HTML forms</h3>
-<!--l. 2266--><p class="noindent" >You must put your fields inside a <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Form </span>environment (only one per file).
-<!--l. 2268--><p class="indent" > There are six macros to prepare fields:
-<!--l. 2270--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-42" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-42-1g"><col
-id="TBL-42-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-42-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-42-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\TextField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">parameters</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2274--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-43" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-43-1g"><col
-id="TBL-43-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-43-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-43-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\CheckBox</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">parameters</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2278--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-44" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-44-1g"><col
-id="TBL-44-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-44-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-44-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ChoiceMenu</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">parameters</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">choices</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2282--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-45" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-45-1g"><col
-id="TBL-45-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-45-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-45-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\PushButton</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">parameters</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2286--><p class="noindent" >
-
-
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-46" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-46-1g"><col
-id="TBL-46-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-46-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-46-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Submit</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">parameters</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2290--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-47" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-47-1g"><col
-id="TBL-47-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-47-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-47-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Reset</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">[</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">parameters</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">]{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2294--><p class="indent" > The way forms and their labels are laid out is determined by:
-<!--l. 2295--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-48" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-48-1g"><col
-id="TBL-48-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-48-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-48-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\LayoutTextField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">field</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2299--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-49" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-49-1g"><col
-id="TBL-49-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-49-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-49-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\LayoutChoiceField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">field</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2303--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-50" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-50-1g"><col
-id="TBL-50-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-50-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-50-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\LayoutCheckField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">label</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">field</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2307--><p class="indent" > These macros default to #1 #2
-<!--l. 2309--><p class="indent" > What is actually shown in the field is determined by:
-<!--l. 2310--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-51" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-51-1g"><col
-id="TBL-51-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-51-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-51-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MakeRadioField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">width</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2314--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-52" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-52-1g"><col
-id="TBL-52-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-52-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-52-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MakeCheckField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">width</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2317--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-53" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-53-1g"><col
-id="TBL-53-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-53-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-53-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MakeTextField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">width</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2320--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-54" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-54-1g"><col
-id="TBL-54-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-54-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-54-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MakeChoiceField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">width</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">height</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td>
- </tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2324--><p class="noindent" >
-<span class="fbox"><!--tex4ht:inline--><div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-55" class="tabular"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-55-1g"><col
-id="TBL-55-1"></colgroup><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-55-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-55-1-1"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\MakeButtonField</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">text</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span> </td></tr></table> </div></span>
-<!--l. 2328--><p class="indent" > These macros default to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\vbox</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> to</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> #2{\hbox</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> to</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> #1{\hfill}\vfill}</span></span></span>, except the last, which defaults
-to #1; it is used for buttons, and the special <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Submit </span>and <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Reset </span>macros.
-<!--l. 2332--><p class="indent" > You may also want to redefine the following macros:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40">
-\def\DefaultHeightofSubmit{12pt}
-\def\DefaultWidthofSubmit{2cm}
-\def\DefaultHeightofReset{12pt}
-\def\DefaultWidthofReset{2cm}
-\def\DefaultHeightofCheckBox{0.8\baselineskip}
-\def\DefaultWidthofCheckBox{0.8\baselineskip}
-\def\DefaultHeightofChoiceMenu{0.8\baselineskip}
-\def\DefaultWidthofChoiceMenu{0.8\baselineskip}
-\def\DefaultHeightofText{\baselineskip}
-\def\DefaultHeightofTextMultiline{4\baselineskip}
-\def\DefaultWidthofText{3cm}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2345--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2347--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.1 </span> <a
- id="x1-500007.1"></a>Forms environment parameters</h4>
-<a
- id="x1-50001r14"></a> <!--l. 2351--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-56" class="longtable"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-56-1g"><col
-id="TBL-56-1"><col
-id="TBL-56-2"><col
-id="TBL-56-3"></colgroup>
-<tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-1-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">action </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-1-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">URL </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-1-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 2351--><p class="noindent" >The URL that will receive the form data if a <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">Submit </span>button
- is included in the form </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-2-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">encoding </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-2-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">name </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-2-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 2352--><p class="noindent" >The encoding for the string set to the URL; FDF-encoding
- is usual, and <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">html </span>is the only valid value </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-3-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">method </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-3-2"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">name </span></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-3-3"
-class="td10">
- <!--l. 2354--><p class="noindent" >Used only when generating HTML; values can be <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">post </span>or
- <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">get</span> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-4-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-5-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-6-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-7-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-56-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-8-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-8-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-56-8-3"
-class="td10"></td></tr>
- </table></div>
-<!--l. 2357--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.2 </span> <a
- id="x1-510007.2"></a>Forms optional parameters</h4>
-<!--l. 2358--><p class="noindent" >Note that all colors must be expressed as RGB triples, in the range 0..1 (i.e. <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">color=0 0</span>
-<span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">0.5</span>)
-<a
- id="x1-51001r15"></a> <!--l. 2363--><div class="longtable"> <table id="TBL-57" class="longtable"
-
-><colgroup id="TBL-57-1g"><col
-id="TBL-57-1"><col
-id="TBL-57-2"><col
-id="TBL-57-3"><col
-id="TBL-57-4"></colgroup>
-<tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-1-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">accesskey </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-1-2"
-class="td11"> key </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-1-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-1-4"
-class="td10"> (as per HTML) </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-2-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">align </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-2-2"
-class="td11"> number </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-2-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">0 </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-2-4"
-class="td10"> alignment within text field; 0 is left-aligned, </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-3-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-3-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-3-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-3-4"
-class="td10"> 1 is centered, 2 is right-aligned. </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-4-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">altname </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-4-2"
-class="td11"> name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-4-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-4-4"
-class="td10"> alternative name, </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-5-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-5-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-5-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-5-4"
-class="td10"> the name shown in the user interface </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-6-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">backgroundcolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-6-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-6-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-6-4"
-class="td10"> color of box </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-7-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">bordercolor </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-7-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-7-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-7-4"
-class="td10"> color of border </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-8-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">bordersep </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-8-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-8-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-8-4"
-class="td10"> box border gap </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-9-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">borderwidth </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-9-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-9-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">1 </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-9-4"
-class="td10"> width of box border, the value is a dimension </td>
-
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-10-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-10-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-10-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-10-4"
-class="td10"> or a number with default unit bp </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-11-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">calculate </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-11-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-11-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-11-4"
-class="td10"> JavaScript code to calculate the value of the field</td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-12-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">charsize </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-12-2"
-class="td11"> dimen </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-12-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-12-4"
-class="td10"> font size of field text </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-13-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">checkboxsymbol </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-13-2"
-class="td11"> char </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-13-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">4 (</span><span
-class="pzdr-">✔</span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">) </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-13-4"
-class="td10"> symbol used for check boxes (ZapfDingbats), </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-14-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-14-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-14-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-14-4"
-class="td10"> the value is a character or <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ding</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmvtto-10">number</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span>, </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-15-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-15-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-15-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-15-4"
-class="td10"> see package <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">pifont </span>from bundle <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">psnfss </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-16-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">checked </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-16-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-16-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-16-4"
-class="td10"> whether option selected by default </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-17-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">color </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-17-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-17-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-17-4"
-class="td10"> color of text in box </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-18-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">combo </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-18-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-18-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-18-4"
-class="td10"> choice list is ‘combo’ style </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-19-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">default </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-19-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-19-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-19-4"
-class="td10"> default value </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-20-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">disabled </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-20-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-20-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-20-4"
-class="td10"> field disabled </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-21-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-21-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-21-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-21-4"
-class="td10"></td></tr>
-<tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-22-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">format </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-22-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-22-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-22-4"
-class="td10"> JavaScript code to format the field </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-23-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-23-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">height </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-23-2"
-class="td11"> dimen </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-23-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-23-4"
-class="td10"> height of field box </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-24-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-24-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hidden </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-24-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-24-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-24-4"
-class="td10"> field hidden </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-25-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-25-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">keystroke </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-25-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-25-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-25-4"
-class="td10"> JavaScript code to control the keystrokes on entry</td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-26-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-26-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">mappingname </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-26-2"
-class="td11"> name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-26-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-26-4"
-class="td10"> the mapping name to be used when exporting </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-27-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-27-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-27-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-27-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-27-4"
-class="td10"> the field data </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-28-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-28-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">maxlen </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-28-2"
-class="td11"> number </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-28-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">0 </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-28-4"
-class="td10"> number of characters allowed in text field </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-29-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-29-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">menulength </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-29-2"
-class="td11"> number </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-29-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">4 </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-29-4"
-class="td10"> number of elements shown in list </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-30-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-30-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">multiline </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-30-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-30-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-30-4"
-class="td10"> whether text box is multiline </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-31-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-31-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">name </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-31-2"
-class="td11"> name </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-31-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-31-4"
-class="td10"> name of field (defaults to label) </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-32-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-32-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">onblur </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-32-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-32-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-32-4"
-class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-33-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-33-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">onchange </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-33-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-33-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-33-4"
-class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-34-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-34-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">onclick </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-34-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-34-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-34-4"
-class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-35-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-35-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">ondblclick </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-35-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-35-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-35-4"
-class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-36-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-36-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">onfocus </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-36-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-36-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-36-4"
-class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-37-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-37-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">onkeydown </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-37-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-37-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-37-4"
-class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-38-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-38-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">onkeypress </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-38-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-38-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-38-4"
-class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-39-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-39-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">onkeyup </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-39-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-39-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-39-4"
-class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-40-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-40-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">onmousedown </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-40-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-40-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-40-4"
-class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-41-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-41-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">onmousemove </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-41-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-41-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-41-4"
-class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-42-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-42-1"
-class="td01"> </td></tr>
-<tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-43-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-43-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">onmouseout </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-43-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-43-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-43-4"
-class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-44-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-44-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">onmouseover </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-44-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-44-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-44-4"
-class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-45-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-45-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">onmouseup </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-45-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-45-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-45-4"
-class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-46-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-46-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">onselect </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-46-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-46-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-46-4"
-class="td10"> JavaScript code </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-47-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-47-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">password </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-47-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-47-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-47-4"
-class="td10"> text field is ‘password’ style </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-48-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-48-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">popdown </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-48-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-48-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-48-4"
-class="td10"> choice list is ‘popdown’ style </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-49-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-49-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">radio </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-49-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-49-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-49-4"
-class="td10"> choice list is ‘radio’ style </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-50-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-50-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">radiosymbol </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-50-2"
-class="td11"> char </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-50-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">H (</span><span
-class="pzdr-">★</span><span
-class="ec-lmri-10">) </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-50-4"
-class="td10"> symbol used for radio fields (ZapfDingbats),</td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-51-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-51-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-51-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-51-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-51-4"
-class="td10"> the value is a character or <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ding</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">{</span></span></span><span
-class="ec-lmvtto-10">number</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">}</span></span></span>, </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-52-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-52-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-52-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-52-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-52-4"
-class="td10"> see package <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">pifont </span>from bundle <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">psnfss </span></td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-53-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-53-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">readonly </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-53-2"
-class="td11"> boolean </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-53-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">false </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-53-4"
-class="td10"> field is readonly </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-54-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-54-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">rotation </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-54-2"
-class="td11"> number </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-54-3"
-class="td11"> <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">0 </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-54-4"
-class="td10"> rotation of the widget annotation </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-55-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-55-1"
-class="td01"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-55-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-55-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-55-4"
-class="td10"> (degree, counterclockwise, multiple of 90) </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-56-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-56-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">tabkey </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-56-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-56-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-56-4"
-class="td10"> (as per HTML) </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-57-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-57-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">validate </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-57-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-57-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-57-4"
-class="td10"> JavaScript code to validate the entry </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-58-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-58-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">value </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-58-2"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-58-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-58-4"
-class="td10"> initial value </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-59-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-59-1"
-class="td01"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">width </span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-59-2"
-class="td11"> dimen </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-59-3"
-class="td11"> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-59-4"
-class="td10"> width of field box </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-60-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-60-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-61-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-61-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-62-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-62-1"
-class="td01"> </td>
-</tr><tr
- style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-57-63-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-57-63-1"
-class="td01"> </td></tr>
- </table></div>
-<!--l. 2422--><p class="noindent" >
- <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8 </span> <a
- id="x1-520008"></a>Defining a new driver</h3>
-<!--l. 2423--><p class="noindent" >A hyperref driver has to provide definitions for eight macros:
-<!--l. 2426--><p class="noindent" >1. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper at anchor</span></span></span>
-<!--l. 2428--><p class="noindent" >2. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper at link</span></span></span>
-<!--l. 2430--><p class="noindent" >3. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper at linkfile</span></span></span>
-<!--l. 2432--><p class="noindent" >4. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper at linkurl</span></span></span>
-<!--l. 2434--><p class="noindent" >5. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper at anchorstart</span></span></span>
-
-
-<!--l. 2436--><p class="noindent" >6. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper at anchorend</span></span></span>
-<!--l. 2438--><p class="noindent" >7. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper at linkstart</span></span></span>
-<!--l. 2440--><p class="noindent" >8. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyper at linkend</span></span></span>
-<!--l. 2443--><p class="indent" > The draft option defines the macros as follows
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41">
-\let\hyper@@anchor\@gobble
-\gdef\hyper at link##1##2##3{##3}%
-\def\hyper at linkurl##1##2{##1}%
-\def\hyper at linkfile##1##2##3{##1}%
-\let\hyper at anchorstart\@gobble
-\let\hyper at anchorend\@empty
-\let\hyper at linkstart\@gobbletwo
-\let\hyper at linkend\@empty
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2453--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2455--><p class="noindent" >
- <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9 </span> <a
- id="x1-530009"></a>Special support for other packages</h3>
-<!--l. 2457--><p class="noindent" >Package <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>aims to cooperate with other packages, but there are several possible sources for
-conflict, such as
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">Packages that manipulate the bibliographic mechanism. Peter William’s <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">harvard </span>package is
- supported. However, the recommended package is Patrick Daly’s <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">natbib </span>package that has
- specific <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>hooks to allow reliable interaction. This package covers a very wide variety
- of layouts and citation styles, all of which work with <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Packages that typeset the contents of the <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label </span>and <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref </span>macros, such as <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">showkeys</span>. Since the
- <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>package redefines these commands, you must set <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">implicit=false </span>for these packages
- to work.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Packages that do anything serious with the index.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 2477--><p class="indent" > The <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>package is distributed with variants on two useful packages designed to work especially
-well with it. These are <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">xr </span>and <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">minitoc</span>, which support crossdocument links using <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>’s normal
-<span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span>/<span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref </span>mechanisms and per-chapter tables of contents, respectively.
-<!--l. 2484--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1 </span> <a
- id="x1-540009.1"></a>Package Compatibility</h4>
-<!--l. 2486--><p class="noindent" >Currently only package loading orders are available:
-<!--l. 2490--><p class="indent" > Note: hyperref loads package <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">nameref </span>at <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\begin{document}</span></span></span>. Sometimes this is too late, thus this
-package must be loaded earlier.
-<!--l. 2495--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.1 </span> <a
- id="x1-550009.1.1"></a>algorithm</h5>
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42">
- \usepackage{float}
-  \usepackage{hyperref}
-  \usepackage[chapter]{algorithm}% eg.
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2500--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2502--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.2 </span> <a
- id="x1-560009.1.2"></a>amsmath</h5>
-<!--l. 2504--><p class="noindent" >The environments equation and eqnarray are not supported too well. For example, there might be
-spacing problems (eqnarray isn’t recommended anyway, see CTAN:info/l2tabu/, the situation for
-equation is unclear, because nobody is interested in investigating). Consider using the environments that
-package amsmath provide, e.g. gather for equation. The environment equation can even redefined to use
-gather:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43">
-  \usepackage{amsmath}
-  \let\equation\gather
-  \let\endequation\endgather
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2515--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2517--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.3 </span> <a
- id="x1-570009.1.3"></a>amsrefs</h5>
-<!--l. 2519--><p class="noindent" >Package loading order:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44">
-  \usepackage{hyperref}
-  \usepackage{amsrefs}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2524--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2526--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.4 </span> <a
- id="x1-580009.1.4"></a>arydshln, longtable</h5>
-<!--l. 2528--><p class="noindent" >Package longtable must be put before hyperref and arydshln, hyperref after arydshln generates an error,
-thus the resulting package order is then:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45">
-  \usepackage{longtable}
-  \usepacakge{hyperref}
-  \usepackage{arydshln}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2536--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2538--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.5 </span> <a
- id="x1-590009.1.5"></a>babel/magyar.ldf</h5>
-<!--l. 2540--><p class="noindent" >The old version 2005/03/30 v1.4j will not work. You need at least version 1.5, maintained by P\xE9ter
-Szab\xF3, see CTAN:language/hungarian/babel/.
-<!--l. 2545--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.6 </span> <a
- id="x1-600009.1.6"></a>babel/spanish.ldf</h5>
-<!--l. 2547--><p class="noindent" >Babel’s spanish.ldf redefines ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.</span></span></span>’ to support ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\...</span></span></span>’. In bookmarks (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\pdfstringdef</span></span></span>) only ‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.</span></span></span>’ is supported. If
-‘<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\...</span></span></span>’ is needed, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\texorpdfstring{\...}{\dots}</span></span></span> can be used instead.
-<!--l. 2554--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.7 </span> <a
- id="x1-610009.1.7"></a>bibentry</h5>
-<!--l. 2556--><p class="noindent" >Workaround:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46">
-  \makeatletter
-  \let\saved at bibitem\@bibitem
-  \makeatother
-
-  \usepackage{bibentry}
-  \usepackage{hyperref}
-
-  \begin{document}
-
-  \begingroup
-    \makeatletter
-    \let\@bibitem\saved at bibitem
-    \nobibliography{database}
-  \endgroup
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2573--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2575--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.8 </span> <a
- id="x1-620009.1.8"></a>bigfoot</h5>
-<!--l. 2577--><p class="noindent" >Hyperref does not support package ‘bigfoot’. And package ‘bigfoot’ does not support hyperref’s footnotes
-and disables them (hyperfootnotes=false).
-<!--l. 2582--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.9 </span> <a
- id="x1-630009.1.9"></a>chappg</h5>
-<!--l. 2584--><p class="noindent" >Package ‘chappg’ uses <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> that is redefined by ‘hyperref’. The package order is
-therefore:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47">
-  \usepackage{hyperref}
-  \usepackage{chappg}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2590--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2592--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.10 </span> <a
- id="x1-640009.1.10"></a>cite</h5>
-<!--l. 2594--><p class="noindent" >This is from Mike Shell: cite.sty cannot currently be used with hyperref. However, I can do a workaround
-via:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48">
- \makeatletter
- \def\NAT at parse{\typeout{This is a fake Natbib command to fool Hyperref.}}
- \makeatother
-
- \usepackage[hypertex]{hyperref}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2604--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2606--><p class="indent" > so that hyperref will not redefine any of the biblabel stuff - so cite.sty will work as normal -
-although the citations will not be hyperlinked, of course (But this may not be an issue for many
-people).
-<!--l. 2611--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.11 </span> <a
- id="x1-650009.1.11"></a>count1to</h5>
-<!--l. 2613--><p class="noindent" >Package ‘count1to’ adds several <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> commands that confuse ‘hyperref’. Therefore <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<...></span></span></span>
-has to be fixed:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49">
-  \usepackage{count1to}
-  \AtBeginDocument{% *after* \usepackage{count1to}
-    \renewcommand*{\theHsection}{\theHchapter.\arabic{section}}%
-    \renewcommand*{\theHsubsection}{\theHsection.\arabic{subsection}}%
-    \renewcommand*{\theHsubsubsection}{\theHsubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}%
-    \renewcommand*{\theHparagraph}{\theHsubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}%
-    \renewcommand*{\theHsubparagraph}{\theHparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}%
-  }
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2625--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2627--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.12 </span> <a
- id="x1-660009.1.12"></a>dblaccnt</h5>
-<!--l. 2629--><p class="noindent" >pd1enc.def or puenc.def should be loaded before:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50">
-  \usepackage{hyperref}
-  \usepackage{dblaccnt}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2633--><p class="nopar" > or see entry for <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">vietnam</span>.
-<!--l. 2637--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.13 </span> <a
- id="x1-670009.1.13"></a>easyeqn</h5>
-<!--l. 2638--><p class="noindent" >Not compatible, breaks.
-<!--l. 2641--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.14 </span> <a
- id="x1-680009.1.14"></a>ellipsis</h5>
-<!--l. 2643--><p class="noindent" >This packages redefines <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\textellipsis</span></span></span> after package hyperref (pd1enc.def/puenc.def should be loaded
-before):
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51">
-  \usepackage{hyperref}
-  \usepackage{ellipsis}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2648--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2650--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.15 </span> <a
- id="x1-690009.1.15"></a>float</h5>
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52">
- \usepackage{float}
-  \usepackage{hyperref}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2654--><p class="nopar" >
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">Several <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\caption</span></span></span> commands are not supported inside one float object.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Anchor are set at top of the float object, if its style is controlled by float.sty.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 2661--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.16 </span> <a
- id="x1-700009.1.16"></a>endnotes</h5>
-<!--l. 2662--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported.
-<!--l. 2664--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.17 </span> <a
- id="x1-710009.1.17"></a>foiltex</h5>
-<!--l. 2665--><p class="noindent" >Update to version 2008/01/28 v2.1.4b: Since version 6.77a hyperref does not hack into <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@begindvi</span></span></span>, it
-uses package ‘atbegshi’ instead, that hooks into <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\shipout</span></span></span>. Thus the patch of ‘foils.cls’ regarding hyperref
-is now obsolete and causes an undefined error message about <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@hyperfixhead</span></span></span>. This is fixed in FoilTeX
-2.1.4b.
-<!--l. 2673--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.18 </span> <a
- id="x1-720009.1.18"></a>footnote</h5>
-<!--l. 2675--><p class="noindent" >This package is not supported, you have to disable hyperref’s footnote support by using option
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes=false</span></span></span>.
-<!--l. 2679--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.19 </span> <a
- id="x1-730009.1.19"></a>geometry</h5>
-<!--l. 2681--><p class="noindent" >Driver ‘dvipdfm’ and program ‘dvipdfm’ might generate a warning: Sorry. Too late to change page size
-Then prefer the program ‘dvipdfmx’ or use one of the following workarounds to move the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> of
-geometry to an earlier location:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53">
-    \documentclass[dvipdfm]{article}% or other classes
-    \usepackage{atbegshi}
-    \AtBeginDocument{%
-      \let\OrgAtBeginDvi\AtBeginDvi
-      \let\AtBeginDvi\AtBeginShipoutFirst
-    }
-    \usepackage[
-      paperwidth=170mm,
-      paperheight=240mm
-    ]{geometry}
-    \AtBeginDocument{%
-      \let\AtBeginDvi\OrgAtBeginDvi
-    }
-    \usepackage{hyperref}
-
-  or
-
-    \documentclass[dvipdfm]{article}% or other classes
-    \usepackage{atbegshi}
-    \let\AtBeginDvi\AtBeginShipoutFirst
-    \usepackage[
-      paperwidth=170mm,
-      paperheight=240mm
-    ]{geometry}
-    \usepackage{hyperref}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2713--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2715--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.20 </span> <a
- id="x1-740009.1.20"></a>IEEEtran.cls</h5>
-<!--l. 2717--><p class="noindent" >version <span
-class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>V1.6b (because of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@makecaption</span></span></span>, see ChangeLog)
-<!--l. 2720--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.21 </span> <a
- id="x1-750009.1.21"></a>index</h5>
-<!--l. 2722--><p class="noindent" >version <span
-class="lmsy-10">≥ </span>1995/09/28 v4.1 (because of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\addcontentsline</span></span></span> redefinition)
-<!--l. 2725--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.22 </span> <a
- id="x1-760009.1.22"></a>lastpage</h5>
-<!--l. 2727--><p class="noindent" >Compatible.
-<!--l. 2730--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.23 </span> <a
- id="x1-770009.1.23"></a>linguex</h5>
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54">
- \usepackage{hyperref}
-  \usepackage{linguex}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2734--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2736--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.24 </span> <a
- id="x1-780009.1.24"></a>ltabptch</h5>
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55">
- \usepackage{longtable}
-  \usepackage{ltabptch}
-  \usepackage{hyperref}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2741--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2743--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.25 </span> <a
- id="x1-790009.1.25"></a>mathenv</h5>
-<!--l. 2745--><p class="noindent" >Unsupported.
-<!--l. 2749--><p class="indent" > Both ‘mathenv’ and ‘hyperref’ messes around with environment ‘eqnarray’. You can load ‘mathenv’
-after ‘hyperref’ to avoid an error message. But <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span> will not work inside environment ‘eqnarray’
-properly, for example.
-<!--l. 2756--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.26 </span> <a
- id="x1-800009.1.26"></a>minitoc-hyper</h5>
-<!--l. 2758--><p class="noindent" >This package is obsolete, use the uptodate original package minitoc instead.
-<!--l. 2762--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.27 </span> <a
- id="x1-810009.1.27"></a>multind</h5>
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56">
- \usepackage{multind}
-  \usepackage{hyperref}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2766--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2768--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.28 </span> <a
- id="x1-820009.1.28"></a>natbib</h5>
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57">
- \usepackage{natbib}
-  \usepackage{hyperref}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2772--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2774--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.29 </span> <a
- id="x1-830009.1.29"></a>nomencl</h5>
-<!--l. 2775--><p class="noindent" >Example for introducing links for the page numbers:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58">
-      \renewcommand*{\pagedeclaration}[1]{\unskip, \hyperpage{#1}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2778--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2781--><p class="indent" > For equations the following might work:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59">
-      \renewcommand*{\eqdeclaration}[1]{%
-        \hyperlink{equation.#1}{(Equation~#1)}%
-      }
-    But the mapping from the equation number to the anchor name
-    is not available in general.
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2788--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2790--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.30 </span> <a
- id="x1-840009.1.30"></a>parskip</h5>
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60">
- \usepackage{parskip}
-  \usepackage{hyperref}[2012/08/20]
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2794--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2797--><p class="indent" > Both packages want to redefine <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@starttoc</span></span></span>.
-<!--l. 2800--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.31 </span> <a
- id="x1-850009.1.31"></a>prettyref</h5>
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61">
-%%% example for prettyref %%%
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage{prettyref}
-\usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}
-
-%\newrefformat{FIG}{Figure~\ref{#1}}% without hyperref
-\newrefformat{FIG}{\hyperref[{#1}]{Figure~\ref*{#1}}}
-
-\begin{document}
-  This is a reference to \prettyref{FIG:ONE}.
-  \newpage
-  \begin{figure}
-    \caption{This is my figure}
-    \label{FIG:ONE}
-  \end{figure}
-\end{document}
-%%% example for prettyref %%%
-      
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2819--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2821--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.32 </span> <a
- id="x1-860009.1.32"></a>ntheorem</h5>
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62">
- ntheorem-hyper.sty is an old patched version of ntheorem.sty.
-  Newer versions of ntheorem know the option hyperref:
-    \usepackage{hyperref}
-    \usepackage[hyperref]{ntheorem}
-  But there are still unsolved problems (options thref, ...).
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2828--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2830--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.33 </span> <a
- id="x1-870009.1.33"></a>setspace</h5>
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63">
- \usepackage{setspace}
-  \usepackage{hyperref}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2834--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2836--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.34 </span> <a
- id="x1-880009.1.34"></a>sidecap</h5>
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64">
- Before 2002/05/24 v1.5h:
-    \usepackage{nameref}
-    \usepackage{hyperref}
-    \usepackage{sidecap}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2842--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2844--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.35 </span> <a
- id="x1-890009.1.35"></a>subfigure</h5>
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65">
- 1995/03/06 v2.0:
-    \usepackage{subfigure}
-    \usepackage{hyperref}
-    % hypertexnames is set to false.
-  v2.1:
-    \usepackage{nameref}
-    \usepackage{subfigure}
-    \usepackage{hyperref}
-    or
-    \usepackage{hyperref}
-    \usepackage{subfigure}
-  v2.1.2:
-    please update
-  v2.1.3:
-    \usepackage{hyperref}
-    \usepackage{subfigure}
-    or vice versa?
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2863--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2865--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.36 </span> <a
- id="x1-900009.1.36"></a>titleref</h5>
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66">
- \usepackage{nameref}
-  \usepackage{titleref}% without usetoc
-  \usepackage{hyperref}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2870--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2872--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.37 </span> <a
- id="x1-910009.1.37"></a>tabularx</h5>
-<!--l. 2874--><p class="noindent" >Linked footnotes are not supported inside environment ‘tabularx’, because they uses the optional
-argument of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>, see section ‘Limitations’. Before version 2011/09/28 6.82i hyperref had
-disabled footnotes entirely by ‘hyperfootnotes=false’.
-<!--l. 2880--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.38 </span> <a
- id="x1-920009.1.38"></a>titlesec</h5>
-<!--l. 2882--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="ec-lmss-10">nameref </span>supports titlesec, but hyperref does not (unsolved is the anchor setting, missing with
-unnumbered section, perhaps problems with page breaks with numbered ones).
-<!--l. 2887--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.39 </span> <a
- id="x1-930009.1.39"></a>ucs/utf8x.def</h5>
-<!--l. 2889--><p class="noindent" >The first time a multibyte UTF8 sequence is called, it does some calculations and stores the result in a
-macro for speeding up the next calls of that UTF8 sequence. However this makes the first call
-non-expandable and will break if used in information entries or bookmarks. Package <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">ucs </span>offers
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\PrerenderUnicode</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\PreloadUnicodePage</span></span></span> to solve this:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67">
-    \usepackage{ucs}
-    \usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}
-    \usepackage{hyperref}% or with option unicode
-    \PrerenderUnicode{^^c3^^b6}% or \PrerenderUnicodePage{1}
-    \hypersetup{pdftitle={Umlaut example: ^^c3^^b6}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2902--><p class="nopar" > The notation with two carets avoids trouble with 8-bit bytes for the README file, you can use the
-characters directly.
-<!--l. 2907--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.40 </span> <a
- id="x1-940009.1.40"></a>varioref</h5>
-<!--l. 2908--><p class="noindent" >There are too many problems with varioref. Nobody has time to sort them out. Therefore this package is
-now unsupported.
-<!--l. 2912--><p class="indent" > Perhaps you are lucky and some of the features of varioref works with the following loading
-order:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68">
-    \usepackage{nameref}
-    \usepackage{varioref}
-    \usepackage{hyperref}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2918--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2921--><p class="indent" > Also some babel versions can be problematic. For example, 2005/05/21 v3.8g contains a patch for
-varioref that breaks the hyperref support for varioref.
-<!--l. 2927--><p class="indent" > Also unsupported:
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Ref</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\Vref</span></span></span> do not uppercase the first letter.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\vpageref[]{...}</span></span></span> On the same page a previous space is not suppressed.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 2934--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.41 </span> <a
- id="x1-950009.1.41"></a>verse</h5>
-<!--l. 2936--><p class="noindent" >Version 2005/08/22 v2.22 contains support for hyperref.
-<!--l. 2938--><p class="indent" > For older versions see example from de.comp.text.tex (2005/08/11, slightly modified):
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69">
-  \documentclass{article}
-
-  % package order does not matter
-  \usepackage{verse}
-  \usepackage{hyperref}
-
-  \makeatletter
-  % make unique poemline anchors
-  \newcounter{verse at env}
-  \setcounter{verse at env}{0}
-  \let\org at verse\verse
-  \def\verse{%
-    \stepcounter{verse at env}%
-    \org at verse
-  }
-  \def\theHpoemline{\arabic{verse at env}.\thepoemline}
-
-  % add anchor for before \addcontentsline in \@vsptitle
-  \let\org at vsptitle\@vsptitle
-  \def\@vsptitle{%
-    \phantomsection
-    \org at vsptitle
-  }
-  \makeatother
-
-  \begin{document}
-
-  \poemtitle{Poem 1}
-  \begin{verse}
-  An one-liner.
-  \end{verse}
-
-  \newpage
-
-  \poemtitle{Poem 2}
-  \begin{verse}
-  Another one-liner.
-  \end{verse}
-
-  \end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2982--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2984--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.42 </span> <a
- id="x1-960009.1.42"></a>vietnam</h5>
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70">
- % pd1enc.def should be loaded before package dblaccnt:
-  \usepackage[PD1,OT1]{fontenc}
-  \usepackage{vietnam}
-  \usepackage{hyperref}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 2990--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 2992--><p class="noindent" >
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1.43 </span> <a
- id="x1-970009.1.43"></a>XeTeX</h5>
-<!--l. 2994--><p class="noindent" >Default for the encoding of bookmarks is <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfencoding=unicode</span></span></span>. That means the strings are always
-treated as unicode strings. If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">auto</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">pdfdoc</span></span></span> is forced it applies only if the string restricts to the
-printable ASCII set, The reason is that the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\special</span></span></span> does not support PDFDocEncoding.
-<!--l. 3000--><p class="indent" > In older versions hyperref contained special conversion code from UTF-16BE back to UTF-8 in a
-number of places for xetex to avoid the xdvipdfmx warning
-<!--l. 3004--><p class="indent" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">Failed</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> to</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> convert</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> input</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> string</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> to</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> UTF16...</span></span></span>
-<!--l. 3006--><p class="indent" > This is no longer needed with a current xdvipdfmx, so this code has been removed.
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\csname</span><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10"> HyPsd at XeTeXBigCharstrue\endcsname</span></span></span> should no longer be used.
-<!--l. 3012--><p class="noindent" >
- <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10 </span> <a
- id="x1-9800010"></a>Limitations<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="manual6.html#fn5x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">5</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-98001f5"></a> </h3>
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.1 </span> <a
- id="x1-9900010.1"></a>Wrapped/broken link support</h4>
-<!--l. 3015--><p class="noindent" >Only few drivers support automatically wrapped/broken links, e.g. pdftex, dvipdfm, hypertex. Other
-drivers lack this feature, e.g. dvips, dvipsone.
-<!--l. 3019--><p class="indent" > Workarounds:
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">For long section or caption titles in the table of contents or list of figures/tables option
- <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">linktocpage </span>can be used. Then the page number will be a link, and the overlong section title
- is not forced into an one line link with overfull <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hbox</span></span></span> warning.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">“<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span></span></span>”s are caught by package <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">breakurl</span>.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">The option <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">breaklinks </span>is intended for internal use. But it can be used to force link wrapping,
- e.g. when printing a document. However, when such a document is converted to PDF and
- viewed with a PDF viewer, the active link area will be misplaced.
- <!--l. 3033--><p class="noindent" >Another limitation: some penalties are “optimized” by TeX, thus there are missing break
- points, especially within <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\url</span></span></span>. (See thread “hyperref.sty, breaklinks and url.sty 3.2” in
- comp.text.tex 2005-09).</li></ul>
-
-
-<!--l. 3039--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2 </span> <a
- id="x1-10000010.2"></a>Links across pages</h4>
-<!--l. 3041--><p class="noindent" >In general they have problems:
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">Some driver doesn’t support them at all (see above).
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">The driver allows it, but the link result might include the footer and/or header, or an error
- message can occur sometimes.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 3049--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.3 </span> <a
- id="x1-10100010.3"></a>Footnotes</h4>
-<!--l. 3051--><p class="noindent" >LaTeX allows the separation of the footnote mark and the footnote text (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span>,
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>). This interface might be enough for visual typesetting. But the relation between
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span> to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span> is not as strong as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\ref</span></span></span> to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\label</span></span></span>. Therefore it is not clear in general
-which <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span> references which <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>. But that is necessary to implement hyperlinking.
-Thus the implementation of hyperref does not support the optional argument of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span> and
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>.
-<!--l. 3062--><p class="noindent" >
- <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11 </span> <a
- id="x1-10200011"></a>Hints<span class="footnote-mark"><a
-href="manual7.html#fn6x0"><sup class="textsuperscript">6</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-102001f6"></a> </h3>
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1 </span> <a
- id="x1-10300011.1"></a>Spaces in option values</h4>
-<!--l. 3066--><p class="noindent" >Unhappily LaTeX strips spaces from options if they are given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\documentclass</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\usepackage</span></span></span> (or
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\RequirePackage</span></span></span>), e.g.:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71">
-    \usepackage[pdfborder=0 0 1]{hyperref}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 3070--><p class="nopar" > Package hyperref now gets
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72">
-    pdfborder=001
-</pre>
-<!--l. 3074--><p class="nopar" > and the result is an invalid PDF file. As workaround braces can be used:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73">
-    \usepackage[pdfborder={0 0 1}]{hyperref}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 3079--><p class="nopar" > Some options can also be given in <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span>
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74">
-    \hypersetup{pdfborder=0 0 1}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 3083--><p class="nopar" > In <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hypersetup</span></span></span> the options are directly processed as key value options (see package keyval) without
-space stripping in the value part.
-<!--l. 3089--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, LaTeX’s option handling system can be adapted to key value options by one of the
-packages <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">kvoptions-patch </span>(from project <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">kvoptions</span>) or <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">xkvltxp </span>(from project <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">xsetkeys</span>).
-<!--l. 3094--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.2 </span> <a
- id="x1-10400011.2"></a>Index with makeindex</h4>
- <ul class="itemize1">
- <li class="itemize">Package hyperref adds <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> commands by the encap mechanism (see documentation
- of Makeindex), if option hyperindex is set (default). <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> uses the page anchors that
- are set by hyperref at each page (default). However in the default case page numbers are used
- in anchor names in arabic form. If the page numbers in other formats are used (book class
- with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\frontmatter</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\romannumbering</span></span></span>, ...), then the page anchors are not unique. Therefore
- option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">plainpages=false</span></span></span> is recommended.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">The encap mechanism of Makeindex allows to use one command only (see documentation of
- Makeindex). If the user sets such a command, hyperref suppresses its <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> command. With
- logical markup this situation can easily be solved:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">
-       \usepackage{makeidx}
-       \makeindex
-       \usepackage[hyperindex]{hyperref}
-       \newcommand*{\main}[1]{\textbf{\hyperpage{#1}}}
-       ...
-       \index{Some example|main}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 3118--><p class="nopar" >
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Scientic Word/Scientific WorkPlace users can use package robustindex with hyperindex=false.
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Other encap characters can be set by option <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">encap</span>. Example for use of “?”:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">
-       \usepackage[encap=?]{hyperref}
-</pre>
- <!--l. 3125--><p class="nopar" >
- </li>
- <li class="itemize">Another possibility is the insertion of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> by a style file for makeindex. For this case,
- hyperref’s insertion will be disabled by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperindex=false</span></span></span>. <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\hyperpage</span></span></span> will be defined regardless of
- setting of hyperindex.
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">
- %%% cut %%% hyperindex.ist %%% cut %%%
- delim_0 ", \\hyperpage{"
- delim_1 ", \\hyperpage{"
- delim_2 ", \\hyperpage{"
- delim_n "}, \\hyperpage{"
- delim_t "}"
- encap_prefix "}\\"
- encap_infix "{\\hyperpage{"
- encap_suffix "}"
- %%% cut %%% hyperindex.ist %%% cut %%%
-</pre>
- <!--l. 3141--><p class="nopar" ></li></ul>
-<!--l. 3144--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.3 </span> <a
- id="x1-10500011.3"></a>Warning <span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">"bookmark level for unknown <foobar> defaults to 0"</span></h4>
-<!--l. 3146--><p class="noindent" >Getting rid of it:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78">
-\makeatletter
-\providecommand*{\toclevel@<foobar>}{0}
-\makeatother
-</pre>
-<!--l. 3151--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 3153--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.4 </span> <a
- id="x1-10600011.4"></a>Link anchors in figures</h4>
-<!--l. 3155--><p class="noindent" >The caption command increments the counter and here is the place where hyperref set the corresponding
-anchor. Unhappily the caption is set below the figure, so the figure is not visible if a link jumps
-to a figure. In this case, try package <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hypcap </span>that implements a method to circumvent the
-problem.
-<!--l. 3163--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.5 </span> <a
- id="x1-10700011.5"></a>Additional unicode characters in bookmarks and pdf information entries:</h4>
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">
-\documentclass[pdftex]{article}
-\usepackage[unicode]{hyperref}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 3167--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 3169--><p class="indent" > Support for additional unicode characters:
-<!--l. 3171--><p class="indent" > Example: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.{a}</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\d{a}</span></span></span>
-<!--l. 3173--><p class="indent" > 1. Get a list with unicode data, eg:
-<!--l. 3175--><p class="indent" > http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/UnicodeData.txt
-<!--l. 3177--><p class="indent" > 2. Identify the characters (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\.{a}</span></span></span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\d{a}</span></span></span>):
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80">
-    0227;LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DOT ABOVE;...
-    1EA1;LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DOT BELOW;...
-</pre>
-<!--l. 3181--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 3183--><p class="indent" > 3. Calculate the octal code:
-<!--l. 3185--><p class="indent" > The first characters of the line in the file are hex values, convert each byte and prepend them with a
-backslash. (This will go into the PDF file.)
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81">
-    0227 -> \002\047
-    1EA1 -> \036\241
-</pre>
-<!--l. 3192--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 3194--><p class="indent" > 4. Transform into a form understood by hyperref:
-<!--l. 3196--><p class="indent" > Hyperref must know where the first byte starts, this is marked by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">9</span></span></span> (8 and 9 cannot occur in octal
-numbers):
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82">
-    \002\047 -> \9002\047
-    \036\241 -> \9036\241
-</pre>
-<!--l. 3203--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 3205--><p class="indent" > Optional: <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">8</span></span></span> is used for abbreviations:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83">
-    \900 = \80, \901 = \81, \902 = \82, ...
-
-    \9002\047 -> \82\047
-</pre>
-<!--l. 3211--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 3213--><p class="indent" > 5. Declare the character with LaTeX:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84">
-\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\.}{PU}{a}{\82\047}
-\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\d}{PU}{a}{\9036\241}
-
-\begin{document}
-\section{\={a}, \d{a}, \’{a}, \.{a}}
-\end{document}
-      
-</pre>
-<!--l. 3222--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 3224--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.6 </span> <a
- id="x1-10800011.6"></a>Footnotes</h4>
-<!--l. 3226--><p class="noindent" >The footnote support is rather limited. It is beyond the scope to use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotetext</span></span></span>
-out of order or reusing <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\footnotemark</span></span></span>. Here you can either disable hyperref’s footnote support by
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">hyperfootnotes=false</span></span></span> or fiddle with internal macros, nasty examples:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85">
-\documentclass{article}
-\usepackage{hyperref}
-\begin{document}
-Hello%
-\footnote{The first footnote}
-World%
-\addtocounter{footnote}{-1}%
-\addtocounter{Hfootnote}{-1}%
-\footnotemark.
-\end{document}
-
-  or
-
-\documentclass{article}
-
-\usepackage{hyperref}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\makeatletter
-
-A%
-  \footnotemark
-  \let\saved at Href@A\Hy at footnote@currentHref
-  % remember link name
-B%
-  \footnotemark
-  \let\saved at Href@B\Hy at footnote@currentHref
-b%
-  \addtocounter{footnote}{-1}%
-  \addtocounter{Hfootnote}{-1}% generate the same anchor
-  \footnotemark
-C%
-  \footnotemark
-  \let\saved at Href@C\Hy at footnote@currentHref
-
-  \addtocounter{footnote}{-2}%
-  \let\Hy at footnote@currentHref\saved at Href@A
-\footnotetext{AAAA}%
-  \addtocounter{footnote}{1}%
-  \let\Hy at footnote@currentHref\saved at Href@B
-\footnotetext{BBBBB}%
-  \addtocounter{footnote}{1}%
-  \let\Hy at footnote@currentHref\saved at Href@C
-\footnotetext{CCCC}%
-
-\end{document}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 3280--><p class="nopar" >
-
-<!--l. 3282--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.7 </span> <a
- id="x1-10900011.7"></a>Subordinate counters</h4>
-<!--l. 3284--><p class="noindent" >Some counters do not have unique values and require the value of other counters to be unique. For
-example, sections or figures might be numbered within chapters or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem</span></span></span> is used with an
-optional counter argument. Internally LaTeX uses <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> to reset a counter in dependency to
-another counter. Package hyperref hooks into <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> to catch this situation. Also <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\numberwithin</span></span></span>
-of package amsmath is caught by hyperref.
-<!--l. 3294--><p class="indent" > However, if the definition of subordinate counters take place before hyperref is loaded, the old
-meaning of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\@addtoreset</span></span></span> is called without hyperref’s additions. Then the companion counter macro
-<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\theH<counter></span></span></span> can be redefined accordingly. Or move the definition of subordinate counters after
-hyperref is loaded.
-<!--l. 3300--><p class="indent" > Example for <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10">\newtheorem</span></span></span>, problematic case:
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86">
-    \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section]
-    \usepackage{hyperref}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 3304--><p class="nopar" > Solution a)
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87">
-    \usepackage{hyperref}
-    \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 3309--><p class="nopar" > Solution b)
-
-
- <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88">
-    \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section]
-    \usepackage{hyperref}
-    \newcommand*{\theHcorA}{\theHsection.\number\value{corA}}
-</pre>
-<!--l. 3315--><p class="nopar" >
-<!--l. 3317--><p class="noindent" >
- <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12 </span> <a
- id="x1-11000012"></a>History and acknowledgments</h3>
-<!--l. 3319--><p class="noindent" >The original authors of <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperbasics.tex </span>and <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hypertex.sty</span>, from which this package descends, are
-Tanmoy Bhattacharya and Thorsten Ohl. Package <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref </span>started as a simple port of their
-work to <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX2e"><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span><span class="HoLogo-2">2</span><span class="HoLogo-e"><span
-class="lmmi-10">ε</span></span></span> standards, but eventually I rewrote nearly everything, because I didn’t
-understand a lot of the original, and was only interested in getting it to work with <span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>. I
-would like to thank Arthur Smith, Tanmoy Bhattacharya, Mark Doyle, Paul Ginsparg, David
-Carlisle, T. V. Raman and Leslie Lamport for comments, requests, thoughts and code to
-get the package into its first useable state. Various other people are mentioned at the point
-in the source where I had to change the code in later versions because of problems they
-found.
-<!--l. 3332--><p class="indent" > Tanmoy found a great many of the bugs, and (even better) often provided fixes, which has
-made the package more robust. The days spent on RevTeX are entirely due to him! The
-investigations of Bill Moss into the later versions including native PDF support uncovered a
-good many bugs, and his testing is appreciated. Hans Hagen provided a lot of insight into
-PDF.
-<!--l. 3340--><p class="indent" > Berthold Horn provided help, encouragement and sponsorship for the <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvipsone </span>and <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dviwindo </span>drivers.
-Sergey Lesenko provided the changes needed for <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">dvipdf</span>, and H\xE0n Th\xEA\xB4 Th\xE0nh supplied all
-the information needed for <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex</span>. Patrick Daly kindly updated his <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">natbib </span>package to allow
-easy integration with <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>. Michael Mehlich’s <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyper </span>package (developed in parallel with
-<span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>) showed me solutions for some problems. Hopefully the two packages will combine one
-day.
-<!--l. 3349--><p class="indent" > The forms creation section owes a great deal to: T. V. Raman, for encouragement, support and
-ideas; Thomas Merz, whose book <span
-class="ec-lmri-10">Web Publishing with Acrobat/PDF </span>provided crucial insights;
-D. P. Story, whose detailed article about pdfmarks and forms solved many practical problems; and Hans
-Hagen, who explained how to do it in <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">pdftex</span>.
-<!--l. 3355--><p class="indent" > Steve Peter recreated the manual source in July 2003 after it had been lost.
-<!--l. 3358--><p class="indent" > Especial extra thanks to David Carlisle for the <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">backref </span>module, the ps2pdf and dviwindo support,
-frequent general rewrites of my bad code, and for working on changes to the <span
-class="ec-lmss-10">xr </span>package to suit
-<span
-class="ec-lmss-10">hyperref</span>.
-
-
- <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13 </span> <a
- id="x1-11100013"></a>GNU Free Documentation License</h3>
-<!--l. 6--><p class="noindent" >Version 1.2, November 2002
-<!--l. 9--><p class="indent" > Copyright <span
-class="ts1-lmr10-">\xA9</span> 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.<br
-class="newline" />59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA<br
-class="newline" />Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is
-not allowed.
-<!--l. 15--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-11200013"></a>Preamble</h4>
-<!--l. 17--><p class="noindent" >The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document
-“free” in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with
-or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for
-the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
-modifications made by others.
-<!--l. 25--><p class="indent" > This License is a kind of “copyleft”, which means that derivative works of the document must
-themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a
-copyleft license designed for free software.
-<!--l. 30--><p class="indent" > We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software
-needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same
-freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can
-be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a
-printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or
-reference.
-<!--l. 39--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1 </span> <a
- id="x1-11300013.1"></a>Applicability and definitions</h4>
-<!--l. 42--><p class="noindent" >This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by
-the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a
-notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under
-the conditions stated herein. The “Document”, below, refers to any such manual or work.
-Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as “you”. You accept the license
-if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright
-law.
-<!--l. 52--><p class="indent" > A “Modified Version” of the Document means any work containing the Document or a
-portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another
-language.
-<!--l. 56--><p class="indent" > A “Secondary Section” is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals
-exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document’s overall
-subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject.
-(Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
-mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with
-related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
-them.
-<!--l. 67--><p class="indent" > The “Invariant Sections” are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of
-Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section
-does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The
-Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections
-then there are none.
-
-
-<!--l. 75--><p class="indent" > The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or
-Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License.
-A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25
-words.
-<!--l. 80--><p class="indent" > A “Transparent” copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format
-whose specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document
-straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or
-(for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
-for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an
-otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart or
-discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not
-Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not “Transparent” is called
-“Opaque”.
-<!--l. 93--><p class="indent" > Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo
-input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and
-standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification.
-Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include
-proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML
-or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the
-machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output purposes
-only.
-<!--l. 104--><p class="indent" > The “Title Page” means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are
-needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
-formats which do not have any title page as such, “Title Page” means the text near the
-most prominent appearance of the work’s title, preceding the beginning of the body of the
-text.
-<!--l. 111--><p class="indent" > A section “Entitled XYZ” means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely
-XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language.
-(Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as “Acknowledgements”,
-“Dedications”, “Endorsements”, or “History”.) To “Preserve the Title” of such a section when you
-modify the Document means that it remains a section “Entitled XYZ” according to this
-definition.
-<!--l. 119--><p class="indent" > The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this
-License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by
-reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication
-that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this
-License.
-<!--l. 127--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.2 </span> <a
- id="x1-11400013.2"></a>Verbatim copying</h4>
-<!--l. 130--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially,
-provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the
-Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this
-License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the
-copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies.
-If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in
-section <a
-href="#x1-11500013.3">13.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a>.
-<!--l. 141--><p class="indent" > You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display
-copies.
-
-
-<!--l. 145--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.3 </span> <a
- id="x1-11500013.3"></a>Copying in quantity</h4>
-<!--l. 148--><p class="noindent" >If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document,
-numbering more than 100, and the Document’s license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
-copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front
-cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly
-identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all
-words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in
-addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of
-the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other
-respects.
-<!--l. 161--><p class="indent" > If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones
-listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
-pages.
-<!--l. 166--><p class="indent" > If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must
-either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with
-each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access
-to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free
-of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you
-begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will
-remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you
-distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the
-public.
-<!--l. 179--><p class="indent" > It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before
-redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version
-of the Document.
-<!--l. 184--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.4 </span> <a
- id="x1-11600013.4"></a>Modifications</h4>
-<!--l. 187--><p class="noindent" >You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections <a
-href="#x1-11400013.2">13.2<!--tex4ht:ref: verbatim --></a>
-and <a
-href="#x1-11500013.3">13.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
-Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the
-Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified
-Version:
-<!--l. 196--><p class="indent" >
- <ol class="enumerate1" >
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116002x1">Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document,
- and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History
- section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original
- publisher of that version gives permission.
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116004x2">List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship
- of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal
- authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they
- release you from this requirement.
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116006x3">State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher.
-
-
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116008x4">Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116010x5">Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright
- notices.
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116012x6">Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission
- to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the
- Addendum below.
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116014x7">Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts
- given in the Document’s license notice.
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116016x8">Include an unaltered copy of this License.
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116018x9">Preserve the section Entitled “History”, Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at
- least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title
- Page. If there is no section Entitled “History” in the Document, create one stating the title,
- year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item
- describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence.
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116020x10">Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a
- Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document
- for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the “History” section. You
- may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the
- Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116022x11">For any section Entitled “Acknowledgements” or “Dedications”, Preserve the Title of the
- section, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor
- acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116024x12">Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their
- titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116026x13">Delete any section Entitled “Endorsements”. Such a section may not be included in the
- Modified Version.
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116028x14">Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled “Endorsements” or to conflict in title with
- any Invariant Section.
- </li>
- <li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-116030x15">Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
- </li></ol>
-
-
-<!--l. 247--><p class="indent" > If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary
-Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or
-all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in
-the Modified Version’s license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section
-titles.
-<!--l. 254--><p class="indent" > You may add a section Entitled “Endorsements”, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of
-your Modified Version by various parties–for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
-been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.
-<!--l. 260--><p class="indent" > You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as
-a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
-Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any
-one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
-by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you
-may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old
-one.
-<!--l. 270--><p class="indent" > The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their
-names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
-<!--l. 275--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.5 </span> <a
- id="x1-11700013.5"></a>Combining documents</h4>
-<!--l. 278--><p class="noindent" >You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms
-defined in section <a
-href="#x1-11600013.4">13.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a> above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of
-the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant
-Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty
-Disclaimers.
-<!--l. 286--><p class="indent" > The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant
-Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name
-but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in
-parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique
-number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license
-notice of the combined work.
-<!--l. 295--><p class="indent" > In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled “History” in the various original
-documents, forming one section Entitled “History”; likewise combine any sections Entitled
-“Acknowledgements”, and any sections Entitled “Dedications”. You must delete all sections Entitled
-“Endorsements”.
-<!--l. 302--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.6 </span> <a
- id="x1-11800013.6"></a>Collections of documents</h4>
-<!--l. 305--><p class="noindent" >You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License,
-and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is
-included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each
-of the documents in all other respects.
-<!--l. 311--><p class="indent" > You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this
-License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License
-in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
-<!--l. 317--><p class="noindent" >
-
-
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.7 </span> <a
- id="x1-11900013.7"></a>Aggregation with independent works</h4>
-<!--l. 320--><p class="noindent" >A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or
-works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an “aggregate” if the copyright
-resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation’s users beyond what
-the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
-apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the
-Document.
-<!--l. 329--><p class="indent" > If the Cover Text requirement of section <a
-href="#x1-11500013.3">13.3<!--tex4ht:ref: copying --></a> is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if
-the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document’s Cover Texts may be placed
-on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the
-Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
-aggregate.
-<!--l. 338--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.8 </span> <a
- id="x1-12000013.8"></a>Translation</h4>
-<!--l. 341--><p class="noindent" >Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document
-under the terms of section <a
-href="#x1-11600013.4">13.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a>. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
-permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant
-Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of
-this License, and all the license notices in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers,
-provided that you also include the original English version of this License and the original
-versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the translation
-and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will
-prevail.
-<!--l. 355--><p class="indent" > If a section in the Document is Entitled “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, or “History”, the
-requirement (section <a
-href="#x1-11600013.4">13.4<!--tex4ht:ref: modifications --></a>) to Preserve its Title (section <a
-href="#x1-11300013.1">13.1<!--tex4ht:ref: applicability --></a>) will typically require changing the actual
-title.
-<!--l. 362--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.9 </span> <a
- id="x1-12100013.9"></a>Termination</h4>
-<!--l. 365--><p class="noindent" >You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under
-this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
-automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or
-rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain
-in full compliance.
-<!--l. 374--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.10 </span> <a
- id="x1-12200013.10"></a>Future revisions of this license</h4>
-<!--l. 377--><p class="noindent" >The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation
-License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
-differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
-<!--l. 383--><p class="indent" > Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a
-particular numbered version of this License “or any later version” applies to it, you have the option of
-following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been
-published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
-number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software
-Foundation.
-
-
-<!--l. 393--><p class="noindent" >
- <h4 class="likesubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-12300013.10"></a>Addendum: how to use this license for your documents</h4>
-<!--l. 395--><p class="noindent" >To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and
-put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:
-<!--l. 399--><p class="indent" >
- <blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 400--><p class="noindent" >Copyright <span
-class="ts1-lmr10-">\xA9</span> YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
- modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
- Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
- Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the
- license is included in the section entitled “GNU Free Documentation License”.</blockquote>
-<!--l. 409--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the “with...Texts.”
-line with this:
-<!--l. 412--><p class="indent" > with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and
-with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
-<!--l. 415--><p class="indent" > If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge
-those two alternatives to suit the situation.
-<!--l. 419--><p class="indent" > If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these
-examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
-to permit their use in free software.
-
-
-
-
-
-</body></html>
-
-
-
-
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual2.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual2.html 2021-02-07 21:40:21 UTC (rev 57664)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual2.html 2021-02-07 21:54:30 UTC (rev 57665)
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
-<html >
-<head><title></title>
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
-<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
-<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
-<!-- html -->
-<meta name="src" content="manual.tex">
-<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="manual.css">
-</head><body
->
- <div class="footnote-text">
- <!--l. 193--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
- id="fn1x0"> <sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span
-class="ec-lmr-8">Now: </span><a
-href="https://ctan.org/tex-archive/support/hypertex/hypertex" class="url" ><span
-class="ec-lmvtt-10x-x-80">https://ctan.org/tex-archive/support/hypertex/hypertex</span></a></div>
-
-</body></html>
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual3.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual3.html 2021-02-07 21:40:21 UTC (rev 57664)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual3.html 2021-02-07 21:54:30 UTC (rev 57665)
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
-<html >
-<head><title></title>
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
-<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
-<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
-<!-- html -->
-<meta name="src" content="manual.tex">
-<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="manual.css">
-</head><body
->
- <div class="footnote-text">
- <!--l. 211--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
- id="fn2x0"> <sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><span
-class="ec-lmr-8">This is borrowed from an article by Arthur Smith.</span></div>
-
-</body></html>
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual4.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual4.html 2021-02-07 21:40:21 UTC (rev 57664)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual4.html 2021-02-07 21:54:30 UTC (rev 57665)
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
-<html >
-<head><title></title>
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
-<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
-<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
-<!-- html -->
-<meta name="src" content="manual.tex">
-<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="manual.css">
-</head><body
->
- <div class="footnote-text">
- <!--l. 276--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
- id="fn3x0"> <sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><span
-class="ec-lmr-8">Make sure you turn off the partial font downloading supported by </span><span
-class="ec-lmss-8">dvips </span><span
-class="ec-lmr-8">and </span><span
-class="ec-lmss-8">dvipsone </span><span
-class="ec-lmr-8">in favor of Distiller’s own</span>
- <span
-class="ec-lmr-8">system.</span></div>
-
-</body></html>
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual5.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual5.html 2021-02-07 21:40:21 UTC (rev 57664)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual5.html 2021-02-07 21:54:30 UTC (rev 57665)
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
-<html >
-<head><title></title>
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
-<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
-<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
-<!-- html -->
-<meta name="src" content="manual.tex">
-<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="manual.css">
-</head><body
->
- <div class="footnote-text">
- <span class="footnote-mark"><a
- id="fn4x0"> <sup class="textsuperscript">4</sup></a></span><span
-class="ec-lmr-8">This section moved from the README file, needs more integration into the manual</span></div>
-
-</body></html>
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual6.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual6.html 2021-02-07 21:40:21 UTC (rev 57664)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual6.html 2021-02-07 21:54:30 UTC (rev 57665)
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
-<html >
-<head><title></title>
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
-<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
-<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
-<!-- html -->
-<meta name="src" content="manual.tex">
-<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="manual.css">
-</head><body
->
- <div class="footnote-text">
- <span class="footnote-mark"><a
- id="fn5x0"> <sup class="textsuperscript">5</sup></a></span><span
-class="ec-lmr-8">This section moved from the README file, needs more integration into the manual</span></div>
-
-</body></html>
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual7.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual7.html 2021-02-07 21:40:21 UTC (rev 57664)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/manual7.html 2021-02-07 21:54:30 UTC (rev 57665)
@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
-<html >
-<head><title></title>
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
-<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
-<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)">
-<!-- html -->
-<meta name="src" content="manual.tex">
-<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="manual.css">
-</head><body
->
- <div class="footnote-text">
- <span class="footnote-mark"><a
- id="fn6x0"> <sup class="textsuperscript">6</sup></a></span><span
-class="ec-lmr-8">This section moved from the README file, needs more integration into the manual</span></div>
-
-</body></html>
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/hyperref/nameref.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/backref.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/backref.dtx 2021-02-07 21:40:21 UTC (rev 57664)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/backref.dtx 2021-02-07 21:54:30 UTC (rev 57665)
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
%% Copyright (C) 1995-2000 David Carlisle, Sebastian Rahtz, Heiko Oberdiek
%% 2001-2012 Heiko Oberdiek
%% 2016-2019 Oberdiek Package Suport Group
-%% 2019-2021 The LaTeX3 Project
+%% 2019-2021 The LaTeX Project
%% https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues
%%
%% This file is part of the `Hyperref Bundle'.
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
%%
%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
%%
-%% The Current Maintainer of this work is The LaTeX3 Project.
+%% The Current Maintainer of this work is The LaTeX Project.
%%
%% The list of all files belonging to the `Hyperref Bundle' is
%% given in the file `manifest.txt'.
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/bmhydoc.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/bmhydoc.sty 2021-02-07 21:40:21 UTC (rev 57664)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/bmhydoc.sty 2021-02-07 21:54:30 UTC (rev 57665)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
%% Copyright
%% 1995-2015 Heiko Oberdiek
%% 2016-2019 Oberdiek Package Support Group
-%% 2019-2020 LaTeX3 Project
+%% 2019-2020 LaTeX Project
%% https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues
%%
%% This file is part of the `Hyperref Bundle'.
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
}%
}
\AtEndDocument{%
- \@bmhydoc[open=false]{0}{manual.pdf}{Hyperref manual}
+ \@bmhydoc[open=false]{0}{hyperref-doc.pdf}{Hyperref manual}
\@bmhydoc{1}{slides.pdf}{Bookmark talk, slides}
\@bmhydoc{2}{paper.pdf}{Bookmark talk, paper}
\@bmhydoc{1}{hyperref.pdf}{Sources: hyperref.dtx}
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
\ignorespaces
}%
\begin{description}
- \entry{manual.pdf}{\textbf{Manual}}
+ \entry{hyperref-doc.pdf}{\textbf{Manual}}
The \textbf{USER MANUAL} (also available as HTML).
\entry{ChangeLog.txt}{ChangeLog}
This file records the version history.
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/doc/fdl.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/doc/fdl.tex 2021-02-07 21:40:21 UTC (rev 57664)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/doc/fdl.tex 2021-02-07 21:54:30 UTC (rev 57665)
@@ -1,422 +0,0 @@
-% This file is a chapter. It must be included in a larger document to work
-% properly.
-
-\chapter{GNU Free Documentation License}
-
-Version 1.2, November 2002
-
-
- Copyright \copyright\ 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\\
- 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA\\
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-
-\section*{PREAMBLE}
-
-The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
-functional and useful document ``free'' in the sense of freedom: to
-assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
-with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
-Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
-to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
-for modifications made by others.
-
-This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
-works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
-complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
-license designed for free software.
-
-We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
-software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
-program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
-software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
-it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
-whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
-principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
-
-
-\section{APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS}
-\label{applicability}
-
-This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
-contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
-distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
-world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
-work under the conditions stated herein. The ``Document'', below,
-refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
-licensee, and is addressed as ``you''. You accept the license if you
-copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
-under copyright law.
-
-A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the
-Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
-modifications and/or translated into another language.
-
-A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
-the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
-publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
-(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
-within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a
-textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
-mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
-connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
-commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
-them.
-
-The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
-are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
-that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
-section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
-allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
-Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
-Sections then there are none.
-
-The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed,
-as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
-the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
-be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
-
-A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
-represented in a format whose specification is available to the
-general public, that is suitable for revising the document
-straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
-pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
-drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
-for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
-to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
-format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
-or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
-An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
-of text. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
-
-Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
-ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, \LaTeX\ input format, SGML
-or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
-HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of
-transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats
-include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
-proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
-processing tools are not generally available, and the
-machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
-processors for output purposes only.
-
-The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
-plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
-this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
-formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
-the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
-preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
-
-A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose
-title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
-text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
-specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'',
-``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.) To ``Preserve the Title''
-of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
-section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition.
-
-The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
-states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
-Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
-License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
-implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
-no effect on the meaning of this License.
-
-
-\section{VERBATIM COPYING}
-\label{verbatim}
-
-You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
-commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
-copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
-to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
-conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
-technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
-copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
-compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
-number of copies you must also follow the conditions in
-section~\ref{copying}.
-
-You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
-you may publicly display copies.
-
-
-\section{COPYING IN QUANTITY}
-\label{copying}
-
-If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
-printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
-Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
-copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
-Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
-the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
-you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
-the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
-visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
-Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
-the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
-as verbatim copying in other respects.
-
-If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
-legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
-reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
-pages.
-
-If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
-more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
-copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
-a computer-network location from which the general network-using
-public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
-a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
-If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
-when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
-that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
-location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
-Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
-edition to the public.
-
-It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
-Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
-them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
-
-
-\section{MODIFICATIONS}
-\label{modifications}
-
-You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
-the conditions of sections~\ref{verbatim} and \ref{copying} above,
-provided that you release
-the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
-Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
-and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
-of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
-
-\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\Alph{enumi}.}
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
- from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
- (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
- of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
- if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
-\item List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
- responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
- Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
- Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
- unless they release you from this requirement.
-\item State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
- Modified Version, as the publisher.
-\item Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
-\item Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
- adjacent to the other copyright notices.
-\item Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
- giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
- terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
-\item Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
- and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
-\item Include an unaltered copy of this License.
-\item Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and add
- to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
- publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
- there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
- stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
- given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
- Version as stated in the previous sentence.
-\item Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
- public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
- the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
- it was based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section.
- You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
- least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
- publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
-\item For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'',
- Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all
- the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
- and/or dedications given therein.
-\item Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
- unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
- or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
-\item Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section
- may not be included in the Modified Version.
-\item Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements''
- or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
-\item Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
-
-\end{enumerate}
-
-If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
-appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
-copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
-of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
-list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
-These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
-
-You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
-nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
-parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
-been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
-standard.
-
-You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
-passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
-of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
-Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
-through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
-includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
-by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
-you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
-permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
-
-The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
-give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
-imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
-
-
-\section{COMBINING DOCUMENTS}
-\label{combining}
-
-You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
-License, under the terms defined in section~\ref{modifications}
-above for modified
-versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
-Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
-list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
-license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
-
-The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
-multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
-copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
-different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
-adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
-author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
-Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
-Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
-
-In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History''
-in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
-``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
-and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all sections
-Entitled ``Endorsements''.
-
-
-\section{COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS}
-\label{collections}
-
-You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
-released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
-License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
-the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
-verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
-
-You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
-it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
-License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
-other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
-
-
-\section{AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS}
-\label{aggregation}
-
-A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
-and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
-distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright
-resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
-of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
-When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
-apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
-derivative works of the Document.
-
-If the Cover Text requirement of section~\ref{copying} is applicable to
-these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half
-of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
-covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
-electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
-Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
-aggregate.
-
-
-\section{TRANSLATION}
-\label{translation}
-
-Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
-distribute translations of the Document under the terms of
-section~\ref{modifications}.
-Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
-permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
-translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
-original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
-translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
-Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
-the original English version of this License and the original versions
-of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
-the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
-or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
-
-If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
-``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement
-(section~\ref{modifications}) to Preserve
-its Title (section~\ref{applicability}) will typically require
-changing the actual title.
-
-
-\section{TERMINATION}
-\label{termination}
-
-You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
-as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
-copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
-automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
-parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
-License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
-
-
-\section{FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE}
-\label{future}
-
-The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
-of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
-versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
-differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
-http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
-
-Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
-If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
-License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of
-following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
-of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
-Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
-number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
-as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-\section*{ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents}
-
-To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
-the License in the document and put the following copyright and
-license notices just after the title page:
-
-\begin{quote}
- Copyright \copyright\ YEAR YOUR NAME.
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
- under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
- or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
- with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
- A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
- Free Documentation License''.
-\end{quote}
-
-If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
-replace the ``with...Texts.'' line with this:
-
- with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
- Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
-
-If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
-combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
-situation.
-
-If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
-recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
-free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
-to permit their use in free software.
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex 2021-02-07 21:54:30 UTC (rev 57665)
@@ -0,0 +1,3816 @@
+% This is the manual for the LaTeX hyperref package.
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1998-2003 Sebastian Rahtz.
+% Copyright (C) 2003 Steve Peter and Karl Berry
+% Copyright (C) 2006-2012 Heiko Oberdiek.
+% Copyright (C) 2017-2019 David Carlisle Ulrike Fischer
+% Copyright (C) 2019-2020 The LaTeX3 Project
+%
+% Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+% under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
+% any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
+% Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
+% Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
+% ``GNU Free Documentation License.''
+%
+
+\def\mydate{January 2020}
+
+\RequirePackage{iftex}
+\ifpdf % We are running pdfTeX in pdf mode
+\ifx\directlua\undefinded
+\documentclass[pdftex]{article}
+\else
+\documentclass[luatex]{article}
+\fi
+\else
+\documentclass{article}
+\fi
+
+
+\usepackage{pifont}
+\usepackage{calc}
+
+\usepackage{hologo}
+
+\def\OzTeX{O\kern-0.03em z\kern-0.15em \TeX}
+
+\newcommand*{\cs}[1]{%
+ \texttt{\textbackslash #1}%
+}
+\newcommand*{\xpackage}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\xoption}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
+
+% from doc.sty
+\makeatletter
+\ifx\l at nohyphenation\@undefined
+\newlanguage\l at nohyphenation
+\fi
+\ifx\l at nohyphenation\@undefined
+ \newlanguage\l at nohyphenation
+\fi
+\DeclareRobustCommand\meta[1]{%
+ \ensuremath\langle
+ \ifmmode \expandafter \nfss at text \fi
+ {%
+ \meta at font@select
+ \edef\meta at hyphen@restore
+ {\hyphenchar\the\font\the\hyphenchar\font}%
+ \hyphenchar\font\m at ne
+ \language\l at nohyphenation
+ #1\/%
+ \meta at hyphen@restore
+ }%
+ \ensuremath\rangle
+}
+\def\meta at font@select{\ttfamily\itshape}
+\makeatother
+
+% Page layout.
+\advance\textwidth by 1.1in
+\advance\oddsidemargin by -.55in
+\advance\evensidemargin by -.55in
+%
+\advance\textheight by 1in
+\advance\topmargin by -.5in
+\advance\footskip by -.5in
+%
+\pagestyle{headings}
+%
+% Avoid some overfull boxes.
+\emergencystretch=.1\hsize
+\hbadness = 3000
+
+% these are from lshort.sty, but lshort.sty pulls in so many other
+% packages it seems cleaner to just include them here.
+%
+\newcommand{\bs}{\symbol{'134}}%Print backslash
+\newcommand{\ci}[1]{\texttt{\bs#1}}
+
+\makeatletter
+\@ifpackageloaded{tex4ht}{%
+ % separate definition for HTML case to avoid
+ % nasty borders with double horizontal lines with
+ % large gaps.
+ \newsavebox{\cmdsyntaxbox}%
+ \newenvironment{cmdsyntax}{%
+ \par
+ % \small
+ \addvspace{3.2ex plus 0.8ex minus 0.2ex}%
+ \vskip -\parskip
+ \noindent
+ \begin{lrbox}{\cmdsyntaxbox}%
+ \begin{tabular}{l}%
+ \rule{0pt}{1em}%
+ \ignorespaces
+ }{%
+ \end{tabular}%
+ \end{lrbox}%
+ \fbox{\usebox{\cmdsyntaxbox}}%
+ \par
+ \nopagebreak
+ \addvspace{3.2ex plus 0.8ex minus 0.2ex}%
+ \vskip -\parskip
+ }%
+}{%
+ \newenvironment{cmdsyntax}{%
+ \par
+ \small
+ \addvspace{3.2ex plus 0.8ex minus 0.2ex}%
+ \vskip -\parskip
+ \noindent
+ \begin{tabular}{|l|}%
+ \hline
+ \rule{0pt}{1em}%
+ \ignorespaces
+ }{%
+ \\%
+ \hline
+ \end{tabular}%
+ \par
+ \nopagebreak
+ \addvspace{3.2ex plus 0.8ex minus 0.2ex}%
+ \vskip -\parskip
+ }%
+}
+\makeatother
+
+\usepackage{array,longtable}
+\ifnum 0\ifluatex 1\else\ifxetex 1\fi\fi=0 %
+ \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}%
+ \usepackage{lmodern}%
+ \renewcommand*{\ttdefault}{lmvtt}%
+\else
+ \usepackage{fontspec}%
+ \renewcommand*{\ttdefault}{lmvtt}%
+\fi
+
+\newcommand*{\Quote}[1]{\textquotedblleft#1\textquotedblright}
+
+\def\Hanh{H\`an Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}} Th\`anh}
+
+\ifpdf
+ \usepackage[%
+% pdftex,% might be luatex, just allow automatic default
+ colorlinks,%
+ hyperindex,%
+ plainpages=false,%
+ bookmarksopen,%
+ bookmarksnumbered,
+ pdfusetitle,%
+ ]{hyperref}
+ %%?? \def\pdfBorderAttrs{/Border [0 0 0] } % No border arround Links
+\else
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+\fi
+
+\makeatletter
+\@ifpackageloaded{tex4ht}{%
+\author{Sebastian Rahtz (deceased)\and
+ Heiko Oberdiek (inactive)\and
+ The \LaTeX3 Project (\url{https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues})}
+}{%
+ \usepackage{bmhydoc}%
+\author{Sebastian Rahtz\thanks{deceased}\and
+ Heiko Oberdiek\thanks{inactive}\and
+ The \LaTeX3 Project\thanks{\url{https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues}}}
+}
+\makeatother
+\title{Hypertext marks in \hologo{LaTeX}: a manual for \xpackage{hyperref}}
+\date{2021-02-07 v7.00h}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+% comes out too close to the toc, and we know it's page one anyway.
+\thispagestyle{empty}
+\maketitle
+\tableofcontents
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}% for bookmark levels
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+The package derives from, and builds on, the work of the Hyper\hologo{TeX}
+project, described at \texttt{http://xxx.lanl.gov/hypertex/}\footnote{Now: \url{https://ctan.org/tex-archive/support/hypertex/hypertex}}. It extends
+the functionality of all the \hologo{LaTeX} cross-referencing commands
+(including the table of contents, bibliographies etc) to produce
+\cs{special} commands which a driver can turn into hypertext links;
+it also provides new commands to allow the user to write \emph{ad hoc}
+hypertext links, including those to external documents and URLs.
+
+The package is currently maintained at \url{https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/} and issues should
+be reported there.
+
+This manual provides a brief overview of the \xpackage{hyperref}
+package. For more details, you should read the additional documentation
+distributed with the package, as well as the complete documentation by
+processing \texttt{hyperref.dtx}. You should also read the chapter on
+\xpackage{hyperref} in \textit{The \hologo{LaTeX} Web Companion}, where you will
+find additional examples.
+
+The Hyper\hologo{TeX} specification\footnote{This is borrowed from an article
+by Arthur Smith.} says that conformant viewers/translators must
+recognize the following set of \cs{special} constructs:
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[href:] \verb|html:<a href = "href_string">|
+\item[name:] \verb|html:<a name = "name_string">|
+\item[end:] \verb|html:</a>|
+\item[image:] \verb|html:<img src = "href_string">|
+\item[base\_name:] \verb|html:<base href = "href_string">|
+\end{description}
+
+The \emph{href}, \emph{name} and \emph{end} commands are used to do the
+basic hypertext operations of establishing links between sections of
+documents. The \emph{image} command is intended (as with current HTML
+viewers) to place an image of arbitrary graphical format on the page in
+the current location. The \emph{base\_name} command is be used to
+communicate to the DVI viewer the full (URL) location of the current
+document so that files specified by relative URLs may be retrieved
+correctly.
+
+The \emph{href} and \emph{name} commands must be paired with an
+\emph{end} command later in the \TeX\ file---the \TeX\ commands between
+the two ends of a pair form an \emph{anchor} in the document. In the
+case of an \emph{href} command, the \emph{anchor} is to be highlighted
+in the \emph{DVI viewer}, and when clicked on will cause the scene to
+shift to the destination specified by \emph{href\_string}. The
+\emph{anchor} associated with a name command represents a possible
+location to which other hypertext links may refer, either as local
+references (of the form \verb|href="#name_string"| with the
+\emph{name\_string} identical to the one in the name command) or as part
+of a URL (of the form \emph{URL\#name\_string}). Here
+\emph{href\_string} is a valid URL or local identifier, while
+\emph{name\_string} could be any string at all: the only caveat is that
+`$\verb|"|$' characters should be escaped with a backslash
+($\backslash$), and if it looks like a URL name it may cause problems.
+
+However, the drivers intended to produce \emph{only} PDF use literal
+PostScript or PDF \verb|\special| commands. The commands are defined in
+configuration files for different drivers, selected by package options;
+at present, the following drivers are supported:
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[hypertex] DVI processors conforming to the Hyper\TeX\ guidelines (i.e.\ \textsf{xdvi}, \textsf{dvips} (with
+the \textsf{-z} option), \textsf{\OzTeX}, and \textsf{Textures})
+\item[dvips] produces \verb|\special| commands tailored for \textsf{dvips}
+\item[dvipsone] produces \verb|\special| commands tailored for \textsf{dvipsone}
+\item[ps2pdf] a special case of output suitable for processing by earlier versions of Ghost\-script's
+PDF writer; this is basically the same as that for \textsf{dvips}, but a few variations remained before version 5.21
+\item[tex4ht] produces \verb|\special| commands for use with \textsf{\TeX4ht}
+\item[pdftex] pdf\TeX, \Hanh{}'s \TeX{} variant that writes PDF directly
+\item[luatex] lua\TeX, Unicode \TeX{} variant that writes PDF directly
+\item[dvipdfm] produces \verb|\special| commands for Mark Wicks' DVI to PDF driver \textsf{dvipdfm}
+\item[dvipdfmx] produces \verb|\special| commands for driver
+ \textsf{dvipdfmx}, a successor of \textsf{dvipdfm}
+\item[dviwindo] produces \verb|\special| commands that Y\&Y's Windows previewer interprets as hypertext jumps within the previewer
+\item[vtex] produces \verb|\special| commands that MicroPress' HTML and
+ PDF-producing \TeX\ variants interpret as hypertext jumps within the
+ previewer
+\item[textures] produces \verb|\special| commands that \textsf{Textures} interprets as hypertext jumps within the previewer
+\item[xetex] produces \verb|\special| commands for Xe\TeX{}
+\end{description}
+
+Output from \textsf{dvips} or \textsf{dvipsone} must be processed using
+Acrobat Distiller to obtain a PDF file.\footnote{Make sure you turn off
+the partial font downloading supported by \textsf{dvips} and
+\textsf{dvipsone} in favor of Distiller's own system.} The result is
+generally preferable to that produced by using the \textsf{hypertex}
+driver, and then processing with \textsf{dvips -z}, but the DVI file is
+not portable. The main advantage of using the Hyper\TeX\ \ci{special}
+commands is that you can also use the document in hypertext DVI viewers,
+such as \textsf{xdvi}.
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[driverfallback]
+ If a driver is not given and cannot be autodetected, then use
+ the driver option, given as value to this option \textsf{driverfallback}.
+ Example:
+ \begin{quote}
+ \texttt{driverfallback=dvipdfm}
+ \end{quote}
+ Autodetected drivers (\textsf{pdftex}, \textsf{xetex}, \textsf{vtex},
+ \textsf{vtexpdfmark}) are recognized from within \TeX\ and
+ therefore cannot be given as value to option \textsf{driverfallback}.
+ However a DVI driver program is run after the \TeX\ run is finished.
+ Thus it cannot be detected at \TeX\ macro level. Then package
+ \xpackage{hyperref}
+ uses the driver, given by \textsf{driverfallback}. If the driver
+ is already specified or can be autodetected, then option
+ \textsf{driverfallback} is ignored.
+\end{description}
+
+\section{Implicit behavior}
+
+This package can be used with more or less any normal \LaTeX\ document
+by specifying in the document preamble
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Make sure it comes \emph{last} of your loaded packages, to give it a
+fighting chance of not being over-written, since its job is to redefine
+many \LaTeX\ commands. Hopefully you will find that all cross-references
+work correctly as hypertext. For example, \ci{section} commands will
+produce a bookmark and a link, whereas \ci{section*} commands will only
+show links when paired with a corresponding \ci{addcontentsline}
+command.
+
+In addition, the \texttt{hyperindex} option (see below) attempts to make
+items in the index by hyperlinked back to the text, and the option
+\texttt{backref} inserts extra `back' links into the bibliography for
+each entry. Other options control the appearance of links, and give
+extra control over PDF output. For example, \texttt{colorlinks}, as its
+name well implies, colors the links instead of using boxes; this is the
+option used in this document.
+
+
+\section{Package options}
+
+All user-configurable aspects of \xpackage{hyperref} are set using a
+single `key=value' scheme (using the \xpackage{keyval} package) with the
+key \texttt{Hyp}. The options can be set either in the optional argument
+to the \cs{usepackage} command, or using the \cs{hypersetup}
+macro. When the package is loaded, a file \texttt{hyperref.cfg} is read
+if it can be found, and this is a convenient place to set options on a
+site-wide basis.
+
+Note however that some options (for example \texttt{unicode}) can only be used as
+package options, and not in \verb|\hypersetup| as the option settings are processed
+as the package is read.
+
+As an example, the behavior of a particular file could be controlled by:
+\begin{itemize}
+
+\item a site-wide \texttt{hyperref.cfg} setting up the look of links,
+adding backreferencing, and setting a PDF display default:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\hypersetup{backref,
+pdfpagemode=FullScreen,
+colorlinks=true}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\item A global option in the file, which is passed down to
+\textsf{hyperref}:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass[dvips]{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\item File-specific options in the \cs{usepackage} commands, which
+override the ones set in \texttt{hyperref.cfg}:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\usepackage[colorlinks=false]{hyperref}
+\hypersetup{pdftitle={A Perfect Day}}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{itemize}
+
+As seen in the previous example, information entries
+(pdftitle, pdfauthor, \dots) should be set after the package is loaded.
+Otherwise \LaTeX\ expands the values of these options prematurely.
+Also \LaTeX\ strips spaces in options. Especially option `pdfborder'
+requires some care. Curly braces protect the value, if given
+as package option. They are not necessary in \verb|\hypersetup|.
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\usepackage[pdfborder={0 0 0}]{hyperref}
+\hypersetup{pdfborder=0 0 0}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Package `kvoptions-patch' patches \LaTeX\ to make it aware
+of key value options and to prevent premature value expansions.
+
+Some options can be given at any time, but many are restricted: before
+\verb|\begin{document}|, only in \verb|\usepackage[...]{hyperref}|,
+before first use, etc.
+
+In the key descriptions that follow, many options do not need a value,
+as they default to the value true if used. These are the ones classed as
+`boolean'. The values true and false can always be specified, however.
+
+\subsection{General options}
+
+Firstly, the options to specify general behavior and page size.
+
+\medskip
+\begin{longtable}{>{\ttfamily}ll>{\itshape}ll}
+draft & boolean & false & all hypertext options are turned off \\
+final & boolean & true & all hypertext options are turned on \\
+debug & boolean & false & extra diagnostic messages are printed in \\
+ & & & the log file \\
+verbose & boolean & false & same as debug \\
+implicit & boolean & true & redefines \LaTeX\ internals \\
+setpagesize & boolean & true & sets page size by special driver commands
+\end{longtable}
+
+\subsection{Options for destination names}
+
+Destinations names (also anchor, target or link names) are internal
+names that identify a position on a page in the document. They
+are used in link targets for inner document links or the bookmarks,
+for example.
+
+Usually anchor are set, if \cs{refstepcounter} is called.
+Thus there is a counter name and value. Both are used to
+construct the destination name. By default the counter value
+follows the counter name separated by a dot. Example for
+the fourth chapter:
+\begin{quote}
+ \verb|chapter.4|
+\end{quote}
+This scheme is used by:
+\begin{description}
+\item[\cs{autoref}] displays the description label for the
+ reference depending on the counter name.
+\item[\cs{hyperpage}] is used by the index to get
+page links. Page anchor setting (\verb|pageanchor|) must not
+be turned off.
+\end{description}
+
+It is very important that the destination names are unique,
+because two destinations must not share the same name.
+The counter value \cs{the<counter>} is not always unique
+for the counter. For example, table and figures can be numbered
+inside the chapter without having the chapter number in their
+number. Therefore \xpackage{hyperref} has introduced \cs{theH<counter>}
+that allows a unique counter value without messing up with
+the appearance of the counter number. For example, the number
+of the second table in the third chapter might be printed
+as \texttt{2}, the result of \cs{thetable}. But the
+destination name \texttt{table.2.4} is unique because it
+has used \cs{theHtable} that gives \verb|2.4| in this case.
+
+Often the user do not need to set \cs{theH<counter>}. Defaults
+for standard cases (chapter, \dots) are provided. And after \xpackage{hyperref}
+is loaded, new counters with parent counters also define
+\cs{theH<counter>} automatically, if \cs{newcounter}, \cs{@addtoreset}
+or \cs{numberwithin} of package \xpackage{amsmath} are used.
+
+Usually problems with duplicate destination names can be solved
+by an appropriate definition of \cs{theH<counter>}. If option
+\texttt{hypertexnames} is disabled, then a unique artificial
+number is used instead of the counter value. In case of page
+anchors the absolute page anchor is used. With option \texttt{plainpages}
+the page anchors use the arabic form. In both latter cases \cs{hyperpage}
+for index links is affected and might not work properly.
+
+If an unnumbered entity gets an anchor (starred forms of
+chapters, sections, \dots) or \cs{phantomsection} is used,
+then the dummy counter name \texttt{section*} and an artificial
+unique number is used.
+
+If the final PDF file is going to be merged with another file, than
+the destination names might clash, because both documents might
+contain \texttt{chapter.1} or \texttt{page.1}. Also \xpackage{hyperref}
+sets anchor with name \texttt{Doc-Start} at the begin of the document.
+This can be resolved by redefining \cs{HyperDestNameFilter}.
+Package \xpackage{hyperref} calls this macro each time, it uses a
+destination name.
+The macro must be expandable and expects the destination name
+as only argument. As example, the macro is redefined to add
+a prefix to all destination names:
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\renewcommand*{\HyperDestNameFilter}[1]{\jobname-#1}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+In document \texttt{docA} the destination name \texttt{chapter.2}
+becomes \texttt{docA-chapter.2}.
+
+Destination names can also be used from the outside in URIs(, if the
+driver has not removed or changed them), for example:
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+http://somewhere/path/file.pdf#nameddest=chapter.4
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+However using a number seems unhappy. If another chapter is added
+before, the number changes. But it is very difficult to pass
+a new name for the destination to the anchor setting process that
+is usually deep hidden in the internals. The first name of
+\cs{label} after the anchor setting seems a good approximation:
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \section{Introduction}
+ \label{intro}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+Option \texttt{destlabel} checks for each \cs{label}, if there is
+a new destination name active and replaces the destination
+name by the label name. Because the destination name is already in use
+because of the anchor setting, the new name is recorded in the \texttt{.aux}
+file and used in the subsequent \hologo{LaTeX} run. The renaming is done by
+a redefinition of \cs{HyperDestNameFilter}. That leaves the old
+destination names intact (e.g., they are needed for \cs{autoref}).
+This redefinition is also available as \cs{HyperDestLabelReplace},
+thus that an own redefinition can use it.
+The following example also adds a prefix for \emph{all} destination names:
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\renewcommand*{\HyperDestNameFilter}[1]{%
+ \jobname-\HyperDestLabelReplace{#1}%
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+The other case that only files prefixed that do not have a corresponding
+\cs{label} is more complicate, because \cs{HyperDestLabelReplace} needs
+the unmodified destination name as argument. This is solved by an
+expandable string test (\cs{pdfstrcmp} of \hologo{pdfTeX}
+or \cs{strcmp} of \hologo{XeTeX}, package \xpackage{pdftexcmds} also supports
+\hologo{LuaTeX}):
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\usepackage{pdftexcmds}
+\makeatletter
+\renewcommand*{\HyperDestNameFilter}[1]{%
+ \ifcase\pdf at strcmp{#1}{\HyperDestLabelReplace{#1}} %
+ \jobname-#1%
+ \else
+ \HyperDestLabelReplace{#1}%
+ \fi
+}
+\makeatother
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+
+With option \texttt{destlabel} destinations can also named manually,
+if the destination is not yet renamed:
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|\HyperDestRename{|\meta{destination}\verb|}{|\meta{newname}\verb|}|
+\end{quote}
+
+Hint: Anchors can also be named and set by \cs{hypertarget}.
+
+\medskip
+\begin{longtable}{>{\ttfamily}ll>{\itshape}ll}
+destlabel & boolean & false & destinations are named by first \cs{label}\\
+ & & & after anchor creation\\
+hypertexnames & boolean & true & use guessable names for links \\
+naturalnames & boolean & false & use \LaTeX-computed names for links \\
+plainpages & boolean & false & Forces page anchors to be named by the Arabic form \\
+ & & & of the page number, rather than the formatted form. \\
+\end{longtable}
+
+\subsection{Configuration options}
+
+\begin{longtable}{>{\ttfamily}ll>{\itshape}lp{9cm}}
+raiselinks & boolean & true & In the hypertex driver, the height of links is normally calculated by the driver as
+ simply the base line of contained text; this options forces \verb|\special| commands to
+ reflect the real height of the link (which could contain a graphic) \\
+breaklinks & boolean & both & This option is in hyperref only used in the dviwindo driver, in all other cases it doesn't do anything sensible---it neither allows nor prevents links to be broken. The ocgx2 package
+checks the state of the boolean.\\
+pageanchor & boolean & true & Determines whether every page is given an implicit anchor at the top left corner. If this
+ is turned off, \verb|\printindex| will not contain
+ valid hyperlinks. \\
+nesting & boolean & false & Allows links to be nested; no drivers currently support this.
+\end{longtable}
+
+Note for option \verb|breaklinks|:
+The correct value is automatically set according to the driver features.
+It can be overwritten for drivers that do not support broken links.
+However, at any case, the link area will be wrong and displaced.
+
+\subsection{Backend drivers}
+
+If no driver is specified, the package tries to find a driver in
+the following order:
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item Autodetection, some \TeX\ processors can be detected at \TeX\ macro
+ level (pdf\TeX, Xe\TeX, V\TeX).
+\item Option \textsf{driverfallback}. If this option is set, its value
+ is taken as driver option.
+\item Macro \cs{Hy at defaultdriver}. The macro takes a driver file
+ name (without file extension).
+\item Package default is \textsf{hypertex}.
+\end{enumerate}
+Many distributions are using a driver file \texttt{hypertex.cfg} that
+define \cs{Hy at defaultdriver} with \texttt{hdvips}. This is recommended
+because driver \textsf{dvips} provides much more features than
+\textsf{hypertex} for PDF generation.
+
+\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}lp{.8\hsize}@{}}
+driverfallback & Its value is used as driver option\\
+ & if the driver is not given or autodetected.\\
+dvipdfm & Sets up \textsf{hyperref} for use with the \textsf{dvipdfm} driver.\\
+dvipdfmx & Sets up \textsf{hyperref} for use with the \textsf{dvipdfmx} driver.\\
+dvips & Sets up \textsf{hyperref} for use with the \textsf{dvips} driver. \\
+dvipsone & Sets up \textsf{hyperref} for use with the \textsf{dvipsone} driver. \\
+dviwindo & Sets up \textsf{hyperref} for use with the \textsf{dviwindo} Windows previewer. \\
+hypertex & Sets up \textsf{hyperref} for use with the Hyper\TeX-compliant drivers. \\
+latex2html & Redefines a few macros for compatibility with \textsf{latex2html}. \\
+nativepdf & An alias for \textsf{dvips} \\
+pdfmark & An alias for \textsf{dvips} \\
+pdftex & Sets up \textsf{hyperref} for use with the \textsf{pdftex} program.\\
+ps2pdf & Redefines a few macros for compatibility with
+ Ghostscript's PDF writer, otherwise identical to
+ \textsf{dvips}. \\
+tex4ht & For use with \textsf{\TeX4ht} \\
+textures & For use with \textsf{Textures} \\
+vtex & For use with MicroPress' \textsf{VTeX}; the PDF
+ and HTML backends are detected automatically. \\
+vtexpdfmark & For use with \textsf{VTeX}'s PostScript backend. \\
+xetex & For use with Xe\TeX\ (using backend for dvipdfm).
+\end{longtable}
+\smallskip
+
+If you use \textsf{dviwindo}, you may need to redefine the macro
+\ci{wwwbrowser} (the default is \verb|C:\netscape\netscape|) to tell
+\textsf{dviwindo} what program to launch. Thus, users of Internet
+Explorer might add something like this to hyperref.cfg:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\renewcommand{\wwwbrowser}{C:\string\Program\space
+ Files\string\Plus!\string\Microsoft\space
+ Internet\string\iexplore.exe}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Extension options}
+\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}ll>{\itshape}lp{8cm}@{}}
+extension & text & & Set the file extension (e.g.\ \textsf{dvi}) which will be appended to file links
+ created if you use the \xpackage{xr} package. \\
+hyperfigures & boolean & & \\
+backref & text & false & Adds `backlink' text to the end of each item in the bibliography, as a list of
+ section numbers. This can only work properly \emph{if} there is a blank line after
+ each \verb|\bibitem|. Supported values are \verb|section|, \verb|slide|, \verb|page|,
+ \verb|none|, or \verb|false|. If no value is given, \verb|section| is taken as default.\\
+pagebackref & boolean & false & Adds `backlink' text to the end of each item in the bibliography, as a list of page
+ numbers. \\
+hyperindex & boolean & true & Makes the page numbers of index entries into hyperlinks. Relays on unique
+ page anchors (\verb|pageanchor|, \ldots)
+ \verb|pageanchors| and \verb|plainpages=false|. \\
+hyperfootnotes & boolean & true & Makes the footnote marks into hyperlinks to the footnote text.
+ Easily broken \ldots\\
+encap & & & Sets encap character for hyperindex \\
+linktoc & text & section & make text (\verb|section|), page number (\verb|page|), both (\verb|all|) or nothing (\verb|none|) be link on TOC, LOF and LOT \\
+linktocpage & boolean & false & make page number, not text, be link on TOC, LOF and LOT \\
+breaklinks & boolean & false & allow links to break over lines by making links over multiple lines into PDF links to
+ the same target \\
+colorlinks & boolean & false & Colors the text of links and anchors. The colors chosen depend on the the type of
+ link. At present the only types of link distinguished are citations, page references,
+ URLs, local file references, and other links.
+ Unlike colored boxes, the colored
+ text remains when printing.\\
+linkcolor & color & red & Color for normal internal links. \\
+anchorcolor & color & black & Color for anchor text. Ignored by most drivers. \\
+citecolor & color & green & Color for bibliographical citations in text. \\
+filecolor & color & cyan & Color for URLs which open local files. \\
+menucolor & color & red & Color for Acrobat menu items. \\
+runcolor & color & filecolor & Color for run links (launch annotations). \\
+urlcolor & color & magenta & Color for linked URLs. \\
+allcolors & color & & Set all color options (without border and field options).\\
+frenchlinks & boolean & false & Use small caps instead of color for links.\\
+hidelinks & & & Hide links (removing color and border). \\
+\end{longtable} \smallskip
+
+Note that all color names must be defined before use, following the
+normal system of the standard \LaTeX\ \xpackage{color} package.
+
+\subsection{PDF-specific display options}
+\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}ll>{\itshape}lp{7.6cm}@{}}
+bookmarks & boolean & true & A set of Acrobat bookmarks are written, in a manner similar to the
+ table of contents, requiring two passes of \LaTeX. Some postprocessing
+ of the bookmark file (file extension \texttt{.out}) may be needed to
+ translate \LaTeX\ codes, since bookmarks must be written in PDFEncoding.
+ To aid this process, the \texttt{.out} file is not rewritten by \LaTeX\
+ if it is edited to contain a line \verb|\let\WriteBookmarks\relax| \\
+bookmarksopen & boolean & false & If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, show them with all the subtrees
+ expanded. \\
+bookmarksopenlevel & parameter & & level (\ci{maxdimen}) to which bookmarks are open \\
+bookmarksnumbered & boolean & false & If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, include section numbers. \\
+bookmarkstype & text & toc & to specify which `toc' file to mimic \\
+CJKbookmarks & boolean & false &
+ This option should be used to produce CJK bookmarks.
+ Package \verb|hyperref|
+ supports both normal and preprocessed mode of the \xpackage{CJK} package;
+ during the creation of bookmarks, it simply replaces CJK's macros
+ with special versions which expand to the corresponding character
+ codes. Note that without the `unicode' option of hyperref you get
+ PDF files which actually violate the PDF specification because
+ non-Unicode character codes are used -- some PDF readers localized
+ for CJK languages (most notably Acroread itself) support this.
+ Also note that option `CJKbookmarks' cannot be used together
+ with option `unicode'.
+
+ No mechanism is provided to translate non-Unicode bookmarks to
+ Unicode; for portable PDF documents only Unicode encoding should
+ be used.\\
+pdfhighlight & name & /I & How link buttons behave when selected; /I is for inverse (the default);
+ the other possibilities are /N (no effect), /O (outline), and /P (inset
+ highlighting). \\
+citebordercolor & RGB color & 0 1 0 & The color of the box around citations \\
+filebordercolor & RGB color & 0 .5 .5 & The color of the box around links to files \\
+linkbordercolor & RGB color & 1 0 0 & The color of the box around normal links \\
+menubordercolor & RGB color & 1 0 0 & The color of the box around Acrobat menu links \\
+urlbordercolor & RGB color & 0 1 1 & The color of the box around links to URLs \\
+runbordercolor & RGB color & 0 .7 .7 & Color of border around `run' links \\
+allbordercolors & & & Set all border color options \\
+pdfborder & & 0 0 1 & The style of box around links; defaults to a box with lines of 1pt thickness,
+ but the colorlinks option resets it to produce no border.
+\end{longtable}
+
+Note that the color of link borders can be specified \emph{only} as 3
+numbers in the range 0..1, giving an RGB color. You cannot use colors
+defined in \TeX. Since version 6.76a this is no longer true.
+Especially with the help of package \xpackage{xcolor} the usual
+color specifications of package \xpackage{(x)color} can be used.
+For further information see description of package \xpackage{hycolor}.
+
+The bookmark commands are stored in a file called
+\textit{jobname}\texttt{.out}. The files is not processed by \LaTeX\ so
+any markup is passed through. You can postprocess this file as needed;
+as an aid for this, the \texttt{.out} file is not overwritten on the
+next \TeX\ run if it is edited to contain the line
+\begin{verbatim}
+\let\WriteBookmarks\relax
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{PDF display and information options}
+\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}l>{\raggedright}p{\widthof{key value}}>{\itshape}lp{7cm}@{}}
+baseurl & URL & & Sets the base URL of the PDF document \\
+pdfpagemode & name & empty & Determines how the file is opening in Acrobat; the possibilities are
+ \verb|UseNone|, \verb|UseThumbs| (show thumbnails), \verb|UseOutlines|
+ (show bookmarks), \verb|FullScreen|, \verb|UseOC| (PDF 1.5),
+ and \verb|UseAttachments| (PDF 1.6). If no mode if explicitly chosen, but the
+ bookmarks option is set, \verb|UseOutlines| is used. \\
+pdftitle & text & & Sets the document information Title field \\
+pdfauthor & text & & Sets the document information Author field \\
+pdfsubject & text & & Sets the document information Subject field \\
+pdfcreator & text & & Sets the document information Creator field \\
+addtopdfcreator & text & & Adds additional text to the document information Creator field \\
+pdfkeywords & text & & Sets the document information Keywords field \\
+pdftrapped & name & empty & Sets the document information Trapped entry. Possible values are \verb|True|, \verb|False| and \verb|Unknown|.
+ An empty value means, the entry is not set.\\
+%
+pdfinfo & key value list & empty & Alternative interface for setting the
+ document information.\\
+pdfview & name & XYZ & Sets the default PDF `view' for each link \\
+pdfstartpage & integer & 1 & Determines on which page the PDF file is opened. An empty value means, the entry is not set.\\
+pdfstartview & name & Fit & Set the startup page view \\
+pdfremotestartview & name & Fit & Set the startup page view of remote PDF files \\
+pdfpagescrop & n n n n & & Sets the default PDF crop box for pages. This should be a set of four numbers \\
+pdfcenterwindow & boolean & false & position the document window in the center of the screen \\
+pdfdirection & name & empty & direction setting. Possible values: \verb|L2R| (left to right) and
+ \verb|R2L| (right to left)\\
+pdfdisplaydoctitle & boolean & false & display document title instead of file name in title bar\\
+pdfduplex & name & empty & paper handling option for print dialog. Possible vatues are:
+ \verb|Simplex| (print single-sided),
+ \verb|DuplexFlipShortEdge| (duplex and flip on the short edge of the sheet),
+ \verb|DuplexFlipLongEdge| (duplex and flip on the long edge of the sheet)\\
+
+pdffitwindow & boolean & false & resize document window to fit document size \\
+pdflang & name & relax & PDF language identifier (RFC 3066)\\
+pdfmenubar & boolean & true & make PDF viewer's menu bar visible \\
+pdfnewwindow & boolean & false & make links that open another PDF file start a new window \\
+pdfnonfullscreenpagemode
+ & name & empty & page mode setting on exiting full-screen mode. Possible values are
+ \verb|UseNone|, \verb|UseOutlines|, \verb|UseThumbs|, and \verb|UseOC|\\
+pdfnumcopies & integer & empty & number of printed copies \\
+pdfpagelayout & name & empty & set layout of PDF pages. Possible values:
+ \verb|SinglePage|, \verb|OneColumn|,
+ \verb|TwoColumnLeft|, \verb|TwoColumnRight|,
+ \verb|TwoPageLeft|, and \verb|TwoPageRight| \\
+pdfpagelabels & boolean & true & set PDF page labels \\
+pdfpagetransition & name & empty & set PDF page transition style. Possible values are
+ \verb|Split|, \verb|Blinds|, \verb|Box|, \verb|Wipe|,
+ \verb|Dissolve|, \verb|Glitter|, \verb|R|,
+ \verb|Fly|, \verb|Push|,
+ \verb|Cover|, \verb|Uncover|,
+ \verb|Fade|.
+ The default according to the PDF~Reference is \verb|R|,
+ which simply replaces the old page with the new one. \\
+pdfpicktraybypdfsize
+ & boolean & false & specify whether PDF page size is used to select input paper tray in print dialog \\
+pdfprintarea & name & empty & set /PrintArea of viewer preferences. Possible values are
+ \verb|MediaBox|, \verb|CropBox|,
+ \verb|BleedBox|, \verb|TrimBox|, and \verb|ArtBox|.
+ The dafault according to the PDF~Refence is \verb|CropBox| \\
+pdfprintclip & name & empty & set /PrintClip of viewer preferences. Possible values are
+ \verb|MediaBox|, \verb|CropBox|,
+ \verb|BleedBox|, \verb|TrimBox|, and \verb|ArtBox|.
+ The dafault according to the PDF~Refence is \verb|CropBox| \\
+pdfprintpagerange & n n (n n)*
+ & empty & set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences\\
+pdfprintscaling & name & empty & page scaling option for print dialog
+ (option /PrintScaling of viewer
+ preferences, PDF 1.6);
+ valid values are \verb|None| and
+ \verb|AppDefault| \\
+pdftoolbar & boolean & true & make PDF toolbar visible \\
+pdfviewarea & name & empty & set /ViewArea of viewer preferences. Possible values are
+ \verb|MediaBox|, \verb|CropBox|,
+ \verb|BleedBox|, \verb|TrimBox|, and \verb|ArtBox|.
+ The dafault according to the PDF~Refence is \verb|CropBox| \\
+pdfviewclip & name & empty & set /ViewClip of viewer preferences Possible values are
+ \verb|MediaBox|, \verb|CropBox|,
+ \verb|BleedBox|, \verb|TrimBox|, and \verb|ArtBox|.
+ The dafault according to the PDF~Refence is \verb|CropBox| \\
+pdfwindowui & boolean & true & make PDF user interface elements visible \\
+unicode & boolean & true & Unicode encoded PDF strings
+\end{longtable}
+
+Each link in Acrobat carries its own magnification level, which is set
+using PDF coordinate space, which is not the same as \TeX's. The unit
+is bp and the origin is in the lower left corner. See also
+\verb|\hypercalcbp| that is explained on page \pageref{hypercalcbp}.
+pdf\TeX\
+works by supplying default values for \texttt{XYZ} (horizontal $\times$
+vertical $\times$ zoom) and \texttt{FitBH}. However, drivers using
+\texttt{pdfmark} do not supply defaults, so \textsf{hyperref} passes in
+a value of -32768, which causes Acrobat to set (usually) sensible
+defaults. The following are possible values for the \texttt{pdfview},
+\texttt{pdfstartview} and \texttt{pdfremotestartview} parameters.
+
+\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}l>{\itshape}lp{7cm}@{}}
+XYZ & left top zoom & Sets a coordinate and a zoom factor. If any one is null, the source link value is used.
+ \textit{null null null} will give the same values as the current page. \\
+Fit & & Fits the page to the window. \\
+FitH & top & Fits the width of the page to the window. \\
+FitV & left & Fits the height of the page to the window. \\
+FitR & left bottom right top & Fits the rectangle specified by the four coordinates to the window. \\
+FitB & & Fits the page bounding box to the window. \\
+FitBH & top & Fits the width of the page bounding box to the window. \\
+FitBV & left & Fits the height of the page bounding box to the window. \\
+\end{longtable}
+
+The \texttt{pdfpagelayout} can be one of the following values.
+
+\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}lp{10cm}@{}}
+SinglePage & Displays a single page; advancing flips the page \\
+OneColumn & Displays the document in one column; continuous scrolling. \\
+TwoColumnLeft & Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to the left. \\
+TwoColumnRight & Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to the right.\\
+TwoPageLeft & Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the left (since PDF 1.5).\\
+TwoPageRight & Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the right (since PDF 1.5).
+\end{longtable}
+
+Finally, the \texttt{pdfpagetransition} can be one of the following
+values, where \textit{/Di} stands for direction of motion in degrees,
+generally in 90$^{\circ}$\ steps, \textit{/Dm} is a horizontal
+(\texttt{/H}) or vertical (\texttt{/V}) dimension (e.g.\ \texttt{Blinds
+/Dm /V}), and \textit{/M} is for motion, either in (\texttt{/I}) or out
+(\texttt{/O}).
+
+\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}llp{8.5cm}@{}}
+Blinds & /Dm & Multiple lines distributed evenly across the screen sweep in the same direction to reveal the new
+ page. \\
+Box & /M & A box sweeps in or out. \\
+Dissolve & & The page image dissolves in a piecemeal fashion to reveal the new page. \\
+Glitter & /Di & Similar to Dissolve, except the effect sweeps across the screen. \\
+Split & /Dm /M & Two lines sweep across the screen to reveal the new page. \\
+Wipe & /Di & A single line sweeps across the screen to reveal the new page. \\
+R & & Simply replaces the old page with the new one. \\
+Fly & /Di /M & Changes are flown out or in (as specified by /M), in the direction
+ specified by /Di, to or from a location that is
+ offscreen except when /Di is None. \\
+Push & /Di & The old page slides off the screen while the new page slides in,
+ pushing the old page out in the direction
+ specified by /Di. \\
+Cover & /Di & The new page slides on to the screen in the direction specified
+ by /Di, covering the old page. \\
+Uncover & /Di & The old page slides off the screen in the direction specified by
+ /Di, uncovering the new page in the direction
+ specified by /Di. \\
+Fade & & The new page gradually becomes visible through the old one.
+
+\end{longtable}
+
+\subsection{Option \texttt{pdfinfo}}
+
+The information entries can be set using \texttt{pdftitle},
+\texttt{pdfsubject}, \dots. Option \texttt{pdfinfo} provides an alternative
+interface. It takes a key value list. The key names are the names that
+appear in the PDF information dictionary directly. Known keys such as
+\texttt{Title}, \texttt{Subject}, \texttt{Trapped} and other are mapped to
+options \texttt{pdftitle}, \texttt{subject}, \texttt{trapped}, \dots
+Unknown keys are added to the information dictionary. Their values are text
+strings (see PDF specification).
+Example:
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\hypersetup{
+ pdfinfo={
+ Title={My Title},
+ Subject={My Subject},
+ NewKey={Foobar},
+ % ...
+ }
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+
+\subsection{Big alphabetical list}
+
+The following is a complete listing of available options for
+\textsf{hyperref}, arranged alphabetically.
+
+\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}llp{7cm}@{}}
+allbordercolors & & Set all border color options\\
+allcolors & & Set all color options (without border and field options)\\
+anchorcolor & \textit{black} & set color of anchors, ignored by most drivers. \\
+backref & \textit{false} & do bibliographical back references \\
+baseurl & \textit{empty} & set base URL for document \\
+bookmarks & \textit{true} & make bookmarks \\
+bookmarksnumbered & \textit{false} & put section numbers in bookmarks \\
+bookmarksopen & \textit{false} & open up bookmark tree \\
+bookmarksopenlevel & \ttfamily\ci{maxdimen} & level to which bookmarks are open \\
+bookmarkstype & \textit{toc} & to specify which `toc' file to mimic \\
+breaklinks & \textit{false} & allow links to break over lines \\
+CJKbookmarks & \textit{false} & to produce CJK bookmarks\\
+citebordercolor & \textit{0 1 0} & color of border around cites \\
+citecolor & \textit{green} & color of citation links \\
+colorlinks & \textit{false} & color links \\
+ & \textit{true} & (\textsf{tex4ht}, \textsf{dviwindo}) \\
+debug & \textit{false} & provide details of anchors defined; same as verbose \\
+destlabel & \textit{false} & destinations are named by the first \verb|\label| after the anchor creation \\
+draft & \textit{false} & do not do any hyperlinking \\
+driverfallback & & default if no driver specified or detected\\
+dvipdfm & & use \textsf{dvipdfm} backend \\
+dvipdfmx & & use \textsf{dvipdfmx} backend \\
+dvips & & use \textsf{dvips} backend \\
+dvipsone & & use \textsf{dvipsone} backend \\
+dviwindo & & use \textsf{dviwindo} backend \\
+encap & & to set encap character for hyperindex \\
+extension & \textit{dvi} & suffix of linked files \\
+filebordercolor & \textit{0 .5 .5} & color of border around file links \\
+filecolor & \textit{cyan} & color of file links \\
+final & \textit{true} & opposite of option draft \\
+frenchlinks & \textit{false} & use small caps instead of color for links \\
+hidelinks & & Hide links (removing color and border) \\
+hyperfigures & \textit{false} & make figures hyper links \\
+hyperfootnotes & \textit{true} & set up hyperlinked footnotes \\
+hyperindex & \textit{true} & set up hyperlinked indices \\
+hypertex & & use \textsf{Hyper\TeX} backend \\
+hypertexnames & \textit{true} & use guessable names for links \\
+implicit & \textit{true} & redefine \LaTeX\ internals \\
+latex2html & & use \textsf{\LaTeX2HTML} backend \\
+linkbordercolor & \textit{1 0 0} & color of border around links \\
+linkcolor & \textit{red} & color of links \\
+linktoc & \textit{section} & make text be link on TOC, LOF and LOT \\
+linktocpage & \textit{false} & make page number, not text, be link on TOC, LOF and LOT \\
+menubordercolor & \textit{1 0 0} & color of border around menu links \\
+menucolor & \textit{red} & color for menu links \\
+nativepdf & \textit{false} & an alias for \textsf{dvips} \\
+naturalnames & \textit{false} & use \LaTeX-computed names for links \\
+nesting & \textit{false} & allow nesting of links \\
+pageanchor & \textit{true} & put an anchor on every page \\
+pagebackref & \textit{false} & backreference by page number \\
+pdfauthor & \textit{empty} & text for PDF Author field \\
+pdfborder & \textit{0 0 1} & width of PDF link border \\
+ & \textit{0 0 0} & (\texttt{colorlinks)} \\
+pdfborderstyle & & border style for links \\
+pdfcenterwindow & \textit{false} & position the document window in the center of the screen \\
+pdfcreator & \textit{LaTeX with} & text for PDF Creator field \\
+ & \textit{hyperref} & \\
+pdfdirection & \textit{empty} & direction setting \\
+pdfdisplaydoctitle & \textit{false} & display document title instead
+ of file name in title bar\\
+pdfduplex & \textit{empty} & paper handling option for
+ print dialog\\
+pdffitwindow & \textit{false} & resize document window to fit document size \\
+pdfhighlight & \textit{/I} & set highlighting of PDF links \\
+pdfinfo & \textit{empty} & alternative interface for setting document information\\
+pdfkeywords & \textit{empty} & text for PDF Keywords field \\
+pdflang & \textit{relax} & PDF language identifier (RFC 3066) \\
+pdfmark & \textit{false} & an alias for \textsf{dvips} \\
+pdfmenubar & \textit{true} & make PDF viewer's menu bar visible \\
+pdfnewwindow & \textit{false} & make links that open another PDF \\
+ & & file start a new window \\
+pdfnonfullscreenpagemode
+ & \textit{empty} & page mode setting on exiting
+ full-screen mode\\
+pdfnumcopies & \textit{empty} & number of printed copies\\
+pdfpagelabels & \textit{true} & set PDF page labels \\
+pdfpagelayout & \textit{empty} & set layout of PDF pages \\
+pdfpagemode & \textit{empty} & set default mode of PDF display \\
+pdfpagescrop & \textit{empty} & set crop size of PDF document \\
+pdfpagetransition & \textit{empty} & set PDF page transition style \\
+pdfpicktraybypdfsize
+ & \textit{empty} & set option for print dialog \\
+pdfprintarea & \textit{empty} & set /PrintArea of viewer preferences \\
+pdfprintclip & \textit{empty} & set /PrintClip of viewer preferences \\
+pdfprintpagerange & \textit{empty} & set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences \\
+pdfprintscaling & \textit{empty} & page scaling option for print dialog \\
+pdfproducer & \textit{empty} & text for PDF Producer field \\
+pdfremotestartview & \textit{Fit} & starting view of remote PDF documents \\
+pdfstartpage & \textit{1} & page at which PDF document opens \\
+pdfstartview & \textit{Fit} & starting view of PDF document \\
+pdfsubject & \textit{empty} & text for PDF Subject field \\
+pdftex & & use \textsf{pdf\TeX} backend \\
+pdftitle & \textit{empty} & text for PDF Title field \\
+pdftoolbar & \textit{true} & make PDF toolbar visible \\
+pdftrapped & \textit{empty} & Sets the document information Trapped entry.
+ Possible values are \texttt{True}, \texttt{False} and \texttt{Unknown}.
+ An empty value means, the entry is not set.\\
+pdfview & \textit{XYZ} & PDF `view' when on link traversal \\
+pdfviewarea & \textit{empty} & set /ViewArea of viewer preferences \\
+pdfviewclip & \textit{empty} & set /ViewClip of viewer preferences \\
+pdfwindowui & \textit{true} & make PDF user interface elements visible \\
+plainpages & \textit{false} & do page number anchors as plain Arabic \\
+ps2pdf & & use \textsf{ps2pdf} backend \\
+psdextra & \textit{false} & define more short names for PDF string commands \\
+raiselinks & \textit{false} & raise up links (for \textsf{Hyper\TeX} backend) \\
+runbordercolor & \textit{0 .7 .7} & color of border around `run' links \\
+runcolor & \textit{filecolor} & color of `run' links\\
+setpagesize & \textit{true} & set page size by special driver commands \\
+tex4ht & & use \textsf{\TeX4ht} backend \\
+textures & & use \textsf{Textures} backend \\
+unicode & \textit{true} & Unicode encoded pdf strings, starting with version 2021-02-07 v7.00h set by default to true for all engines. \\
+urlbordercolor & \textit{0 1 1} & color of border around URL links \\
+urlcolor & \textit{magenta} & color of URL links \\
+verbose & \textit{false} & be chatty \\
+vtex & & use \textsf{VTeX} backend\\
+xetex & & use \textsf{Xe\TeX} backend\\
+\end{longtable}
+
+\section{Additional user macros}
+
+If you need to make references to URLs, or write explicit links, the
+following low-level user macros are provided:
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{href}\verb|[|\emph{options}\verb|]|\verb|{|\emph{URL}\verb|}{|\emph{text}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\noindent The \emph{text} is made a hyperlink to the \emph{URL}; this
+must be a full URL (relative to the base URL, if that is defined). The
+special characters \# and \~{} do \emph{not} need to be escaped in any
+way (unless the command is used in the argument of another command).
+
+The optional argument \emph{options} recognizes the hyperref options
+\texttt{pdfremotestartview}, \texttt{pdfnewwindow} and the following
+key value options:
+\begin{description}
+\item[\texttt{page}:] Specifies the start page number of remote
+PDF documents. First page is \verb|1|.
+\item[\texttt{ismap}:] Boolean key, if set to \verb|true|, the
+URL should appended by the coordinates as query parameters by
+the PDF viewer.
+\item[\texttt{nextactionraw}:] The value of key \verb|/Next| of
+action dictionaries, see PDF specification.
+\end{description}
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{url}\verb|{|\emph{URL}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\noindent Similar to
+\ci{href}\verb|{|\emph{URL}\verb|}{|\ci{nolinkurl}\verb|{|\emph{URL}\verb|}}|.
+Depending on the driver \verb|\href| also tries to detect the link type.
+Thus the result can be a url link, file link, \dots
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{nolinkurl}\verb|{|\emph{URL}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\noindent Write \emph{URL} in the same way as \verb|\url|,
+ without creating a hyperlink.
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{hyperbaseurl}\verb|{|\emph{URL}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\noindent A base \emph{URL} is established, which is prepended to other
+specified URLs, to make it easier to write portable documents.
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{hyperimage}\verb|{|\emph{imageURL}\verb|}{|\emph{text}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\noindent The link to the image referenced by the URL is inserted, using
+\emph{text} as the anchor.
+
+ For drivers that produce HTML, the image itself is inserted by the
+browser, with the \emph{text} being ignored completely.
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{hyperdef}\verb|{|\emph{category}\verb|}{|\emph{name}\verb|}{|\emph{text}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\noindent A target area of the document (the \emph{text}) is marked, and
+given the name \emph{category.name}
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{hyperref}\verb|{|\emph{URL}\verb|}{|\emph{category}\verb|}{|\emph{name}\verb|}{|\emph{text}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\noindent \emph{text} is made into a link to \emph{URL\#category.name}
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{hyperref}\verb|[|\emph{label}\verb|]{|\emph{text}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\noindent
+\emph{text} is made into a link to the same place as
+\verb|\ref{|\emph{label}\verb|}| would be linked.
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{hyperlink}\verb|{|\emph{name}\verb|}{|\emph{text}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{hypertarget}\verb|{|\emph{name}\verb|}{|\emph{text}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\noindent A simple internal link is created with \verb|\hypertarget|,
+with two parameters of an anchor \emph{name}, and anchor
+\emph{text}. \verb|\hyperlink| has two arguments, the name of a
+hypertext object defined somewhere by \verb|\hypertarget|, and the
+\emph{text} which be used as the link on the page.
+
+Note that in HTML parlance, the \verb|\hyperlink| command inserts a
+notional \# in front of each link, making it relative to the current
+testdocument; \verb|\href| expects a full URL.
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{phantomsection}
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\noindent
+This sets an anchor at this location. It works similar to
+\verb|\hypertarget{}{}| with an automatically chosen anchor name.
+Often it is used in conjunction
+with \verb|\addcontentsline| for sectionlike things (index, bibliography,
+preface). \verb|\addcontentsline| refers to the latest previous location
+where an anchor is set. Example:
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\cleardoublepage
+\phantomsection
+\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname}
+\printindex
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the
+index points to the start of the index page, not to a location
+before this page.
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{autoref}\verb|{|\emph{label}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\noindent
+This is a replacement for the usual \verb|\ref| command that places a
+contextual label in front of the reference. This gives your users a
+bigger target to click for hyperlinks (e.g.\ `section 2' instead of
+merely the number `2').
+
+The label is worked out from the context of the original \verb|\label|
+command by \textsf{hyperref} by using the macros listed below (shown
+with their default values). The macros can be (re)defined in documents
+using \verb|\(re)newcommand|; note that some of these macros are already
+defined in the standard document classes. The mixture of lowercase and
+uppercase initial letters is deliberate and corresponds to the author's
+practice.
+
+For each macro below, \textsf{hyperref} checks \ci{*autorefname} before
+\ci{*name}. For instance, it looks for \ci{figureautorefname} before
+\ci{figurename}.
+
+\begin{longtable}{@{}lp{10cm}@{}}
+\textit{Macro} & \textit{Default} \\
+\ci{figurename} & Figure \\
+\ci{tablename} & Table \\
+\ci{partname} & Part \\
+\ci{appendixname} & Appendix \\
+\ci{equationname} & Equation \\
+\ci{Itemname} & item \\
+\ci{chaptername} & chapter \\
+\ci{sectionname} & section \\
+\ci{subsectionname} & subsection \\
+\ci{subsubsectionname} & subsubsection \\
+\ci{paragraphname} & paragraph \\
+\ci{Hfootnotename} & footnote \\
+\ci{AMSname} & Equation \\
+\ci{theoremname} & Theorem\\
+\ci{page} & page\\
+\end{longtable}
+
+Example for a redefinition if \textsf{babel} is used:
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}
+\addto\extrasngerman{%
+ \def\subsectionautorefname{Unterkapitel}%
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+
+Hint: \cs{autoref} works via the counter name that the reference
+is based on. Sometimes \cs{autoref} chooses the wrong name, if
+the counter is used for different things. For example, it happens
+with \cs{newtheorem} if a lemma shares a counter with theorems.
+Then package \xpackage{aliascnt} provides a method to generate a
+simulated second counter that allows the differentiation between
+theorems and lemmas:
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage{aliascnt}
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+
+\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}
+
+\newaliascnt{lemma}{theorem}
+\newtheorem{lemma}[lemma]{Lemma}
+\aliascntresetthe{lemma}
+
+\providecommand*{\lemmaautorefname}{Lemma}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+We will use \autoref{a} to prove \autoref{b}.
+
+\begin{lemma}\label{a}
+ Nobody knows.
+\end{lemma}
+
+\begin{theorem}\label{b}
+ Nobody is right.
+\end{theorem}.
+
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{autopageref}\verb|{|\emph{label}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\noindent
+It replaces \verb|\pageref| and adds the name for page in front of
+the page reference. First \ci{pageautorefname} is checked before
+\ci{pagename}.
+
+For instances where you want a reference to use the correct counter, but
+not to create a link, there are starred forms (these starred forms exist even if
+hyperref has been loaded with \verb|implicit=false|):
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{ref*}\verb|{|\emph{label}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{pageref*}\verb|{|\emph{label}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{autoref*}\verb|{|\emph{label}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{autopageref*}\verb|{|\emph{label}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+A typical use would be to write
+\begin{verbatim}
+\hyperref[other]{that nice section (\ref*{other}) we read before}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+We want \verb|\ref*{other}| to generate the correct number, but not to
+form a link, since we do this ourselves with \ci{hyperref}.
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{pdfstringdef}\verb|{|\emph{macroname}\verb|}{|\emph{\TeX string}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\ci{pdfstringdef} returns a macro containing the PDF string. (Currently
+this is done globally, but do not rely on it.) All the following tasks,
+definitions and redefinitions are made in a group to keep them local:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Switching to PD1 or PU encoding
+\item Defining the \Quote{octal sequence commands} (\verb|\345|): \verb|\edef\3{\string\3}|
+\item Special glyphs of \TeX: \verb|\{|, \verb|\%|, \verb|\&|, \verb|\space|, \verb|\dots|, etc.
+\item National glyphs (\textsf{german.sty}, \textsf{french.sty}, etc.)
+\item Logos: \verb|\TeX|, \verb|\eTeX|, \verb|\MF|, etc.
+\item Disabling commands that do not provide useful functionality in bookmarks:
+\verb|\label|, \verb|\index|, \verb|\glossary|, \verb|\discretionary|, \verb|\def|, \verb|\let|, etc.
+\item \LaTeX's font commands like \verb|\textbf|, etc.
+\item Support for \verb|\xspace| provided by the \xpackage{xspace} package
+\end{itemize}
+
+In addition, parentheses are protected to avoid the danger of unsafe
+unbalanced parentheses in the PDF string. For further details, see Heiko
+Oberdiek's Euro\TeX\ paper distributed with \textsf{hyperref}.
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{begin}\verb|{NoHyper}|\ldots\ci{end}\verb|{NoHyper}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+ Sometimes we just don't want the wretched package interfering
+ with us. Define an environment we can put in manually, or include
+ in a style file, which stops the hypertext functions doing anything.
+ This is used, for instance, in the Elsevier classes, to stop
+ \verb|hyperref| playing havoc in the front matter.
+
+\subsection{Bookmark macros}
+
+\subsubsection{Setting bookmarks}
+
+Usually \textsf{hyperref} automatically adds bookmarks for
+\verb|\section| and similar macros. But they can also set manually.
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{pdfbookmark}\verb|[|\emph{level}\verb|]{|text\verb|}{|\emph{name}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+creates a bookmark with the specified text and at the given level (default is
+0). As name for the internal anchor name is used (in conjunction with
+level). Therefore the name must be unique (similar to \verb|\label|).
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{currentpdfbookmark}\verb|{|\emph{text}\verb|}{|\emph{name}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+creates a bookmark at the current level.
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{subpdfbookmark}\verb|{|\emph{text}\verb|}{|\emph{name}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+creates a bookmark one step down in the bookmark hierarchy.
+Internally the current level is increased by one.
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{belowpdfbookmark}\verb|{|\emph{text}\verb|}{|\emph{name}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+creates a bookmark below the current bookmark level. However after the
+command the current bookmark level has not changed.
+
+\noindent \textbf{Hint:} Package \textsf{bookmark} replaces
+\textsf{hyperref}'s bookmark organization by a new algorithm:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Usually only one \LaTeX\ run is needed.
+\item More control over the bookmark appearance (color, font).
+\item Different bookmark actions are supported (external file links,
+ URLs, \dots).
+\end{itemize}
+Therefore I recommend using this package.
+
+\subsubsection{Replacement macros}
+
+\textsf{hyperref} takes the text for bookmarks from the arguments of
+commands like \ci{section}, which can contain things like math, colors,
+or font changes, none of which will display in bookmarks as is.
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{texorpdfstring}\verb|{|\emph{\TeX string}\verb|}{|\emph{PDFstring}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+For example,
+\begin{verbatim}
+\section{Pythagoras:
+ \texorpdfstring{$ a^2 + b^2 = c^2 $}{%
+ a\texttwosuperior\ + b\texttwosuperior\ =
+ c\texttwosuperior
+ }%
+}
+\section{\texorpdfstring{\textcolor{red}}{}{Red} Mars}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\ci{pdfstringdef} executes the hook \pdfstringdefPreHook before it
+expands the string. Therefore, you can use this hook to perform
+additional tasks or to disable additional commands.
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\expandafter\def\expandafter\pdfstringdefPreHook
+\expandafter{%
+ \pdfstringdefPreHook
+ \renewcommand{\mycommand}[1]{}%
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+However, for disabling commands, an easier way is via
+\ci{pdfstringdefDisableCommands}, which adds its argument to the
+definition of \ci{pdfstringdefPreHook} (`@' can here be used as letter in
+command names):
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{%
+ \let~\textasciitilde
+ \def\url{\pdfstringdefWarn\url}%
+ \let\textcolor\@gobble
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Pagelabels}
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{thispdfpagelabel}\verb|{|\emph{page number format}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+This allows to change format of the page number shown in the tool bar of
+a PDF viewer for a specific page, for example
+
+\verb+\thispdfpagelabel{Empty Page-\roman{page}}+
+
+The command affects the page on which it is executed, so asynchronous page breaking
+should be taken into account. It should be used in places where for example \verb+\thispagestyle+ can be use too.
+
+\subsection{Utility macros}
+
+\label{hypercalcbp}
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{hypercalcbp}\verb|{|\emph{dimen specification}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+\noindent
+\verb|\hypercalcbp| takes a \TeX\ dimen specification and
+converts it to bp and returns the number without the unit.
+This is useful for options \verb|pdfview|, \verb|pdfstartview|
+and \verb|pdfremotestartview|.
+Example:
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\hypersetup{
+ pdfstartview={FitBH \hypercalcbp{\paperheight-\topmargin-1in
+ -\headheight-\headsep}
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+The origin of the PDF coordinate system is the lower left corner.
+
+Note, for calculations you need either package \xpackage{calc} or
+\hologo{eTeX}. Nowadays the latter should automatically be enabled
+for \hologo{LaTeX} formats. Users without \hologo{eTeX}, please, look
+in the source documentation \verb|hyperref.dtx| for further
+limitations.
+
+Also \cs{hypercalcbp} cannot be used in option specifications
+of \cs{documentclass} and \cs{usepackage}, because
+\hologo{LaTeX} expands the option lists of these commands. However
+package \xpackage{hyperref} is not yet loaded and an undefined control
+sequence error would arise.
+
+\section[New Features]{New Features%
+\footnote{This section moved from the README file, needs more integration into the manual}}
+
+
+\subsection{Option `pdflinkmargin'}
+
+ Option `pdflinkmargin' is an experimental option for specifying
+ a link margin, if the driver supports this. Default is 1 pt for
+ supporting drivers.
+
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[pdfTeX]
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item The link area also depends on the surrounding box.
+ \item Settings have local effect.
+ \item When a page is shipped out, pdfTeX uses the current setting
+ of the link margin for all links on the page.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\item[pdfmark]
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item Settings have global effect.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\item[xetex]
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item Settings must be done in the preamble or the first page and then have global effect.
+ The key inserts the new (x)dvipdfmx special \verb|\special{dvipdfmx:config g #1}| (with the unit removed).
+\end{itemize}
+
+\item[Other drivers]
+ Unsupported.
+\end{description}
+
+
+\subsection{Field option `calculatesortkey'}
+
+ Fields with calculated values are calculated in document order
+ by default. If calculated field values depend on other calculated
+ fields that appear later in the document, then the correct calculation
+ order can be specified with option `calculatesortkey'. Its value is
+ used as key to lexicographically sort the calculated fields.
+ The sort key do not need to be unique. Fields that share the same
+ key are sorted in document order.
+
+
+
+ Currently the field option `calculatesortkey' is only supported by
+ the driver for pdfTeX.
+
+
+\subsection{Option `localanchorname'}
+
+ When an anchor is set (e.g. via \verb|\refstepcounter|, then the
+ anchor name is globally set to the current anchor name.
+
+
+ For example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \section{Foobar}
+ \begin{equation}\end{equation}
+ \label{sec:foobar}
+\end{verbatim}
+ With the default global setting (localanchorname=false)
+ a reference to `sec:foobar' jumps to the equation before.
+ With option `localanchorname' the anchor of the equation
+ is forgotten after the environment and the reference
+ `sec:foobar' jumps to the section title.
+
+
+ Option `localanchorname' is an experimental option, there
+ might be situations, where the anchor name is not available
+ as expected.
+
+
+\subsection{Option `customdriver'}
+
+ The value of option `customdriver' is the name of an external
+ driver file without extension `.def'. The file must have
+ \verb|\ProvidesFile| with a version date and number that match the
+ date and number of `hyperref', otherwise a warning is given.
+
+ Because the interface, what needs to be defined in the driver,
+ is not well defined and quite messy, the option is mainly intended
+ to ease developing, testing, debugging the driver part.
+
+
+\subsection{Option `psdextra'}
+
+ LaTeX's NFSS is used to assist the conversion of arbitrary
+ TeX strings to PDF strings (bookmarks, PDF information entries).
+ Many math command names (\verb|\geq|, \verb|\notin|, ...) are not in control
+ of NFSS, therefore they are defined with prefix `text'
+ (\verb|\textgeq|, \verb|\textnotin|, ...). They can be mapped to short names
+ during the processing to PDF strings. The disadvantage is that
+ they are many hundreds macros that need to be redefined for
+ each PDF string conversion. Therefore this can be enabled or
+ disabled as option `psdextra'. On default the option is turned
+ off (set to `false'). Turning the option on means
+ that the short names are available. Then \verb|\geq| can directly
+ be used instead of \verb|\textgeq|.
+
+
+\subsection{\textbackslash XeTeXLinkBox}
+
+ When XeTeX generates a link annotation, it does not look
+ at the boxes (as the other drivers), but only at the character
+ glyphs. If there are no glyphs (images, rules, ...), then
+ it does not generate a link annotation. Macro \verb|\XeTeXLinkBox|
+ puts its argument in a box and adds spaces at the lower left
+ and upper right corners. An additional margin can be specified
+ by setting it to the dimen register \verb|\XeTeXLinkMargin|. The default
+ is 2pt.
+
+ Example:
+
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ % xelatex
+ \documentclass{article}
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+ \setlength{\XeTeXLinkMargin}{1pt}
+ \begin{document}
+ \section{Hello World}
+ \newpage
+ \label{sec:hello}
+ \hyperref[sec:hello]{%
+ \XeTeXLinkBox{\rule{10mm}{10mm}}%
+ }
+ \end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{\textbackslash IfHyperBooleanExists and \textbackslash IfHyperBoolean}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \IfHyperBooleanExists{OPTION}{YES}{NO}
+\end{verbatim}
+ If a hyperref OPTION is a boolean, that means it takes values
+ `true' or `false', then \verb|\IfHyperBooleanExists| calls YES, otherwise NO.
+
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \IfHyperBoolean{OPTION}{YES}{NO}
+\end{verbatim}
+ Macro \verb|\IfHyperBoolean| calls YES, if OPTION exists as boolean and is
+ enabled. Otherwise NO is executed.
+
+
+
+ Both macros are expandable. Additionally option `stoppedearly' is
+ available. It is enabled if \verb|\MaybeStopEarly| or \verb|\MaybeStopNow|
+ end hyperref prematurely.
+
+
+\subsection{\textbackslash unichar}
+
+ If a Unicode character is not supported by puenc.def, it can
+ be given by using \verb|\unichar|. Its name and syntax is inherited
+ from package `ucs'. However it is defined independently for
+ use in hyperref's \verb|\pdfstringdef| (that converts arbitrary
+ TeX code to PDF strings or tries to do this).
+
+
+
+ Macro \verb|\unichar| takes a TeX number as argument,
+ examples for U+263A (WHITE SMILING FACE):
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \unichar{"263A}% hexadecimal notation
+ \unichar{9786}% decimal notation
+\end{verbatim}
+ `"' must not be a babel shorthand character or otherwise
+ active. Otherwise prefix it with \verb|\string|:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \unichar{\string"263A}% converts `"' to `"' with catcode 12 (other)
+\end{verbatim}
+ Users of (n)german packages or babel options may use \verb|\dq| instead:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \unichar{\dq 263A}% \dq is double quote with catcode 12 (other)
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\subsection{\textbackslash ifpdfstringunicode}
+
+ Some features of the PDF specification needs PDF strings.
+ Examples are bookmarks or the entries in the information dictionary.
+ The PDF specification allows two encodings `PDFDocEncoding'
+ (8-bit encoding) and `Unicode' (UTF-16). The user can help
+ using \verb|\texorpdfstring| to replace complicate TeX constructs
+ by a representation for the PDF string. However \verb|\texorpdfstring|
+ does not distinguish the two encodings. This gap closes
+ \verb|\ifpdfstringunicode|. It is only allowed in the second argument
+ of \verb|\texorpdfstring| and takes two arguments, the first allows
+ the full range of Unicode. The second is limited to the
+ characters available in PDFDocEncoding.
+
+
+
+ As example we take a macro definition for the Vietnamese
+ name of Han The Thanh. Correctly written it needs some
+ accented characters, one character even with a double accent.
+ Class `tugboat.cls' defines a macro for the typesetted name:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \def\Thanh{%
+ H\`an~%
+ Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}}%
+ ~Th\`anh%
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+ It's not entirely correct, the second accent over the `e' is not
+ an acute, but a hook. However standard LaTeX does not provide
+ such an accent.
+
+ Now we can extend the definition to support hyperref.
+ The first and the last word are already supported automatically.
+ Characters with two or more accents are a difficult business in
+ LaTeX, because the NFSS2 macros of the LaTeX kernel do not support
+ more than one accent. Therefore also puenc.def misses support for
+ them. But we can provide it using \verb|\unichar|. The character
+ in question is:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ % U+1EC3 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX AND HOOK ABOVE
+\end{verbatim}
+ Thus we can put this together:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \def\Thanh{%
+ H\`an~%
+ \texorpdfstring{Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}}}%
+ {\ifpdfstringunicode{Th\unichar{"1EC3}}{Th\^e}}%
+ ~Th\`anh%
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+ For PDFDocEncoding (PD1) the variant above has dropped the
+ second accent. Alternatively we could provide a representation
+ without accents instead of wrong accents:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \def\Thanh{%
+ \texorpdfstring{%
+ H\`an~%
+ Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}}}%
+ ~Th\`anh%
+ }{%
+ \ifpdfstringunicode{%
+ H\`an Th\unichar{"1EC3} Th\`anh%
+ }{%
+ Han The Thanh%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Customizing index style file with \textbackslash nohyperpage}
+
+ Since version 2008/08/14~v6.78f.
+
+
+
+ For hyperlink support in the index, hyperref inserts \verb|\hyperpage|
+ into the index macros. After processing with Makeindex, \verb|\hyperpage|
+ analyzes its argument to detect page ranges and page comma lists.
+ However, only the standard settings are supported directly:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ delim_r "--"
+ delim_n ", "
+\end{verbatim}
+ (See manual page/documentation of Makeindex that explains
+ the keys that can be used in style files for Makeindex.)
+ Customized versions of
+ \verb|delim_r, delim_n, suffix_2p, suffix_3p, suffix_mp|
+ needs markup that \verb|\hyperpage| can detect and knows that
+ this stuff does not belong to a page number. Makro
+ \verb|\nohyperpage| serves as this markup. Put the customized
+ code for these keys inside \verb|\nohyperpage|, e.g.:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ suffix_2p "\\nohyperpage{f.}"
+ suffix_3p "\\nohyperpage{ff.}"
+\end{verbatim}
+ (Depending on the typesetting tradition some space ``\verb|\\|,'' or ``\verb|~|''
+ should be put before the first f inside \verb|\nohyperpage|.)
+
+
+\subsection{Experimental option `ocgcolorlinks'}
+
+ The idea are colored links, when viewed, but printed without colors.
+ This new experimental option `ocgcolorlinks' uses Optional Content
+ Groups, a feature introduced in PDF 1.5.
+
+ A better implementation which hasn't the disadvantage to prevent line breaks is
+ in the ocgx2 package. Check its documentation for details how to use it.
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item The option must be given for package loading:
+ \verb|\usepackage[ocgcolorlinks]{hyperref}|
+ \item Main disadvantage: Links cannot be broken across lines.
+ PDF reference 1.7: 4.10.2 ``Making Graphical Content Optional'':
+ Graphics state operations, such as setting the color, ...,
+ are still applied.
+ Therefore the link text is put in a box and set twice, with and
+ without color.
+ \item The feature can be switched of by \verb|\hypersetup{ocgcolorlinks=false}|
+ inside the document.
+ \item Supported drivers: pdftex, dvipdfm
+ \item The PDF version should be at least 1.5. It is automatically
+ set for pdfTeX, LuaTeX and dvipdfmx.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{Option `pdfa'}
+
+ The new option `pdfa' tries to avoid violations of PDF/A in code
+ generated by hyperref. However, the result is usually not in PDF/A,
+ because many features aren't controlled by hyperref (XMP metadata,
+ fonts, colors, driver dependend low level stuff, ...).
+
+
+
+ Currently, option `pdfa' sets and disables the following items:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item Enabled annotation flags: Print, NoZoom, NoRotate [PDF/A 6.5.3].
+ \item Disabled annotation flags: Hidden, Invisible, NoView [PDF/A 6.5.3].
+ \item Disabled: Launch action (\href{run:...} [PDF/A 6.6.1].
+ \item Restricted: Named actions (\Acrobatmenu: NextPage, PrevPage,
+ FirstPage, LastPage) [PDF/A 6.6.1].
+ \item Many things are disabled in PDF formulars:
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item JavaScript actions [PDF/A 6.6.1]
+ \item Trigger events (additional actions) [PDF/A 6.6.2]
+ \item Push button (because of JavaScript)
+ \item Interactive Forms: Flag NeedAppearances is the default `false'
+ (Because of this, hyperref's implementation of Forms looks ugly).
+ [PDF/A 6.9]
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+
+ The default value of the new option `pdfa' is `false'. It influences
+ the loading of the package and cannot be changed after hyperref is
+ loaded (\verb|\usepackage{hyperref}|).
+
+
+
+\subsection{Option `linktoc' added}
+
+ The new option `linktoc' allows more control which part
+ of an entry in the table of contents is made into a link:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item `linktoc=none' (no links)
+ \item `linktoc=section' (default behaviour, same as `linktocpage=false')
+ \item `linktoc=page' (same as `linktocpage=true')
+ \item `linktoc=all' (both the section and page part are links)
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{Option `pdfnewwindow' changed}
+
+ Before 6.77b:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item pdfnewwindow=true $\rightarrow$ /NewWindow true
+ \item pdfnewwindow=false $\rightarrow$ (absent)
+ \item unused pdfnewwindow $\rightarrow$ (absent)
+\end{itemize}
+ Since 6.77b:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item pdfnewwindow=true $\rightarrow$ /NewWindow true
+ \item pdfnewwindow=false $\rightarrow$ /NewWindow false
+ \item pdfnewwindow={} $\rightarrow$ (absent)
+ \item unused pdfnewwindow $\rightarrow$ (absent)
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+
+ Rationale: There is a difference between setting to `false'
+ and an absent entry. In the former case the new document
+ replaces the old one, in the latter case the PDF viewer
+ application should respect the user preference.
+
+
+\subsection{Flag options for PDF forms}
+
+ PDF form field macros (\verb|\TextField|, \verb|\CheckBox|, ...) support
+ boolean flag options. The option name is the lowercase
+ version of the names in the PDF specification (1.7):
+
+ \url{http://www.adobe.com/devnet/pdf/pdf_reference.html}
+
+ \url{http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/pdf_reference.pdf}
+
+ Options (convert to lowercase) except flags in square brackets:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item Table 8.16 Annotation flags (page 608):
+
+{\obeylines
+ 1 Invisible
+ 2 Hidden (PDF 1.2)
+ 3 Print (PDF 1.2)
+ 4 NoZoom (PDF 1.3)
+ 5 NoRotate (PDF 1.3)
+ 6 NoView (PDF 1.3)
+ [7 ReadOnly (PDF 1.3)] ignored for widget annotations, see table 8.70
+ 8 Locked (PDF 1.4)
+ 9 ToggleNoView (PDF 1.5)
+ 10 LockedContents (PDF 1.7)
+}
+ \item Table 8.70 Field flags common to all field types (page 676):
+
+{\obeylines
+ 1 ReadOnly
+ 2 Required
+ 3 NoExport
+}
+ \item Table 8.75 Field flags specific to button fields (page 686):
+
+{\obeylines
+ 15 NoToggleToOff (Radio buttons only)
+ 16 Radio (set: radio buttons, clear: check box, pushbutton: clear)
+ 17 Pushbutton
+ 26 RadiosInUniso (PDF 1.5)
+}
+ \item Table 8.77 Field flags specific to text fields (page 691):
+
+{\obeylines
+ 13 Multiline
+ 14 Password
+ 21 FileSelect (PDF 1.4)
+ 23 DoNotSpellCheck (PDF 1.4)
+ 24 DoNotScroll (PDF 1.4)
+ 25 Comb (PDF 1.5)
+ 26 RichText (PDF 1.5)
+}
+ \item Table 8.79 Field flags specific to choice fields (page 693):
+
+{\obeylines
+ 18 Combo (set: combo box, clear: list box)
+ 19 Edit (only useful if Combo is set)
+ 20 (Sort) for authoring tools, not PDF viewers
+ 22 MultiSelect (PDF 1.4)
+ 23 DoNotSpellCheck (PDF 1.4) (only useful if Combo and Edit are set)
+ 27 CommitOnSelChange (PDF 1.5)
+}
+ \item Table 8.86 Flags for submit-form actions (page 704):
+
+{\obeylines
+ [1 Include/Exclude] unsupported, use `noexport' (table 8.70) instead
+ 2 IncludeNoValueFields
+ [3 ExportFormat] handled by option `export'
+ 4 GetMethod
+ 5 SubmitCoordinates
+ [6 XFDF (PDF 1.4)] handled by option `export'
+ 7 IncludeAppendSaves (PDF 1.4)
+ 8 IncludeAnnotations (PDF 1.4)
+ [9 SubmitPDF (PDF 1.4)] handled by option `export'
+ 10 CanonicalFormat (PDF 1.4)
+ 11 ExclNonUserAnnots (PDF 1.4)
+ 12 ExclFKey (PDF 1.4)
+ 14 EmbedForm (PDF 1.5)
+}
+\end{itemize}
+
+ New option `export' sets the export format of a submit action.
+ Valid values are (upper- or lowercase):
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item FDF
+ \item HTML
+ \item XFDF
+ \item PDF (not supported by Acrobat Reader)
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{Option `pdfversion'}
+
+ This is an experimental option. It notifies `hyperref' about
+ the intended PDF version. Currently this is used in code for
+ PDF forms (implementation notes 116 and 122 of PDF spec 1.7).
+
+
+
+ Values: 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7. Values below 1.2 are not
+ supported, because most drivers expect higher PDF versions.
+
+
+
+ The option must be used early, not after \verb|\usepackage{hyperref}|.
+
+
+ In theory this option should also set the PDF version,
+ but this is not generally supported.
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item pdfTeX below 1.10a: unsupported.
+ pdfTeX $\ge$ 1.10a and < 1.30: \verb|\pdfoptionpdfminorversion|
+ pdfTeX $\ge$ 1.30: \verb|\pdfminorversion|
+ \item dvipdfm: configuration file, example:
+ TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/config/config, entry `V 2'.
+ \item dvipdfmx: configuration file, example:
+ TeX Live 2007, texmf/dvipdfm/dvipdfmx.cfg, entry `V 4'.
+ \item Ghostscript: option -dCompatibilityLevel (this is set in
+ `ps2pdf12', `ps2pdf13', `ps2pdf14').
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+ The current PDF version is used as default if this version
+ can be detected (only pdfTeX $\ge$ 1.10a). Otherwise the lowest
+ version 1.2 is assumed. Thus `hyperref' tries to avoid PDF code
+ that breaks this version, but is free to use ignorable higher PDF
+ features.
+
+
+\subsection{Field option `name'}
+
+ Many form objects uses the label argument
+ for several purposes:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item Layouted label.
+ \item As name in HTML structures.
+\end{itemize}
+ Code that is suitable for layouting with TeX can
+ break in the structures of the output format.
+ If option `name' is given, then its value is used
+ as name in the different output structures. Thus
+ the value should consist of letters only.
+
+
+\subsection{Option `pdfencoding'}
+
+ The PDF format allows two encodings for bookmarks and entries
+ in the information dictionary: PDFDocEncoding and Unicode
+ as UTF-16BE. Option \xoption{pdfencoding} selects between these encodings:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item \xoption{pdfdoc} uses PDFDocEncoding. It uses just one byte per character,
+ but the supported characters are limited (244 in PDF-1.7).
+ \item \xoption{unicode} sets Unicode. It is encoded as UTF-16BE. Two bytes
+ are used for most characters, surrogates need four bytes.
+ \item \xoption{auto} PDFDocEncoding if the string does not contain characters
+ outside the encoding (outside ascii if an unicode engine is used)
+ and Unicode otherwise. This option is normally no suited for the unicode engines.
+\end{itemize}
+
+ All drivers use \xoption{unicode} by default now. If another encoding should be forced,
+ it should be done in \verb|hypersetup|.
+
+\subsection{Color options/package hycolor}
+
+ See documentation of package `hycolor'.
+
+
+\subsection{Option pdfusetitle}
+
+ If option pdfusetitle is set then hyperref tries to
+ derive the values for pdftitle and pdfauthor from
+ \verb|\title| and \verb|\author|. An optional argument for \verb|\title| and
+ \verb|\author| is supported (class amsart).
+
+
+\subsection{Starred form of \textbackslash autoref}
+
+ \verb|\autoref*| generates a reference without link as \verb|\ref*| or \verb|\pageref*|.
+
+
+\subsection{Link border style}
+
+ Links can be underlined instead of the default rectangle or
+ options \xoption{colorlinks}, \xoption{frenchlinks}. This is done by option
+ \verb|pdfborderstyle={/S/U/W 1}|
+
+ Some remarks:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item AR7/Linux seems to have a bug, that don't use the default
+ value \verb"1" for the width, but zero, thus that the underline
+ is not visible without \verb"/W 1". The same applies for
+ dashed boxes, eg.:
+ pdfborderstyle={/S/D/D[3 2]/W 1}
+
+ \item The syntax is described in the PDF specification, look for
+ ``border style'', eg.
+ Table 8.13 ``Entries in a border style dictionary''
+ (specification for version 1.6)
+
+ \item The border style is removed by
+ pdfborderstyle={}
+ This is automatically done if option colorlinks is enabled.
+
+ \item Be aware that not all PDF viewers support this feature, not
+ even Acrobat Reader itself:
+
+ Some support:
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item AR7/Linux: \xoption{underline} and \xoption{dashed}, but the border width
+ must be given.
+ \item xpdf 3.00: \xoption{underline} and \xoption{dashed}
+ \end{itemize}
+
+ Unsupported:
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item AR5/Linux
+ \item ghostscript 8.50
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{Option \xoption{bookmarksdepth}}
+
+ The depth of the bookmarks can be controlled by the new
+ option \xoption{bookmarksdepth}. The option acts globally and
+ distinguishes three cases:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item \xoption{bookmarksdepth} without value
+ Then hyperref uses the current value of counter \xoption{tocdepth}.
+ This is the compatible behaviour and the default.
+ \item \verb"bookmarksdepth=<number>", the value is number (also negative):
+ The depth for the bookmarks are set to this number.
+ \item \verb"bookmarksdepth=<name>"
+ The <name> is a document division name (part, chapter, ...).
+ It must not start with a digit or minus to avoid mixing up
+ with the number case. Internally hyperref uses the value
+ of macro \verb|\toclevel@<name>|.
+ Examples:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth=paragraph}
+ \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth=4} % same as before
+ \hypersetup{bookmarksdepth} % counter "tocdepth" is used
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{Option \xoption{pdfescapeform}}
+
+ There are many places where arbitrary strings end up as
+ PS or PDF strings. The PS/PDF strings in parentheses form
+ require the protection of some characters, e.g. unmatched
+ left or right parentheses need escaping or the escape
+ character itself (backslash).
+ Since 2006/02/12~v6.75a the PS/PDF driver should do
+ this automatically. However I assume a problem with
+ compatibility, especially regarding the form part where
+ larger amounts of JavaScript code can be present.
+ It would be a pain to remove all the escaping, because
+ an additional escaping layer can falsify the code.
+
+ Therefore a new option pdfescapeform was introduced:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item pdfescapeform=false
+ Escaping for the formulars are disabled, this is
+ the compatibility behaviour, therefore this is the default.
+ \item pdfescapeform=true
+ Then the PS/PDF drivers do all the necessary escaping.
+ This is the logical choice and the recommended setting.
+ For example, the user writes JavaScript as JavaScript
+ and do not care about escaping characters for PS/PDF
+ output.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{Default driver setting}
+
+ (hyperref $\ge$ 6.72s)
+ If no driver is given, hyperref tries its best to guess the
+ most suitable driver. Thus it loads \xoption{hpdftex}, if pdfTeX is
+ detected running in PDF mode. Or it loads the corresponding
+ VTeX driver for VTeX's working modes.
+ Unhappily many driver programs run after the TeX compiler,
+ so hyperref does not have a chance (dvips, dvipdfm, ...).
+ In this case driver \xoption{hypertex} is loaded that supports the
+ HyperTeX features that are recognized by xdvi for example.
+ This behaviour, however, can easily be changed in the configuration
+ file \verb"hyperref.cfg":
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \providecommand*{\Hy at defaultdriver}{hdvips}
+\end{verbatim}
+ for dvips, or
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \providecommand*{\Hy at defaultdriver}{hypertex}
+\end{verbatim}
+ for the default behaviour of hyperref.
+
+ See also the new option `driverfallback'.
+
+\subsection{Backref entries}
+
+ Alternative interface for formatting of backref entries, example:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass[12pt,UKenglish]{article}
+
+\usepackage{babel}
+\usepackage[pagebackref]{hyperref}
+
+% Some language options are detected by package backref.
+% This affects the following macros:
+% \backrefpagesname
+% \backrefsectionsname
+% \backrefsep
+% \backreftwosep
+% \backreflastsep
+
+\renewcommand*{\backref}[1]{
+ % default interface
+ % #1: backref list
+ %
+ % We want to use the alternative interface,
+ % therefore the definition is empty here.
+}
+\renewcommand*{\backrefalt}[4]{%
+ % alternative interface
+ % #1: number of distinct back references
+ % #2: backref list with distinct entries
+ % #3: number of back references including duplicates
+ % #4: backref list including duplicates
+ \par
+ #3 citation(s) on #1 page(s): #2,\par
+ \ifnum#1=1 %
+ \ifnum#3=1 %
+ 1 citation on page %
+ \else
+ #3 citations on page %
+ \fi
+ \else
+ #3 citations on #1 pages %
+ \fi
+ #2,\par
+ \ifnum#3=1 %
+ 1 citation located at page %
+ \else
+ #3 citations located at pages %
+ \fi
+ #4.\par
+}
+
+% The list of distinct entries can be further refined:
+\renewcommand*{\backrefentrycount}[2]{%
+ % #1: the original backref entry
+ % #2: the count of citations of this entry,
+ % in case of duplicates greater than one
+ #1%
+ \ifnum#2>1 %
+ ~(#2)%
+ \fi
+}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+ \section{Hello}
+ \cite{ref1, ref2, ref3, ref4}
+ \section{World}
+ \cite{ref1, ref3}
+ \newpage
+
+ \section{Next section}
+ \cite{ref1}
+ \newpage
+
+ \section{Last section}
+ \cite{ref1, ref2}
+ \newpage
+
+ \pdfbookmark[1]{Bibliography}{bib}
+ \begin{thebibliography}{99}
+ \bibitem{ref1} Dummy entry one.
+
+ \bibitem{ref2} Dummy entry two.
+
+ \bibitem{ref3} Dummy entry three.
+
+ \bibitem{ref4} Dummy entry four.
+
+ \end{thebibliography}
+
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{\textbackslash phantomsection}
+
+Set an anchor at this location. It is often used in conjunction
+with \verb|\addcontentsline| for sectionlike things (index, bibliography,
+preface). \verb|\addcontentsline| refers to the latest previous location
+where an anchor is set.
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \cleardoublepage
+ \phantomsection
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname}
+ \printindex
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the
+index points to the start of the index page, not to a location
+before this page.
+
+
+
+\section{Acrobat-specific behavior}
+If you want to access the menu options of Acrobat Reader or Exchange, the following
+macro is provided in the appropriate drivers:
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{Acrobatmenu}\verb|{|\emph{menuoption}\verb|}{|\emph{text}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\noindent The \emph{text} is used to create a button which activates the appropriate \emph{menuoption}. The following table lists the option names you can use---comparison of this with the menus in Acrobat Reader or Exchange will show what they do. Obviously some are only appropriate to Exchange.
+
+\medskip
+\begin{longtable}{@{}l>{\raggedright\arraybackslash}p{9cm}@{}}
+File & Open, Close, Scan, Save, SaveAs, Optimizer:SaveAsOpt, Print, PageSetup, Quit \\
+File$\rightarrow$Import & ImportImage, ImportNotes, AcroForm:ImportFDF \\
+File$\rightarrow$Export & ExportNotes, AcroForm:ExportFDF \\
+File$\rightarrow$DocumentInfo & GeneralInfo, OpenInfo, FontsInfo, SecurityInfo, Weblink:Base, AutoIndex:DocInfo \\
+File$\rightarrow$Preferences & GeneralPrefs, NotePrefs, FullScreenPrefs, Weblink:Prefs, AcroSearch:Preferences(Windows)
+ or, AcroSearch:Prefs(Mac), Cpt:Capture \\
+Edit & Undo, Cut, Copy, Paste, Clear, SelectAll, Ole:CopyFile, TouchUp:TextAttributes,
+ TouchUp:FitTextToSelection, TouchUp:ShowLineMarkers, TouchUp:ShowCaptureSuspects,
+ TouchUp:FindSuspect, \\
+ & Properties \\
+Edit$\rightarrow$Fields & AcroForm:Duplicate, AcroForm:TabOrder \\
+Document & Cpt:CapturePages, AcroForm:Actions, CropPages, RotatePages, InsertPages, ExtractPages,
+ ReplacePages, DeletePages, NewBookmark, SetBookmarkDest, CreateAllThumbs,
+ DeleteAllThumbs \\
+View & ActualSize, FitVisible, FitWidth, FitPage, ZoomTo, FullScreen, FirstPage, PrevPage,
+ NextPage, LastPage, GoToPage, GoBack, GoForward, SinglePage, OneColumn, TwoColumns,
+ ArticleThreads, PageOnly, ShowBookmarks, ShowThumbs \\
+Tools & Hand, ZoomIn, ZoomOut, SelectText, SelectGraphics, Note, Link, Thread, AcroForm:Tool,
+ Acro\_Movie:MoviePlayer, TouchUp:TextTool, Find, FindAgain, FindNextNote,
+ CreateNotesFile \\
+Tools$\rightarrow$Search & AcroSrch:Query, AcroSrch:Indexes, AcroSrch:Results, AcroSrch:Assist, AcroSrch:PrevDoc,
+ AcroSrch:PrevHit, AcroSrch:NextHit, AcroSrch:NextDoc \\
+Window & ShowHideToolBar, ShowHideMenuBar, ShowHideClipboard, Cascade, TileHorizontal,
+ TileVertical, CloseAll \\
+Help & HelpUserGuide, HelpTutorial, HelpExchange, HelpScan, HelpCapture, HelpPDFWriter,
+ HelpDistiller, HelpSearch, HelpCatalog, HelpReader, Weblink:Home \\
+Help(Windows) & About
+\end{longtable}
+
+\section{PDF and HTML forms}
+You must put your fields inside a \texttt{Form} environment (only one per file).
+
+There are six macros to prepare fields:
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{TextField}\verb|[|\emph{parameters}\verb|]{|\emph{label}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{CheckBox}\verb|[|\emph{parameters}\verb|]{|\emph{label}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{ChoiceMenu}\verb|[|\emph{parameters}\verb|]{|\emph{label}\verb|}{|\emph{choices}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{PushButton}\verb|[|\emph{parameters}\verb|]{|\emph{label}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{Submit}\verb|[|\emph{parameters}\verb|]{|\emph{label}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{Reset}\verb|[|\emph{parameters}\verb|]{|\emph{label}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+The way forms and their labels are laid out is determined by:
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{LayoutTextField}\verb|{|\emph{label}\verb|}{|\emph{field}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{LayoutChoiceField}\verb|{|\emph{label}\verb|}{|\emph{field}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{LayoutCheckField}\verb|{|\emph{label}\verb|}{|\emph{field}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+These macros default to \#1 \#2
+
+What is actually shown in the field is determined by:
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{MakeRadioField}\verb|{|\emph{width}\verb|}{|\emph{height}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{MakeCheckField}\verb|{|\emph{width}\verb|}{|\emph{height}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{MakeTextField}\verb|{|\emph{width}\verb|}{|\emph{height}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{MakeChoiceField}\verb|{|\emph{width}\verb|}{|\emph{height}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+\begin{cmdsyntax}
+\ci{MakeButtonField}\verb|{|\emph{text}\verb|}|
+\end{cmdsyntax}
+
+These macros default to \verb|\vbox to #2{\hbox to #1{\hfill}\vfill}|, except the
+last, which defaults to \#1; it is used for buttons, and the special \ci{Submit} and \ci{Reset}
+macros.
+
+You may also want to redefine the following macros:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\def\DefaultHeightofSubmit{12pt}
+\def\DefaultWidthofSubmit{2cm}
+\def\DefaultHeightofReset{12pt}
+\def\DefaultWidthofReset{2cm}
+\def\DefaultHeightofCheckBox{0.8\baselineskip}
+\def\DefaultWidthofCheckBox{0.8\baselineskip}
+\def\DefaultHeightofChoiceMenu{0.8\baselineskip}
+\def\DefaultWidthofChoiceMenu{0.8\baselineskip}
+\def\DefaultHeightofText{\baselineskip}
+\def\DefaultHeightofTextMultiline{4\baselineskip}
+\def\DefaultWidthofText{3cm}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Forms environment parameters}
+
+\smallskip
+\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}l>{\itshape}lp{9cm}@{}}
+action & URL & The URL that will receive the form data if a \textsf{Submit} button is included in the form \\
+encoding & name & The encoding for the string set to the URL; FDF-encoding is usual, and \texttt{html} is the only
+ valid value \\
+method & name & Used only when generating HTML; values can be \texttt{post} or \texttt{get} \\
+\end{longtable}
+
+\subsection{Forms optional parameters}
+Note that all colors must be expressed as RGB triples, in the range 0..1 (i.e.\ \texttt{color=0 0
+0.5})
+
+\smallskip
+\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}ll>{\itshape}ll@{}}
+accesskey & key & & (as per HTML) \\
+align & number & 0 & alignment within text field; 0 is left-aligned,\\*
+ & & & 1 is centered, 2 is right-aligned. \\
+altname & name & & alternative name,\\*
+ & & & the name shown in the user interface\\
+backgroundcolor & & & color of box \\
+bordercolor & & & color of border \\
+bordersep & & & box border gap \\
+borderwidth & & 1 & width of box border, the value is a dimension\\
+ & & & or a number with default unit bp\\
+calculate & & & JavaScript code to calculate the value of the field \\
+charsize & dimen & & font size of field text \\
+checkboxsymbol & char & 4 (\ding{\number`4}) & symbol used for check boxes (ZapfDingbats), \\
+&&& the value is a character or \cs{ding}\verb|{|\texttt{\itshape number}\verb|}|, \\
+&&& see package \xpackage{pifont} from bundle \xpackage{psnfss} \\
+checked & boolean & false & whether option selected by default \\
+color & & & color of text in box \\
+combo & boolean & false & choice list is `combo' style \\
+default & & & default value \\
+disabled & boolean & false & field disabled \\
+format & & & JavaScript code to format the field \\
+height & dimen & & height of field box \\
+hidden & boolean & false & field hidden \\
+keystroke & & & JavaScript code to control the keystrokes on entry \\
+mappingname & name & & the mapping name to be used when exporting\\*
+ & & & the field data\\
+maxlen & number & 0 & number of characters allowed in text field \\
+menulength & number & 4 & number of elements shown in list \\
+multiline & boolean & false & whether text box is multiline \\
+name & name & & name of field (defaults to label) \\
+onblur & & & JavaScript code \\
+onchange & & & JavaScript code \\
+onclick & & & JavaScript code \\
+ondblclick & & & JavaScript code \\
+onfocus & & & JavaScript code \\
+onkeydown & & & JavaScript code \\
+onkeypress & & & JavaScript code \\
+onkeyup & & & JavaScript code \\
+onmousedown & & & JavaScript code \\
+onmousemove & & & JavaScript code \\
+onmouseout & & & JavaScript code \\
+onmouseover & & & JavaScript code \\
+onmouseup & & & JavaScript code \\
+onselect & & & JavaScript code \\
+password & boolean & false & text field is `password' style \\
+popdown & boolean & false & choice list is `popdown' style \\
+radio & boolean & false & choice list is `radio' style \\
+radiosymbol & char & H (\ding{\number`H}) & symbol used for radio fields (ZapfDingbats), \\
+&&& the value is a character or \cs{ding}\verb|{|\texttt{\itshape number}\verb|}|, \\
+&&& see package \xpackage{pifont} from bundle \xpackage{psnfss} \\
+readonly & boolean & false & field is readonly \\
+rotation & number & 0 & rotation of the widget annotation \\*
+ & & & (degree, counterclockwise, multiple of 90)\\
+tabkey & & & (as per HTML) \\
+validate & & & JavaScript code to validate the entry \\
+value & & & initial value \\
+width & dimen & & width of field box
+\end{longtable}
+
+\section{Defining a new driver}
+A hyperref driver has to provide definitions for eight macros:
+
+\smallskip
+\noindent 1. \verb|\hyper at anchor|
+
+\noindent 2. \verb|\hyper at link|
+
+\noindent 3. \verb|\hyper at linkfile|
+
+\noindent 4. \verb|\hyper at linkurl|
+
+\noindent 5. \verb|\hyper at anchorstart|
+
+\noindent 6. \verb|\hyper at anchorend|
+
+\noindent 7. \verb|\hyper at linkstart|
+
+\noindent 8. \verb|\hyper at linkend|
+\smallskip
+
+The draft option defines the macros as follows
+\begin{verbatim}
+\let\hyper@@anchor\@gobble
+\gdef\hyper at link##1##2##3{##3}%
+\def\hyper at linkurl##1##2{##1}%
+\def\hyper at linkfile##1##2##3{##1}%
+\let\hyper at anchorstart\@gobble
+\let\hyper at anchorend\@empty
+\let\hyper at linkstart\@gobbletwo
+\let\hyper at linkend\@empty
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\section{Special support for other packages}
+
+Package \xpackage{hyperref} aims to cooperate with other packages, but there are
+several possible sources for conflict, such as
+
+\begin{itemize}
+
+\item Packages that manipulate the bibliographic mechanism. Peter
+William's \xpackage{harvard} package is supported. However, the
+recommended package is Patrick Daly's \xpackage{natbib} package that has
+specific \xpackage{hyperref} hooks to allow reliable interaction. This
+package covers a very wide variety of layouts and citation styles, all
+of which work with \xpackage{hyperref}.
+
+\item Packages that typeset the contents of the \ci{label} and \ci{ref}
+macros, such as \xpackage{showkeys}. Since the \xpackage{hyperref} package
+redefines these commands, you must set \texttt{implicit=false} for these
+packages to work.
+
+\item Packages that do anything serious with the index.
+\end{itemize}
+
+The \xpackage{hyperref} package is distributed with variants on two useful
+packages designed to work especially well with it. These are \xpackage{xr}
+and \xpackage{minitoc}, which support crossdocument links using \hologo{LaTeX}'s
+normal \cs{label}/\cs{ref} mechanisms and per-chapter tables of contents,
+respectively.
+
+
+\subsection{Package Compatibility}
+
+Currently only package loading orders are available:
+
+
+
+Note: hyperref loads package \xpackage{nameref} at \verb|\begin{document}|.
+Sometimes this is too late, thus this package must be loaded
+earlier.
+
+
+\subsubsection{algorithm}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{float}
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+ \usepackage[chapter]{algorithm}% eg.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsubsection{amsmath}
+
+ The environments equation and eqnarray are not supported too well.
+ For example, there might be spacing problems (eqnarray isn't recommended
+ anyway, see CTAN:info/l2tabu/, the situation for equation is unclear,
+ because nobody is interested in investigating). Consider using the
+ environments that package amsmath provide, e.g. gather for equation.
+ The environment equation can even redefined to use gather:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{amsmath}
+ \let\equation\gather
+ \let\endequation\endgather
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsubsection{amsrefs}
+
+ Package loading order:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+ \usepackage{amsrefs}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsubsection{arydshln, longtable}
+
+ Package longtable must be put before hyperref and arydshln,
+ hyperref after arydshln generates an error, thus the
+ resulting package order is then:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{longtable}
+ \usepacakge{hyperref}
+ \usepackage{arydshln}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsubsection{babel/magyar.ldf}
+
+ The old version 2005/03/30 v1.4j will not work.
+ You need at least version 1.5, maintained by P\'eter Szab\'o,
+ see CTAN:language/hungarian/babel/.
+
+
+\subsubsection{babel/spanish.ldf}
+
+ Babel's spanish.ldf redefines `\verb|\.|' to support `\verb|\...|'.
+ In bookmarks (\verb|\pdfstringdef|) only `\verb|\.|' is supported.
+ If `\verb|\...|' is needed,
+ \verb|\texorpdfstring{\...}{\dots}|
+ can be used instead.
+
+
+\subsubsection{bibentry}
+
+ Workaround:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \makeatletter
+ \let\saved at bibitem\@bibitem
+ \makeatother
+
+ \usepackage{bibentry}
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+
+ \begin{document}
+
+ \begingroup
+ \makeatletter
+ \let\@bibitem\saved at bibitem
+ \nobibliography{database}
+ \endgroup
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsubsection{bigfoot}
+
+ Hyperref does not support package `bigfoot'. And package
+ `bigfoot' does not support hyperref's footnotes and disables
+ them (hyperfootnotes=false).
+
+
+\subsubsection{chappg}
+
+ Package `chappg' uses \verb|\@addtoreset| that is redefined by `hyperref'.
+ The package order is therefore:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+ \usepackage{chappg}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsubsection{cite}
+
+ This is from Mike Shell:
+ cite.sty cannot currently be used with hyperref.
+ However, I can do a workaround via:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \makeatletter
+ \def\NAT at parse{\typeout{This is a fake Natbib command to fool Hyperref.}}
+ \makeatother
+
+ \usepackage[hypertex]{hyperref}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+ so that hyperref will not redefine any of the biblabel stuff - so cite.sty
+ will work as normal - although the citations will not be hyperlinked, of
+ course (But this may not be an issue for many people).
+
+
+\subsubsection{count1to}
+
+ Package `count1to' adds several \verb|\@addtoreset| commands that confuse
+ `hyperref'. Therefore \verb|\theH<...>| has to be fixed:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{count1to}
+ \AtBeginDocument{% *after* \usepackage{count1to}
+ \renewcommand*{\theHsection}{\theHchapter.\arabic{section}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\theHsubsection}{\theHsection.\arabic{subsection}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\theHsubsubsection}{\theHsubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\theHparagraph}{\theHsubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}%
+ \renewcommand*{\theHsubparagraph}{\theHparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}%
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsubsection{dblaccnt}
+
+ pd1enc.def or puenc.def should be loaded before:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+ \usepackage{dblaccnt}
+\end{verbatim}
+ or see entry for \xoption{vietnam}.
+
+
+\subsubsection{easyeqn}
+ Not compatible, breaks.
+
+
+\subsubsection{ellipsis}
+
+ This packages redefines \verb|\textellipsis|
+ after package hyperref (pd1enc.def/puenc.def should be loaded before):
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+ \usepackage{ellipsis}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsubsection{float}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{float}
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item Several \verb|\caption| commands are not supported inside one float object.
+ \item Anchor are set at top of the float object, if its style is controlled
+ by float.sty.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsubsection{endnotes}
+ Unsupported.
+
+\subsubsection{foiltex}
+ Update to version 2008/01/28 v2.1.4b:
+ Since version 6.77a hyperref does not hack into \verb|\@begindvi|,
+ it uses package `atbegshi' instead, that hooks into \verb|\shipout|.
+ Thus the patch of `foils.cls' regarding hyperref is now obsolete
+ and causes an undefined error message about \verb|\@hyperfixhead|.
+ This is fixed in FoilTeX 2.1.4b.
+
+
+\subsubsection{footnote}
+
+ This package is not supported, you have to disable hyperref's footnote
+ support by using option \verb"hyperfootnotes=false".
+
+
+\subsubsection{geometry}
+
+ Driver `dvipdfm' and program `dvipdfm' might generate a warning:
+ Sorry. Too late to change page size
+ Then prefer the program `dvipdfmx' or use one of the following
+ workarounds to move the \verb|\special| of geometry to an earlier
+ location:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentclass[dvipdfm]{article}% or other classes
+ \usepackage{atbegshi}
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \let\OrgAtBeginDvi\AtBeginDvi
+ \let\AtBeginDvi\AtBeginShipoutFirst
+ }
+ \usepackage[
+ paperwidth=170mm,
+ paperheight=240mm
+ ]{geometry}
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \let\AtBeginDvi\OrgAtBeginDvi
+ }
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+
+ or
+
+ \documentclass[dvipdfm]{article}% or other classes
+ \usepackage{atbegshi}
+ \let\AtBeginDvi\AtBeginShipoutFirst
+ \usepackage[
+ paperwidth=170mm,
+ paperheight=240mm
+ ]{geometry}
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsubsection{IEEEtran.cls}
+
+ version $\ge$ V1.6b (because of \verb|\@makecaption|, see ChangeLog)
+
+
+\subsubsection{index}
+
+ version $\ge$ 1995/09/28 v4.1 (because of \verb|\addcontentsline| redefinition)
+
+
+\subsubsection{lastpage}
+
+ Compatible.
+
+
+\subsubsection{linguex}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+ \usepackage{linguex}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsubsection{ltabptch}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{longtable}
+ \usepackage{ltabptch}
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsubsection{mathenv}
+
+ Unsupported.
+
+
+
+ Both `mathenv' and `hyperref' messes around with
+ environment `eqnarray'. You can load `mathenv' after
+ `hyperref' to avoid an error message. But \verb|\label|
+ will not work inside environment `eqnarray' properly,
+ for example.
+
+
+\subsubsection{minitoc-hyper}
+
+ This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original
+ package minitoc instead.
+
+
+
+\subsubsection{multind}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{multind}
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsubsection{natbib}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{natbib}
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsubsection{nomencl}
+Example for introducing links for the page numbers:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\pagedeclaration}[1]{\unskip, \hyperpage{#1}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\subsubsection{ntheorem-hyper}
+ This package is obsolete, use the up-to-date original
+ package ntheorem instead.
+
+
+For equations the following might work:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand*{\eqdeclaration}[1]{%
+ \hyperlink{equation.#1}{(Equation~#1)}%
+ }
+ But the mapping from the equation number to the anchor name
+ is not available in general.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsubsection{parskip}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{parskip}
+ \usepackage{hyperref}[2012/08/20]
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+ Both packages want to redefine \verb|\@starttoc|.
+
+
+\subsubsection{prettyref}
+\begin{verbatim}
+%%% example for prettyref %%%
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{prettyref}
+\usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}
+
+%\newrefformat{FIG}{Figure~\ref{#1}}% without hyperref
+\newrefformat{FIG}{\hyperref[{#1}]{Figure~\ref*{#1}}}
+
+\begin{document}
+ This is a reference to \prettyref{FIG:ONE}.
+ \newpage
+ \begin{figure}
+ \caption{This is my figure}
+ \label{FIG:ONE}
+ \end{figure}
+\end{document}
+%%% example for prettyref %%%
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+
+\subsubsection{setspace}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{setspace}
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsubsection{sidecap}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ Before 2002/05/24 v1.5h:
+ \usepackage{nameref}
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+ \usepackage{sidecap}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsubsection{subfigure}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ 1995/03/06 v2.0:
+ \usepackage{subfigure}
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+ % hypertexnames is set to false.
+ v2.1:
+ \usepackage{nameref}
+ \usepackage{subfigure}
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+ or
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+ \usepackage{subfigure}
+ v2.1.2:
+ please update
+ v2.1.3:
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+ \usepackage{subfigure}
+ or vice versa?
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsubsection{titleref}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{nameref}
+ \usepackage{titleref}% without usetoc
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsubsection{tabularx}
+
+ Linked footnotes are not supported inside environment `tabularx',
+ because they uses the optional argument of \verb|\footnotetext|, see
+ section `Limitations'. Before version 2011/09/28 6.82i
+ hyperref had disabled footnotes entirely by `hyperfootnotes=false'.
+
+
+\subsubsection{titlesec}
+
+ \xpackage{nameref} supports titlesec, but hyperref does not
+ (unsolved is the anchor setting, missing with unnumbered
+ section, perhaps problems with page breaks with numbered ones).
+
+
+\subsubsection{ucs/utf8x.def}
+
+ The first time a multibyte UTF8 sequence is called, it
+ does some calculations and stores the result in a macro
+ for speeding up the next calls of that UTF8 sequence.
+ However this makes the first call non-expandable and
+ will break if used in information entries or bookmarks.
+ Package \xpackage{ucs} offers \verb|\PrerenderUnicode| or \verb|\PreloadUnicodePage|
+ to solve this:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{ucs}
+ \usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}
+ \usepackage{hyperref}% or with option unicode
+ \PrerenderUnicode{^^c3^^b6}% or \PrerenderUnicodePage{1}
+ \hypersetup{pdftitle={Umlaut example: ^^c3^^b6}}
+\end{verbatim}
+ The notation with two carets avoids trouble with 8-bit bytes
+ for the README file, you can use the characters directly.
+
+
+\subsubsection{varioref}
+ There are too many problems with varioref. Nobody has time to
+ sort them out. Therefore this package is now unsupported.
+
+
+ Perhaps you are lucky and some of the features of varioref works
+ with the following loading order:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{nameref}
+ \usepackage{varioref}
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+ Also some babel versions can be problematic. For example,
+ 2005/05/21 v3.8g contains a patch for varioref that breaks
+ the hyperref support for varioref.
+
+
+
+ Also unsupported:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \verb|\Ref|, \verb|\Vref| do not uppercase the first letter.
+\item \verb|\vpageref[]{...}|
+ On the same page a previous space is not suppressed.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsubsection{verse}
+
+ Version 2005/08/22 v2.22 contains support for hyperref.
+
+ For older versions see example from
+ de.comp.text.tex (2005/08/11, slightly modified):
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentclass{article}
+
+ % package order does not matter
+ \usepackage{verse}
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+
+ \makeatletter
+ % make unique poemline anchors
+ \newcounter{verse at env}
+ \setcounter{verse at env}{0}
+ \let\org at verse\verse
+ \def\verse{%
+ \stepcounter{verse at env}%
+ \org at verse
+ }
+ \def\theHpoemline{\arabic{verse at env}.\thepoemline}
+
+ % add anchor for before \addcontentsline in \@vsptitle
+ \let\org at vsptitle\@vsptitle
+ \def\@vsptitle{%
+ \phantomsection
+ \org at vsptitle
+ }
+ \makeatother
+
+ \begin{document}
+
+ \poemtitle{Poem 1}
+ \begin{verse}
+ An one-liner.
+ \end{verse}
+
+ \newpage
+
+ \poemtitle{Poem 2}
+ \begin{verse}
+ Another one-liner.
+ \end{verse}
+
+ \end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsubsection{vietnam}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ % pd1enc.def should be loaded before package dblaccnt:
+ \usepackage[PD1,OT1]{fontenc}
+ \usepackage{vietnam}
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsubsection{XeTeX}
+
+ Default for the encoding of bookmarks is \verb|pdfencoding=unicode|.
+ That means the strings are always treated as unicode strings.
+ If \verb|auto| or \verb|pdfdoc| is forced it applies only
+ if the string restricts to the printable ASCII set,
+ The reason is that the \verb|\special| does not support PDFDocEncoding.
+
+ In older versions hyperref contained special conversion code from
+ UTF-16BE back to UTF-8 in a number of places for
+ xetex to avoid the xdvipdfmx warning
+
+ \verb"Failed to convert input string to UTF16..."
+
+ This is no longer needed with a current xdvipdfmx, so this code has
+ been removed. \verb|\csname HyPsd at XeTeXBigCharstrue\endcsname| should no
+ longer be used.
+
+
+\section[Limitations]{Limitations%
+\footnote{This section moved from the README file, needs more integration into the manual}}
+\subsection{Wrapped/broken link support}
+
+ Only few drivers support automatically wrapped/broken links,
+ e.g. pdftex, dvipdfm, hypertex. Other drivers lack this
+ feature, e.g. dvips, dvipsone.
+
+ Workarounds:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item For long section or caption titles in the table of contents
+ or list of figures/tables option \xoption{linktocpage} can be used.
+ Then the page number will be a link, and the overlong section
+ title is not forced into an one line link with overfull \verb|\hbox|
+ warning.
+\item ``\verb|\url|''s are caught by package \xpackage{breakurl}.
+\item The option \xoption{breaklinks} is intended for internal use. But it
+ can be used to force link wrapping, e.g. when printing a
+ document. However, when such a document is converted to PDF
+ and viewed with a PDF viewer, the active link area will be
+ misplaced.
+
+ Another limitation: some penalties are ``optimized'' by TeX,
+ thus there are missing break points, especially within
+ \verb|\url|. (See thread ``hyperref.sty, breaklinks and url.sty 3.2''
+ in comp.text.tex 2005-09).
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{Links across pages}
+
+ In general they have problems:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item Some driver doesn't support them at all (see above).
+ \item The driver allows it, but the link result might include
+ the footer and/or header, or an error message can
+ occur sometimes.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{Footnotes}
+
+ LaTeX allows the separation of the footnote mark and the
+ footnote text (\verb|\footnotemark|, \verb|\footnotetext|). This interface
+ might be enough for visual typesetting. But the relation between
+ \verb|\footnotemark| to \verb|\footnotetext| is not as strong as \verb|\ref| to \verb|\label|.
+ Therefore it is not clear in general which \verb|\footnotemark| references
+ which \verb|\footnotetext|. But that is necessary to implement hyperlinking.
+ Thus the implementation of hyperref does not support the optional
+ argument of \verb|\footnotemark| and \verb|\footnotetext|.
+
+
+\section[Hints]{Hints%
+\footnote{This section moved from the README file, needs more integration into the manual}}
+
+\subsection{Spaces in option values}
+
+ Unhappily LaTeX strips spaces from options if they are given
+ in \verb|\documentclass| or \verb|\usepackage| (or \verb|\RequirePackage|), e.g.:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage[pdfborder=0 0 1]{hyperref}
+\end{verbatim}
+ Package hyperref now gets
+\begin{verbatim}
+ pdfborder=001
+\end{verbatim}
+ and the result is an invalid PDF file.
+ As workaround braces can be used:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage[pdfborder={0 0 1}]{hyperref}
+\end{verbatim}
+ Some options can also be given in \verb|\hypersetup|
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \hypersetup{pdfborder=0 0 1}
+\end{verbatim}
+ In \verb|\hypersetup| the options are directly processed as key value
+ options (see package keyval) without space stripping in the value part.
+
+
+
+ Alternatively, LaTeX's option handling system can be adapted
+ to key value options by one of the packages \xpackage{kvoptions-patch}
+ (from project \xpackage{kvoptions}) or \xpackage{xkvltxp} (from project \xpackage{xsetkeys}).
+
+
+\subsection{Index with makeindex}
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item Package hyperref adds \verb|\hyperpage| commands by the encap
+ mechanism (see documentation of Makeindex),
+ if option hyperindex is set (default).
+ \verb|\hyperpage| uses the page anchors that are set by
+ hyperref at each page (default). However in the
+ default case page numbers are used in anchor names
+ in arabic form. If the page numbers in other formats
+ are used (book class with \verb|\frontmatter|, \verb|\romannumbering|, ...),
+ then the page anchors are not unique. Therefore option
+ \verb"plainpages=false" is recommended.
+ \item The encap mechanism of Makeindex allows to use one command only
+ (see documentation of Makeindex).
+ If the user sets such a command, hyperref suppresses its
+ \verb|\hyperpage| command. With logical markup this situation
+ can easily be solved:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{makeidx}
+ \makeindex
+ \usepackage[hyperindex]{hyperref}
+ \newcommand*{\main}[1]{\textbf{\hyperpage{#1}}}
+ ...
+ \index{Some example|main}
+\end{verbatim}
+ \item Scientic Word/Scientific WorkPlace users can use
+ package robustindex with hyperindex=false.
+ \item Other encap characters can be set by option \xoption{encap}.
+ Example for use of ``?'':
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage[encap=?]{hyperref}
+\end{verbatim}
+ \item Another possibility is the insertion of \verb|\hyperpage| by
+ a style file for makeindex. For this case, hyperref's
+ insertion will be disabled by \verb"hyperindex=false".
+ \verb|\hyperpage| will be defined regardless of setting of hyperindex.
+\begin{verbatim}
+%%% cut %%% hyperindex.ist %%% cut %%%
+delim_0 ", \\hyperpage{"
+delim_1 ", \\hyperpage{"
+delim_2 ", \\hyperpage{"
+delim_n "}, \\hyperpage{"
+delim_t "}"
+encap_prefix "}\\"
+encap_infix "{\\hyperpage{"
+encap_suffix "}"
+%%% cut %%% hyperindex.ist %%% cut %%%
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{Warning \texttt{"bookmark level for unknown <foobar> defaults to 0"}}
+
+ Getting rid of it:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\makeatletter
+\providecommand*{\toclevel@<foobar>}{0}
+\makeatother
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Link anchors in figures}
+
+ The caption command increments the counter and here is the
+ place where hyperref set the corresponding anchor. Unhappily
+ the caption is set below the figure, so the figure is not
+ visible if a link jumps to a figure.
+ In this case, try package \xpackage{hypcap} that implements
+ a method to circumvent the problem.
+
+
+\subsection{Additional unicode characters in bookmarks and pdf information entries:}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass[pdftex]{article}
+\usepackage[unicode]{hyperref}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Support for additional unicode characters:
+
+ Example: \verb|\.{a}| and \verb|\d{a}|
+
+ 1. Get a list with unicode data, eg:
+
+ http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/UnicodeData.txt
+
+ 2. Identify the characters (\verb|\.{a}|, \verb|\d{a}|):
+\begin{verbatim}
+ 0227;LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DOT ABOVE;...
+ 1EA1;LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DOT BELOW;...
+\end{verbatim}
+
+ 3. Calculate the octal code:
+
+ The first characters of the line in the file are
+ hex values, convert each byte and prepend them
+ with a backslash. (This will go into the PDF file.)
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ 0227 -> \002\047
+ 1EA1 -> \036\241
+\end{verbatim}
+
+ 4. Transform into a form understood by hyperref:
+
+ Hyperref must know where the first byte starts,
+ this is marked by \verb"9" (8 and 9 cannot occur in
+ octal numbers):
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \002\047 -> \9002\047
+ \036\241 -> \9036\241
+\end{verbatim}
+
+ Optional: \verb"8" is used for abbreviations:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \900 = \80, \901 = \81, \902 = \82, ...
+
+ \9002\047 -> \82\047
+\end{verbatim}
+
+ 5. Declare the character with LaTeX:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\.}{PU}{a}{\82\047}
+\DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\d}{PU}{a}{\9036\241}
+
+\begin{document}
+\section{\={a}, \d{a}, \'{a}, \.{a}}
+\end{document}
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Footnotes}
+
+ The footnote support is rather limited. It is beyond the scope
+ to use \verb|\footnotemark| and \verb|\footnotetext| out of order or reusing
+ \verb|\footnotemark|. Here you can either disable hyperref's footnote
+ support by \verb"hyperfootnotes=false" or fiddle with internal macros,
+ nasty examples:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+\begin{document}
+Hello%
+\footnote{The first footnote}
+World%
+\addtocounter{footnote}{-1}%
+\addtocounter{Hfootnote}{-1}%
+\footnotemark.
+\end{document}
+
+ or
+
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\makeatletter
+
+A%
+ \footnotemark
+ \let\saved at Href@A\Hy at footnote@currentHref
+ % remember link name
+B%
+ \footnotemark
+ \let\saved at Href@B\Hy at footnote@currentHref
+b%
+ \addtocounter{footnote}{-1}%
+ \addtocounter{Hfootnote}{-1}% generate the same anchor
+ \footnotemark
+C%
+ \footnotemark
+ \let\saved at Href@C\Hy at footnote@currentHref
+
+ \addtocounter{footnote}{-2}%
+ \let\Hy at footnote@currentHref\saved at Href@A
+\footnotetext{AAAA}%
+ \addtocounter{footnote}{1}%
+ \let\Hy at footnote@currentHref\saved at Href@B
+\footnotetext{BBBBB}%
+ \addtocounter{footnote}{1}%
+ \let\Hy at footnote@currentHref\saved at Href@C
+\footnotetext{CCCC}%
+
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Subordinate counters}
+
+ Some counters do not have unique values and require the value
+ of other counters to be unique. For example, sections or figures
+ might be numbered within chapters or \verb|\newtheorem| is used with
+ an optional counter argument. Internally LaTeX uses \verb|\@addtoreset|
+ to reset a counter in dependency to another counter. Package
+ hyperref hooks into \verb|\@addtoreset| to catch this situation.
+ Also \verb|\numberwithin| of package amsmath is caught by hyperref.
+
+
+
+ However, if the definition of subordinate counters take place
+ before hyperref is loaded, the old meaning of \verb|\@addtoreset| is
+ called without hyperref's additions. Then the companion counter
+ macro \verb|\theH<counter>| can be redefined accordingly. Or move the
+ definition of subordinate counters after hyperref is loaded.
+
+ Example for \verb|\newtheorem|, problematic case:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section]
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+\end{verbatim}
+ Solution a)
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+ \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section}
+\end{verbatim}
+ Solution b)
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newtheorem{corA}{CorollaryA}[section]
+ \usepackage{hyperref}
+ \newcommand*{\theHcorA}{\theHsection.\number\value{corA}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\section{History and acknowledgments}
+
+The original authors of \textsf{hyperbasics.tex} and
+\textsf{hypertex.sty}, from which this package descends, are Tanmoy
+Bhattacharya and Thorsten Ohl. Package \xpackage{hyperref}
+started as a simple port of their work to \hologo{LaTeXe} standards, but
+eventually I rewrote nearly everything, because I didn't understand a
+lot of the original, and was only interested in getting it to work with
+\hologo{LaTeX}. I would like to thank Arthur Smith, Tanmoy Bhattacharya, Mark
+Doyle, Paul Ginsparg, David Carlisle, T.\ V.\ Raman and Leslie Lamport
+for comments, requests, thoughts and code to get the package into its
+first useable state. Various other people are mentioned at the point in
+the source where I had to change the code in later versions because of
+problems they found.
+
+Tanmoy found a great many of the bugs, and (even better) often provided
+fixes, which has made the package more robust. The days spent on
+Rev\TeX\ are entirely due to him! The investigations of Bill Moss
+into the later versions including
+native PDF support uncovered a good many bugs, and his testing is
+appreciated. Hans Hagen provided a lot of
+insight into PDF.
+
+Berthold Horn provided help, encouragement and sponsorship for the
+\textsf{dvipsone} and \textsf{dviwindo} drivers. Sergey Lesenko provided
+the changes needed for \textsf{dvipdf}, and \Hanh{} supplied all the
+information needed for \textsf{pdftex}. Patrick Daly kindly updated his
+\xpackage{natbib} package to allow easy integration with
+\xpackage{hyperref}. Michael Mehlich's \xpackage{hyper} package (developed
+in parallel with \textsf{hyperref}) showed me solutions for some
+problems. Hopefully the two packages will combine one day.
+
+The forms creation section owes a great deal to: T.\ V.\ Raman, for
+encouragement, support and ideas; Thomas Merz, whose book \emph{Web
+Publishing with Acrobat/PDF} provided crucial insights; D.\ P.\ Story,
+whose detailed article about pdfmarks and forms solved many practical
+problems; and Hans Hagen, who explained how to do it in \textsf{pdftex}.
+
+Steve Peter recreated the manual source in July 2003 after it had been
+lost.
+
+Especial extra thanks to David Carlisle for the \xpackage{backref} module,
+the ps2pdf and dviwindo support, frequent general rewrites of my bad
+code, and for working on changes to the \xpackage{xr} package to suit
+\xpackage{hyperref}.
+
+\begingroup
+ \makeatletter
+ \let\chapter=\section
+ % subsections goes into bookmarks but not toc
+ \hypersetup{bookmarksopenlevel=1}
+ \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\setcounter{tocdepth}{1}}
+ % The \section command acts as \subsection.
+ % Additionally the title is converted to lowercase except
+ % for the first letter.
+ \def\section{%
+ \let\section\lc at subsection
+ \lc at subsection
+ }
+ \def\lc at subsection{%
+ \@ifstar{\def\mystar{*}\lc at sec}%
+ {\let\mystar\@empty\lc at sec}%
+ }
+ \def\lc at sec#1{%
+ \lc@@sec#1\@nil
+ }
+ \def\lc@@sec#1#2\@nil{%
+ \begingroup
+ \def\a{#1}%
+ \lowercase{%
+ \edef\x{\endgroup
+ \noexpand\subsection\mystar{\a#2}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \x
+ }
+\clearpage
+
+
+\chapter{GNU Free Documentation License}
+
+Version 1.2, November 2002
+
+
+ Copyright \copyright\ 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\\
+ 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA\\
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+
+\section*{PREAMBLE}
+
+The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+functional and useful document ``free'' in the sense of freedom: to
+assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
+with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
+Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
+to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
+for modifications made by others.
+
+This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
+works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
+complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+license designed for free software.
+
+We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
+principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+
+
+\section{APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS}
+\label{applicability}
+
+This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
+contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
+distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
+world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
+work under the conditions stated herein. The ``Document'', below,
+refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
+licensee, and is addressed as ``you''. You accept the license if you
+copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
+under copyright law.
+
+A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the
+Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+modifications and/or translated into another language.
+
+A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
+the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
+(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
+within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a
+textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
+connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+them.
+
+The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
+section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
+allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
+Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
+Sections then there are none.
+
+The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
+be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
+
+A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
+or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
+An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
+of text. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
+
+Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, \LaTeX\ input format, SGML
+or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
+HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of
+transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats
+include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
+proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
+processing tools are not generally available, and the
+machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
+processors for output purposes only.
+
+The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
+formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
+the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+
+A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose
+title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
+text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
+specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'',
+``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.) To ``Preserve the Title''
+of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
+section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition.
+
+The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
+states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
+Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
+License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
+implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
+no effect on the meaning of this License.
+
+
+\section{VERBATIM COPYING}
+\label{verbatim}
+
+You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
+technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
+compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
+number of copies you must also follow the conditions in
+section~\ref{copying}.
+
+You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+you may publicly display copies.
+
+
+\section{COPYING IN QUANTITY}
+\label{copying}
+
+If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
+printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
+Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
+copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
+the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+as verbatim copying in other respects.
+
+If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+pages.
+
+If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+a computer-network location from which the general network-using
+public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
+a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
+If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
+when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
+that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
+location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
+Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
+edition to the public.
+
+It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+
+
+\section{MODIFICATIONS}
+\label{modifications}
+
+You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+the conditions of sections~\ref{verbatim} and \ref{copying} above,
+provided that you release
+the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+
+\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\Alph{enumi}.}
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+ from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+ (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+ of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
+ if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+\item List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+ responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+ Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+ Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
+ unless they release you from this requirement.
+\item State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+ Modified Version, as the publisher.
+\item Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+\item Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+ adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+\item Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+ giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+ terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+\item Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+ and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+\item Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+\item Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and add
+ to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+ publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
+ there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
+ stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+ given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+ Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+\item Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+ public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+ the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+ it was based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section.
+ You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+ least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+ publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+\item For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'',
+ Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all
+ the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
+ and/or dedications given therein.
+\item Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+ unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
+ or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+\item Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section
+ may not be included in the Modified Version.
+\item Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements''
+ or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+\item Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+\end{enumerate}
+
+If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
+list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+
+You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
+nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+standard.
+
+You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
+Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
+includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+
+The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+
+
+\section{COMBINING DOCUMENTS}
+\label{combining}
+
+You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+License, under the terms defined in section~\ref{modifications}
+above for modified
+versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
+
+The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+
+In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History''
+in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
+``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
+and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all sections
+Entitled ``Endorsements''.
+
+
+\section{COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS}
+\label{collections}
+
+You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+
+You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+
+
+\section{AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS}
+\label{aggregation}
+
+A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright
+resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
+of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
+When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
+apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
+derivative works of the Document.
+
+If the Cover Text requirement of section~\ref{copying} is applicable to
+these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half
+of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
+electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
+Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
+aggregate.
+
+
+\section{TRANSLATION}
+\label{translation}
+
+Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+distribute translations of the Document under the terms of
+section~\ref{modifications}.
+Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
+translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
+Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
+the original English version of this License and the original versions
+of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
+the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
+or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
+
+If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
+``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement
+(section~\ref{modifications}) to Preserve
+its Title (section~\ref{applicability}) will typically require
+changing the actual title.
+
+
+\section{TERMINATION}
+\label{termination}
+
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
+copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
+parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+
+\section{FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE}
+\label{future}
+
+The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
+http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+
+Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of
+following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
+number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+
+\section*{ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents}
+
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+license notices just after the title page:
+
+\begin{quote}
+ Copyright \copyright\ YEAR YOUR NAME.
+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+ under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+ or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+ with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
+ A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+ Free Documentation License''.
+\end{quote}
+
+If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
+replace the ``with...Texts.'' line with this:
+
+ with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
+ Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
+
+If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
+combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
+situation.
+
+If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+to permit their use in free software.
+
+\endgroup
+
+\end{document}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/doc/manual.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/doc/manual.tex 2021-02-07 21:40:21 UTC (rev 57664)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/hyperref/doc/manual.tex 2021-02-07 21:54:30 UTC (rev 57665)
@@ -1,3396 +0,0 @@
-% This is the manual for the LaTeX hyperref package.
-%
-% Copyright (C) 1998-2003 Sebastian Rahtz.
-% Copyright (C) 2003 Steve Peter and Karl Berry
-% Copyright (C) 2006-2012 Heiko Oberdiek.
-% Copyright (C) 2017-2019 David Carlisle Ulrike Fischer
-% Copyright (C) 2019-2020 The LaTeX3 Project
-%
-% Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-% under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
-% any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
-% Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
-% Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
-% ``GNU Free Documentation License.''
-%
-
-\def\mydate{January 2020}
-
-\RequirePackage{iftex}
-\ifpdf % We are running pdfTeX in pdf mode
-\ifx\directlua\undefinded
-\documentclass[pdftex]{article}
-\else
-\documentclass[luatex]{article}
-\fi
-\else
-\documentclass{article}
-\fi
-
-
-\usepackage{pifont}
-\usepackage{calc}
-
-\usepackage{hologo}
-
-\def\OzTeX{O\kern-0.03em z\kern-0.15em \TeX}
-
-\newcommand*{\cs}[1]{%
- \texttt{\textbackslash #1}%
-}
-\newcommand*{\xpackage}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
-\newcommand*{\xoption}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
-
-% from doc.sty
-\makeatletter
-\ifx\l at nohyphenation\@undefined
-\newlanguage\l at nohyphenation
-\fi
-\ifx\l at nohyphenation\@undefined
- \newlanguage\l at nohyphenation
-\fi
-\DeclareRobustCommand\meta[1]{%
- \ensuremath\langle
- \ifmmode \expandafter \nfss at text \fi
- {%
- \meta at font@select
- \edef\meta at hyphen@restore
- {\hyphenchar\the\font\the\hyphenchar\font}%
- \hyphenchar\font\m at ne
- \language\l at nohyphenation
- #1\/%
- \meta at hyphen@restore
- }%
- \ensuremath\rangle
-}
-\def\meta at font@select{\ttfamily\itshape}
-\makeatother
-
-% Page layout.
-\advance\textwidth by 1.1in
-\advance\oddsidemargin by -.55in
-\advance\evensidemargin by -.55in
-%
-\advance\textheight by 1in
-\advance\topmargin by -.5in
-\advance\footskip by -.5in
-%
-\pagestyle{headings}
-%
-% Avoid some overfull boxes.
-\emergencystretch=.1\hsize
-\hbadness = 3000
-
-% these are from lshort.sty, but lshort.sty pulls in so many other
-% packages it seems cleaner to just include them here.
-%
-\newcommand{\bs}{\symbol{'134}}%Print backslash
-\newcommand{\ci}[1]{\texttt{\bs#1}}
-
-\makeatletter
-\@ifpackageloaded{tex4ht}{%
- % separate definition for HTML case to avoid
- % nasty borders with double horizontal lines with
- % large gaps.
- \newsavebox{\cmdsyntaxbox}%
- \newenvironment{cmdsyntax}{%
- \par
- % \small
- \addvspace{3.2ex plus 0.8ex minus 0.2ex}%
- \vskip -\parskip
- \noindent
- \begin{lrbox}{\cmdsyntaxbox}%
- \begin{tabular}{l}%
- \rule{0pt}{1em}%
- \ignorespaces
- }{%
- \end{tabular}%
- \end{lrbox}%
- \fbox{\usebox{\cmdsyntaxbox}}%
- \par
- \nopagebreak
- \addvspace{3.2ex plus 0.8ex minus 0.2ex}%
- \vskip -\parskip
- }%
-}{%
- \newenvironment{cmdsyntax}{%
- \par
- \small
- \addvspace{3.2ex plus 0.8ex minus 0.2ex}%
- \vskip -\parskip
- \noindent
- \begin{tabular}{|l|}%
- \hline
- \rule{0pt}{1em}%
- \ignorespaces
- }{%
- \\%
- \hline
- \end{tabular}%
- \par
- \nopagebreak
- \addvspace{3.2ex plus 0.8ex minus 0.2ex}%
- \vskip -\parskip
- }%
-}
-\makeatother
-
-\usepackage{array,longtable}
-\ifnum 0\ifluatex 1\else\ifxetex 1\fi\fi=0 %
- \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}%
- \usepackage{lmodern}%
- \renewcommand*{\ttdefault}{lmvtt}%
-\else
- \usepackage{fontspec}%
- \renewcommand*{\ttdefault}{lmvtt}%
-\fi
-
-\newcommand*{\Quote}[1]{\textquotedblleft#1\textquotedblright}
-
-\def\Hanh{H\`an Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}} Th\`anh}
-
-\ifpdf
- \usepackage[%
-% pdftex,% might be luatex, just allow automatic default
- colorlinks,%
- hyperindex,%
- plainpages=false,%
- bookmarksopen,%
- bookmarksnumbered,
- pdfusetitle,%
- ]{hyperref}
- %%?? \def\pdfBorderAttrs{/Border [0 0 0] } % No border arround Links
-\else
- \usepackage{hyperref}
-\fi
-
-\makeatletter
-\@ifpackageloaded{tex4ht}{%
-\author{Sebastian Rahtz (deceased)\and
- Heiko Oberdiek (inactive)\and
- The \LaTeX3 Project (\url{https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues})}
-}{%
- \usepackage{bmhydoc}%
-\author{Sebastian Rahtz\thanks{deceased}\and
- Heiko Oberdiek\thanks{inactive}\and
- The \LaTeX3 Project\thanks{\url{https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/issues}}}
-}
-\makeatother
-\title{Hypertext marks in \hologo{LaTeX}: a manual for \xpackage{hyperref}}
-\date{2021-02-04 v7.00g}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-% comes out too close to the toc, and we know it's page one anyway.
-\thispagestyle{empty}
-\maketitle
-\tableofcontents
-\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}% for bookmark levels
-
-\section{Introduction}
-
-The package derives from, and builds on, the work of the Hyper\hologo{TeX}
-project, described at \texttt{http://xxx.lanl.gov/hypertex/}\footnote{Now: \url{https://ctan.org/tex-archive/support/hypertex/hypertex}}. It extends
-the functionality of all the \hologo{LaTeX} cross-referencing commands
-(including the table of contents, bibliographies etc) to produce
-\cs{special} commands which a driver can turn into hypertext links;
-it also provides new commands to allow the user to write \emph{ad hoc}
-hypertext links, including those to external documents and URLs.
-
-The package is currently maintained at \url{https://github.com/latex3/hyperref/} and issues should
-be reported there.
-
-This manual provides a brief overview of the \xpackage{hyperref}
-package. For more details, you should read the additional documentation
-distributed with the package, as well as the complete documentation by
-processing \texttt{hyperref.dtx}. You should also read the chapter on
-\xpackage{hyperref} in \textit{The \hologo{LaTeX} Web Companion}, where you will
-find additional examples.
-
-The Hyper\hologo{TeX} specification\footnote{This is borrowed from an article
-by Arthur Smith.} says that conformant viewers/translators must
-recognize the following set of \cs{special} constructs:
-
-\begin{description}
-\item[href:] \verb|html:<a href = "href_string">|
-\item[name:] \verb|html:<a name = "name_string">|
-\item[end:] \verb|html:</a>|
-\item[image:] \verb|html:<img src = "href_string">|
-\item[base\_name:] \verb|html:<base href = "href_string">|
-\end{description}
-
-The \emph{href}, \emph{name} and \emph{end} commands are used to do the
-basic hypertext operations of establishing links between sections of
-documents. The \emph{image} command is intended (as with current HTML
-viewers) to place an image of arbitrary graphical format on the page in
-the current location. The \emph{base\_name} command is be used to
-communicate to the DVI viewer the full (URL) location of the current
-document so that files specified by relative URLs may be retrieved
-correctly.
-
-The \emph{href} and \emph{name} commands must be paired with an
-\emph{end} command later in the \TeX\ file---the \TeX\ commands between
-the two ends of a pair form an \emph{anchor} in the document. In the
-case of an \emph{href} command, the \emph{anchor} is to be highlighted
-in the \emph{DVI viewer}, and when clicked on will cause the scene to
-shift to the destination specified by \emph{href\_string}. The
-\emph{anchor} associated with a name command represents a possible
-location to which other hypertext links may refer, either as local
-references (of the form \verb|href="#name_string"| with the
-\emph{name\_string} identical to the one in the name command) or as part
-of a URL (of the form \emph{URL\#name\_string}). Here
-\emph{href\_string} is a valid URL or local identifier, while
-\emph{name\_string} could be any string at all: the only caveat is that
-`$\verb|"|$' characters should be escaped with a backslash
-($\backslash$), and if it looks like a URL name it may cause problems.
-
-However, the drivers intended to produce \emph{only} PDF use literal
-PostScript or PDF \verb|\special| commands. The commands are defined in
-configuration files for different drivers, selected by package options;
-at present, the following drivers are supported:
-
-\begin{description}
-\item[hypertex] DVI processors conforming to the Hyper\TeX\ guidelines (i.e.\ \textsf{xdvi}, \textsf{dvips} (with
-the \textsf{-z} option), \textsf{\OzTeX}, and \textsf{Textures})
-\item[dvips] produces \verb|\special| commands tailored for \textsf{dvips}
-\item[dvipsone] produces \verb|\special| commands tailored for \textsf{dvipsone}
-\item[ps2pdf] a special case of output suitable for processing by earlier versions of Ghost\-script's
-PDF writer; this is basically the same as that for \textsf{dvips}, but a few variations remained before version 5.21
-\item[tex4ht] produces \verb|\special| commands for use with \textsf{\TeX4ht}
-\item[pdftex] pdf\TeX, \Hanh{}'s \TeX{} variant that writes PDF directly
-\item[luatex] lua\TeX, Unicode \TeX{} variant that writes PDF directly
-\item[dvipdfm] produces \verb|\special| commands for Mark Wicks' DVI to PDF driver \textsf{dvipdfm}
-\item[dvipdfmx] produces \verb|\special| commands for driver
- \textsf{dvipdfmx}, a successor of \textsf{dvipdfm}
-\item[dviwindo] produces \verb|\special| commands that Y\&Y's Windows previewer interprets as hypertext jumps within the previewer
-\item[vtex] produces \verb|\special| commands that MicroPress' HTML and
- PDF-producing \TeX\ variants interpret as hypertext jumps within the
- previewer
-\item[textures] produces \verb|\special| commands that \textsf{Textures} interprets as hypertext jumps within the previewer
-\item[xetex] produces \verb|\special| commands for Xe\TeX{}
-\end{description}
-
-Output from \textsf{dvips} or \textsf{dvipsone} must be processed using
-Acrobat Distiller to obtain a PDF file.\footnote{Make sure you turn off
-the partial font downloading supported by \textsf{dvips} and
-\textsf{dvipsone} in favor of Distiller's own system.} The result is
-generally preferable to that produced by using the \textsf{hypertex}
-driver, and then processing with \textsf{dvips -z}, but the DVI file is
-not portable. The main advantage of using the Hyper\TeX\ \ci{special}
-commands is that you can also use the document in hypertext DVI viewers,
-such as \textsf{xdvi}.
-
-\begin{description}
-\item[driverfallback]
- If a driver is not given and cannot be autodetected, then use
- the driver option, given as value to this option \textsf{driverfallback}.
- Example:
- \begin{quote}
- \texttt{driverfallback=dvipdfm}
- \end{quote}
- Autodetected drivers (\textsf{pdftex}, \textsf{xetex}, \textsf{vtex},
- \textsf{vtexpdfmark}) are recognized from within \TeX\ and
- therefore cannot be given as value to option \textsf{driverfallback}.
- However a DVI driver program is run after the \TeX\ run is finished.
- Thus it cannot be detected at \TeX\ macro level. Then package
- \xpackage{hyperref}
- uses the driver, given by \textsf{driverfallback}. If the driver
- is already specified or can be autodetected, then option
- \textsf{driverfallback} is ignored.
-\end{description}
-
-\section{Implicit behavior}
-
-This package can be used with more or less any normal \LaTeX\ document
-by specifying in the document preamble
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage{hyperref}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Make sure it comes \emph{last} of your loaded packages, to give it a
-fighting chance of not being over-written, since its job is to redefine
-many \LaTeX\ commands. Hopefully you will find that all cross-references
-work correctly as hypertext. For example, \ci{section} commands will
-produce a bookmark and a link, whereas \ci{section*} commands will only
-show links when paired with a corresponding \ci{addcontentsline}
-command.
-
-In addition, the \texttt{hyperindex} option (see below) attempts to make
-items in the index by hyperlinked back to the text, and the option
-\texttt{backref} inserts extra `back' links into the bibliography for
-each entry. Other options control the appearance of links, and give
-extra control over PDF output. For example, \texttt{colorlinks}, as its
-name well implies, colors the links instead of using boxes; this is the
-option used in this document.
-
-
-\section{Package options}
-
-All user-configurable aspects of \xpackage{hyperref} are set using a
-single `key=value' scheme (using the \xpackage{keyval} package) with the
-key \texttt{Hyp}. The options can be set either in the optional argument
-to the \cs{usepackage} command, or using the \cs{hypersetup}
-macro. When the package is loaded, a file \texttt{hyperref.cfg} is read
-if it can be found, and this is a convenient place to set options on a
-site-wide basis.
-
-Note however that some options (for example \texttt{unicode}) can only be used as
-package options, and not in \verb|\hypersetup| as the option settings are processed
-as the package is read.
-
-As an example, the behavior of a particular file could be controlled by:
-\begin{itemize}
-
-\item a site-wide \texttt{hyperref.cfg} setting up the look of links,
-adding backreferencing, and setting a PDF display default:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-\hypersetup{backref,
-pdfpagemode=FullScreen,
-colorlinks=true}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\item A global option in the file, which is passed down to
-\textsf{hyperref}:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass[dvips]{article}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\item File-specific options in the \cs{usepackage} commands, which
-override the ones set in \texttt{hyperref.cfg}:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[colorlinks=false]{hyperref}
-\hypersetup{pdftitle={A Perfect Day}}
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{itemize}
-
-As seen in the previous example, information entries
-(pdftitle, pdfauthor, \dots) should be set after the package is loaded.
-Otherwise \LaTeX\ expands the values of these options prematurely.
-Also \LaTeX\ strips spaces in options. Especially option `pdfborder'
-requires some care. Curly braces protect the value, if given
-as package option. They are not necessary in \verb|\hypersetup|.
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[pdfborder={0 0 0}]{hyperref}
-\hypersetup{pdfborder=0 0 0}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-Package `kvoptions-patch' patches \LaTeX\ to make it aware
-of key value options and to prevent premature value expansions.
-
-Some options can be given at any time, but many are restricted: before
-\verb|\begin{document}|, only in \verb|\usepackage[...]{hyperref}|,
-before first use, etc.
-
-In the key descriptions that follow, many options do not need a value,
-as they default to the value true if used. These are the ones classed as
-`boolean'. The values true and false can always be specified, however.
-
-\subsection{General options}
-
-Firstly, the options to specify general behavior and page size.
-
-\medskip
-\begin{longtable}{>{\ttfamily}ll>{\itshape}ll}
-draft & boolean & false & all hypertext options are turned off \\
-final & boolean & true & all hypertext options are turned on \\
-debug & boolean & false & extra diagnostic messages are printed in \\
- & & & the log file \\
-verbose & boolean & false & same as debug \\
-implicit & boolean & true & redefines \LaTeX\ internals \\
-setpagesize & boolean & true & sets page size by special driver commands
-\end{longtable}
-
-\subsection{Options for destination names}
-
-Destinations names (also anchor, target or link names) are internal
-names that identify a position on a page in the document. They
-are used in link targets for inner document links or the bookmarks,
-for example.
-
-Usually anchor are set, if \cs{refstepcounter} is called.
-Thus there is a counter name and value. Both are used to
-construct the destination name. By default the counter value
-follows the counter name separated by a dot. Example for
-the fourth chapter:
-\begin{quote}
- \verb|chapter.4|
-\end{quote}
-This scheme is used by:
-\begin{description}
-\item[\cs{autoref}] displays the description label for the
- reference depending on the counter name.
-\item[\cs{hyperpage}] is used by the index to get
-page links. Page anchor setting (\verb|pageanchor|) must not
-be turned off.
-\end{description}
-
-It is very important that the destination names are unique,
-because two destinations must not share the same name.
-The counter value \cs{the<counter>} is not always unique
-for the counter. For example, table and figures can be numbered
-inside the chapter without having the chapter number in their
-number. Therefore \xpackage{hyperref} has introduced \cs{theH<counter>}
-that allows a unique counter value without messing up with
-the appearance of the counter number. For example, the number
-of the second table in the third chapter might be printed
-as \texttt{2}, the result of \cs{thetable}. But the
-destination name \texttt{table.2.4} is unique because it
-has used \cs{theHtable} that gives \verb|2.4| in this case.
-
-Often the user do not need to set \cs{theH<counter>}. Defaults
-for standard cases (chapter, \dots) are provided. And after \xpackage{hyperref}
-is loaded, new counters with parent counters also define
-\cs{theH<counter>} automatically, if \cs{newcounter}, \cs{@addtoreset}
-or \cs{numberwithin} of package \xpackage{amsmath} are used.
-
-Usually problems with duplicate destination names can be solved
-by an appropriate definition of \cs{theH<counter>}. If option
-\texttt{hypertexnames} is disabled, then a unique artificial
-number is used instead of the counter value. In case of page
-anchors the absolute page anchor is used. With option \texttt{plainpages}
-the page anchors use the arabic form. In both latter cases \cs{hyperpage}
-for index links is affected and might not work properly.
-
-If an unnumbered entity gets an anchor (starred forms of
-chapters, sections, \dots) or \cs{phantomsection} is used,
-then the dummy counter name \texttt{section*} and an artificial
-unique number is used.
-
-If the final PDF file is going to be merged with another file, than
-the destination names might clash, because both documents might
-contain \texttt{chapter.1} or \texttt{page.1}. Also \xpackage{hyperref}
-sets anchor with name \texttt{Doc-Start} at the begin of the document.
-This can be resolved by redefining \cs{HyperDestNameFilter}.
-Package \xpackage{hyperref} calls this macro each time, it uses a
-destination name.
-The macro must be expandable and expects the destination name
-as only argument. As example, the macro is redefined to add
-a prefix to all destination names:
-\begin{quote}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\HyperDestNameFilter}[1]{\jobname-#1}
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{quote}
-In document \texttt{docA} the destination name \texttt{chapter.2}
-becomes \texttt{docA-chapter.2}.
-
-Destination names can also be used from the outside in URIs(, if the
-driver has not removed or changed them), for example:
-\begin{quote}
-\begin{verbatim}
-http://somewhere/path/file.pdf#nameddest=chapter.4
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{quote}
-However using a number seems unhappy. If another chapter is added
-before, the number changes. But it is very difficult to pass
-a new name for the destination to the anchor setting process that
-is usually deep hidden in the internals. The first name of
-\cs{label} after the anchor setting seems a good approximation:
-\begin{quote}
-\begin{verbatim}
- \section{Introduction}
- \label{intro}
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{quote}
-Option \texttt{destlabel} checks for each \cs{label}, if there is
-a new destination name active and replaces the destination
-name by the label name. Because the destination name is already in use
-because of the anchor setting, the new name is recorded in the \texttt{.aux}
-file and used in the subsequent \hologo{LaTeX} run. The renaming is done by
-a redefinition of \cs{HyperDestNameFilter}. That leaves the old
-destination names intact (e.g., they are needed for \cs{autoref}).
-This redefinition is also available as \cs{HyperDestLabelReplace},
-thus that an own redefinition can use it.
-The following example also adds a prefix for \emph{all} destination names:
-\begin{quote}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand*{\HyperDestNameFilter}[1]{%
- \jobname-\HyperDestLabelReplace{#1}%
-}
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{quote}
-The other case that only files prefixed that do not have a corresponding
-\cs{label} is more complicate, because \cs{HyperDestLabelReplace} needs
-the unmodified destination name as argument. This is solved by an
-expandable string test (\cs{pdfstrcmp} of \hologo{pdfTeX}
-or \cs{strcmp} of \hologo{XeTeX}, package \xpackage{pdftexcmds} also supports
-\hologo{LuaTeX}):
-\begin{quote}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage{pdftexcmds}
-\makeatletter
-\renewcommand*{\HyperDestNameFilter}[1]{%
- \ifcase\pdf at strcmp{#1}{\HyperDestLabelReplace{#1}} %
- \jobname-#1%
- \else
- \HyperDestLabelReplace{#1}%
- \fi
-}
-\makeatother
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{quote}
-
-With option \texttt{destlabel} destinations can also named manually,
-if the destination is not yet renamed:
-\begin{quote}
-\verb|\HyperDestRename{|\meta{destination}\verb|}{|\meta{newname}\verb|}|
-\end{quote}
-
-Hint: Anchors can also be named and set by \cs{hypertarget}.
-
-\medskip
-\begin{longtable}{>{\ttfamily}ll>{\itshape}ll}
-destlabel & boolean & false & destinations are named by first \cs{label}\\
- & & & after anchor creation\\
-hypertexnames & boolean & true & use guessable names for links \\
-naturalnames & boolean & false & use \LaTeX-computed names for links \\
-plainpages & boolean & false & Forces page anchors to be named by the Arabic form \\
- & & & of the page number, rather than the formatted form. \\
-\end{longtable}
-
-\subsection{Configuration options}
-
-\begin{longtable}{>{\ttfamily}ll>{\itshape}lp{9cm}}
-raiselinks & boolean & true & In the hypertex driver, the height of links is normally calculated by the driver as
- simply the base line of contained text; this options forces \verb|\special| commands to
- reflect the real height of the link (which could contain a graphic) \\
-breaklinks & boolean & both & This option is in hyperref only used in the dviwindo driver, in all other cases it doesn't do anything sensible---it neither allows nor prevents links to be broken. The ocgx2 package
-checks the state of the boolean.\\
-pageanchor & boolean & true & Determines whether every page is given an implicit anchor at the top left corner. If this
- is turned off, \verb|\printindex| will not contain
- valid hyperlinks. \\
-nesting & boolean & false & Allows links to be nested; no drivers currently support this.
-\end{longtable}
-
-Note for option \verb|breaklinks|:
-The correct value is automatically set according to the driver features.
-It can be overwritten for drivers that do not support broken links.
-However, at any case, the link area will be wrong and displaced.
-
-\subsection{Backend drivers}
-
-If no driver is specified, the package tries to find a driver in
-the following order:
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item Autodetection, some \TeX\ processors can be detected at \TeX\ macro
- level (pdf\TeX, Xe\TeX, V\TeX).
-\item Option \textsf{driverfallback}. If this option is set, its value
- is taken as driver option.
-\item Macro \cs{Hy at defaultdriver}. The macro takes a driver file
- name (without file extension).
-\item Package default is \textsf{hypertex}.
-\end{enumerate}
-Many distributions are using a driver file \texttt{hypertex.cfg} that
-define \cs{Hy at defaultdriver} with \texttt{hdvips}. This is recommended
-because driver \textsf{dvips} provides much more features than
-\textsf{hypertex} for PDF generation.
-
-\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}lp{.8\hsize}@{}}
-driverfallback & Its value is used as driver option\\
- & if the driver is not given or autodetected.\\
-dvipdfm & Sets up \textsf{hyperref} for use with the \textsf{dvipdfm} driver.\\
-dvipdfmx & Sets up \textsf{hyperref} for use with the \textsf{dvipdfmx} driver.\\
-dvips & Sets up \textsf{hyperref} for use with the \textsf{dvips} driver. \\
-dvipsone & Sets up \textsf{hyperref} for use with the \textsf{dvipsone} driver. \\
-dviwindo & Sets up \textsf{hyperref} for use with the \textsf{dviwindo} Windows previewer. \\
-hypertex & Sets up \textsf{hyperref} for use with the Hyper\TeX-compliant drivers. \\
-latex2html & Redefines a few macros for compatibility with \textsf{latex2html}. \\
-nativepdf & An alias for \textsf{dvips} \\
-pdfmark & An alias for \textsf{dvips} \\
-pdftex & Sets up \textsf{hyperref} for use with the \textsf{pdftex} program.\\
-ps2pdf & Redefines a few macros for compatibility with
- Ghostscript's PDF writer, otherwise identical to
- \textsf{dvips}. \\
-tex4ht & For use with \textsf{\TeX4ht} \\
-textures & For use with \textsf{Textures} \\
-vtex & For use with MicroPress' \textsf{VTeX}; the PDF
- and HTML backends are detected automatically. \\
-vtexpdfmark & For use with \textsf{VTeX}'s PostScript backend. \\
-xetex & For use with Xe\TeX\ (using backend for dvipdfm).
-\end{longtable}
-\smallskip
-
-If you use \textsf{dviwindo}, you may need to redefine the macro
-\ci{wwwbrowser} (the default is \verb|C:\netscape\netscape|) to tell
-\textsf{dviwindo} what program to launch. Thus, users of Internet
-Explorer might add something like this to hyperref.cfg:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-\renewcommand{\wwwbrowser}{C:\string\Program\space
- Files\string\Plus!\string\Microsoft\space
- Internet\string\iexplore.exe}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\subsection{Extension options}
-\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}ll>{\itshape}lp{8cm}@{}}
-extension & text & & Set the file extension (e.g.\ \textsf{dvi}) which will be appended to file links
- created if you use the \xpackage{xr} package. \\
-hyperfigures & boolean & & \\
-backref & text & false & Adds `backlink' text to the end of each item in the bibliography, as a list of
- section numbers. This can only work properly \emph{if} there is a blank line after
- each \verb|\bibitem|. Supported values are \verb|section|, \verb|slide|, \verb|page|,
- \verb|none|, or \verb|false|. If no value is given, \verb|section| is taken as default.\\
-pagebackref & boolean & false & Adds `backlink' text to the end of each item in the bibliography, as a list of page
- numbers. \\
-hyperindex & boolean & true & Makes the page numbers of index entries into hyperlinks. Relays on unique
- page anchors (\verb|pageanchor|, \ldots)
- \verb|pageanchors| and \verb|plainpages=false|. \\
-hyperfootnotes & boolean & true & Makes the footnote marks into hyperlinks to the footnote text.
- Easily broken \ldots\\
-encap & & & Sets encap character for hyperindex \\
-linktoc & text & section & make text (\verb|section|), page number (\verb|page|), both (\verb|all|) or nothing (\verb|none|) be link on TOC, LOF and LOT \\
-linktocpage & boolean & false & make page number, not text, be link on TOC, LOF and LOT \\
-breaklinks & boolean & false & allow links to break over lines by making links over multiple lines into PDF links to
- the same target \\
-colorlinks & boolean & false & Colors the text of links and anchors. The colors chosen depend on the the type of
- link. At present the only types of link distinguished are citations, page references,
- URLs, local file references, and other links.
- Unlike colored boxes, the colored
- text remains when printing.\\
-linkcolor & color & red & Color for normal internal links. \\
-anchorcolor & color & black & Color for anchor text. Ignored by most drivers. \\
-citecolor & color & green & Color for bibliographical citations in text. \\
-filecolor & color & cyan & Color for URLs which open local files. \\
-menucolor & color & red & Color for Acrobat menu items. \\
-runcolor & color & filecolor & Color for run links (launch annotations). \\
-urlcolor & color & magenta & Color for linked URLs. \\
-allcolors & color & & Set all color options (without border and field options).\\
-frenchlinks & boolean & false & Use small caps instead of color for links.\\
-hidelinks & & & Hide links (removing color and border). \\
-\end{longtable} \smallskip
-
-Note that all color names must be defined before use, following the
-normal system of the standard \LaTeX\ \xpackage{color} package.
-
-\subsection{PDF-specific display options}
-\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}ll>{\itshape}lp{7.6cm}@{}}
-bookmarks & boolean & true & A set of Acrobat bookmarks are written, in a manner similar to the
- table of contents, requiring two passes of \LaTeX. Some postprocessing
- of the bookmark file (file extension \texttt{.out}) may be needed to
- translate \LaTeX\ codes, since bookmarks must be written in PDFEncoding.
- To aid this process, the \texttt{.out} file is not rewritten by \LaTeX\
- if it is edited to contain a line \verb|\let\WriteBookmarks\relax| \\
-bookmarksopen & boolean & false & If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, show them with all the subtrees
- expanded. \\
-bookmarksopenlevel & parameter & & level (\ci{maxdimen}) to which bookmarks are open \\
-bookmarksnumbered & boolean & false & If Acrobat bookmarks are requested, include section numbers. \\
-bookmarkstype & text & toc & to specify which `toc' file to mimic \\
-CJKbookmarks & boolean & false &
- This option should be used to produce CJK bookmarks.
- Package \verb|hyperref|
- supports both normal and preprocessed mode of the \xpackage{CJK} package;
- during the creation of bookmarks, it simply replaces CJK's macros
- with special versions which expand to the corresponding character
- codes. Note that without the `unicode' option of hyperref you get
- PDF files which actually violate the PDF specification because
- non-Unicode character codes are used -- some PDF readers localized
- for CJK languages (most notably Acroread itself) support this.
- Also note that option `CJKbookmarks' cannot be used together
- with option `unicode'.
-
- No mechanism is provided to translate non-Unicode bookmarks to
- Unicode; for portable PDF documents only Unicode encoding should
- be used.\\
-pdfhighlight & name & /I & How link buttons behave when selected; /I is for inverse (the default);
- the other possibilities are /N (no effect), /O (outline), and /P (inset
- highlighting). \\
-citebordercolor & RGB color & 0 1 0 & The color of the box around citations \\
-filebordercolor & RGB color & 0 .5 .5 & The color of the box around links to files \\
-linkbordercolor & RGB color & 1 0 0 & The color of the box around normal links \\
-menubordercolor & RGB color & 1 0 0 & The color of the box around Acrobat menu links \\
-urlbordercolor & RGB color & 0 1 1 & The color of the box around links to URLs \\
-runbordercolor & RGB color & 0 .7 .7 & Color of border around `run' links \\
-allbordercolors & & & Set all border color options \\
-pdfborder & & 0 0 1 & The style of box around links; defaults to a box with lines of 1pt thickness,
- but the colorlinks option resets it to produce no border.
-\end{longtable}
-
-Note that the color of link borders can be specified \emph{only} as 3
-numbers in the range 0..1, giving an RGB color. You cannot use colors
-defined in \TeX. Since version 6.76a this is no longer true.
-Especially with the help of package \xpackage{xcolor} the usual
-color specifications of package \xpackage{(x)color} can be used.
-For further information see description of package \xpackage{hycolor}.
-
-The bookmark commands are stored in a file called
-\textit{jobname}\texttt{.out}. The files is not processed by \LaTeX\ so
-any markup is passed through. You can postprocess this file as needed;
-as an aid for this, the \texttt{.out} file is not overwritten on the
-next \TeX\ run if it is edited to contain the line
-\begin{verbatim}
-\let\WriteBookmarks\relax
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\subsection{PDF display and information options}
-\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}l>{\raggedright}p{\widthof{key value}}>{\itshape}lp{7cm}@{}}
-baseurl & URL & & Sets the base URL of the PDF document \\
-pdfpagemode & name & empty & Determines how the file is opening in Acrobat; the possibilities are
- \verb|UseNone|, \verb|UseThumbs| (show thumbnails), \verb|UseOutlines|
- (show bookmarks), \verb|FullScreen|, \verb|UseOC| (PDF 1.5),
- and \verb|UseAttachments| (PDF 1.6). If no mode if explicitly chosen, but the
- bookmarks option is set, \verb|UseOutlines| is used. \\
-pdftitle & text & & Sets the document information Title field \\
-pdfauthor & text & & Sets the document information Author field \\
-pdfsubject & text & & Sets the document information Subject field \\
-pdfcreator & text & & Sets the document information Creator field \\
-addtopdfcreator & text & & Adds additional text to the document information Creator field \\
-pdfkeywords & text & & Sets the document information Keywords field \\
-pdftrapped & name & empty & Sets the document information Trapped entry. Possible values are \verb|True|, \verb|False| and \verb|Unknown|.
- An empty value means, the entry is not set.\\
-%
-pdfinfo & key value list & empty & Alternative interface for setting the
- document information.\\
-pdfview & name & XYZ & Sets the default PDF `view' for each link \\
-pdfstartpage & integer & 1 & Determines on which page the PDF file is opened. An empty value means, the entry is not set.\\
-pdfstartview & name & Fit & Set the startup page view \\
-pdfremotestartview & name & Fit & Set the startup page view of remote PDF files \\
-pdfpagescrop & n n n n & & Sets the default PDF crop box for pages. This should be a set of four numbers \\
-pdfcenterwindow & boolean & false & position the document window in the center of the screen \\
-pdfdirection & name & empty & direction setting. Possible values: \verb|L2R| (left to right) and
- \verb|R2L| (right to left)\\
-pdfdisplaydoctitle & boolean & false & display document title instead of file name in title bar\\
-pdfduplex & name & empty & paper handling option for print dialog. Possible vatues are:
- \verb|Simplex| (print single-sided),
- \verb|DuplexFlipShortEdge| (duplex and flip on the short edge of the sheet),
- \verb|DuplexFlipLongEdge| (duplex and flip on the long edge of the sheet)\\
-
-pdffitwindow & boolean & false & resize document window to fit document size \\
-pdflang & name & relax & PDF language identifier (RFC 3066)\\
-pdfmenubar & boolean & true & make PDF viewer's menu bar visible \\
-pdfnewwindow & boolean & false & make links that open another PDF file start a new window \\
-pdfnonfullscreenpagemode
- & name & empty & page mode setting on exiting full-screen mode. Possible values are
- \verb|UseNone|, \verb|UseOutlines|, \verb|UseThumbs|, and \verb|UseOC|\\
-pdfnumcopies & integer & empty & number of printed copies \\
-pdfpagelayout & name & empty & set layout of PDF pages. Possible values:
- \verb|SinglePage|, \verb|OneColumn|,
- \verb|TwoColumnLeft|, \verb|TwoColumnRight|,
- \verb|TwoPageLeft|, and \verb|TwoPageRight| \\
-pdfpagelabels & boolean & true & set PDF page labels \\
-pdfpagetransition & name & empty & set PDF page transition style. Possible values are
- \verb|Split|, \verb|Blinds|, \verb|Box|, \verb|Wipe|,
- \verb|Dissolve|, \verb|Glitter|, \verb|R|,
- \verb|Fly|, \verb|Push|,
- \verb|Cover|, \verb|Uncover|,
- \verb|Fade|.
- The default according to the PDF~Reference is \verb|R|,
- which simply replaces the old page with the new one. \\
-pdfpicktraybypdfsize
- & boolean & false & specify whether PDF page size is used to select input paper tray in print dialog \\
-pdfprintarea & name & empty & set /PrintArea of viewer preferences. Possible values are
- \verb|MediaBox|, \verb|CropBox|,
- \verb|BleedBox|, \verb|TrimBox|, and \verb|ArtBox|.
- The dafault according to the PDF~Refence is \verb|CropBox| \\
-pdfprintclip & name & empty & set /PrintClip of viewer preferences. Possible values are
- \verb|MediaBox|, \verb|CropBox|,
- \verb|BleedBox|, \verb|TrimBox|, and \verb|ArtBox|.
- The dafault according to the PDF~Refence is \verb|CropBox| \\
-pdfprintpagerange & n n (n n)*
- & empty & set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences\\
-pdfprintscaling & name & empty & page scaling option for print dialog
- (option /PrintScaling of viewer
- preferences, PDF 1.6);
- valid values are \verb|None| and
- \verb|AppDefault| \\
-pdftoolbar & boolean & true & make PDF toolbar visible \\
-pdfviewarea & name & empty & set /ViewArea of viewer preferences. Possible values are
- \verb|MediaBox|, \verb|CropBox|,
- \verb|BleedBox|, \verb|TrimBox|, and \verb|ArtBox|.
- The dafault according to the PDF~Refence is \verb|CropBox| \\
-pdfviewclip & name & empty & set /ViewClip of viewer preferences Possible values are
- \verb|MediaBox|, \verb|CropBox|,
- \verb|BleedBox|, \verb|TrimBox|, and \verb|ArtBox|.
- The dafault according to the PDF~Refence is \verb|CropBox| \\
-pdfwindowui & boolean & true & make PDF user interface elements visible \\
-unicode & boolean & true & Unicode encoded PDF strings
-\end{longtable}
-
-Each link in Acrobat carries its own magnification level, which is set
-using PDF coordinate space, which is not the same as \TeX's. The unit
-is bp and the origin is in the lower left corner. See also
-\verb|\hypercalcbp| that is explained on page \pageref{hypercalcbp}.
-pdf\TeX\
-works by supplying default values for \texttt{XYZ} (horizontal $\times$
-vertical $\times$ zoom) and \texttt{FitBH}. However, drivers using
-\texttt{pdfmark} do not supply defaults, so \textsf{hyperref} passes in
-a value of -32768, which causes Acrobat to set (usually) sensible
-defaults. The following are possible values for the \texttt{pdfview},
-\texttt{pdfstartview} and \texttt{pdfremotestartview} parameters.
-
-\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}l>{\itshape}lp{7cm}@{}}
-XYZ & left top zoom & Sets a coordinate and a zoom factor. If any one is null, the source link value is used.
- \textit{null null null} will give the same values as the current page. \\
-Fit & & Fits the page to the window. \\
-FitH & top & Fits the width of the page to the window. \\
-FitV & left & Fits the height of the page to the window. \\
-FitR & left bottom right top & Fits the rectangle specified by the four coordinates to the window. \\
-FitB & & Fits the page bounding box to the window. \\
-FitBH & top & Fits the width of the page bounding box to the window. \\
-FitBV & left & Fits the height of the page bounding box to the window. \\
-\end{longtable}
-
-The \texttt{pdfpagelayout} can be one of the following values.
-
-\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}lp{10cm}@{}}
-SinglePage & Displays a single page; advancing flips the page \\
-OneColumn & Displays the document in one column; continuous scrolling. \\
-TwoColumnLeft & Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to the left. \\
-TwoColumnRight & Displays the document in two columns, odd-numbered pages to the right.\\
-TwoPageLeft & Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the left (since PDF 1.5).\\
-TwoPageRight & Displays two pages, odd-numbered pages to the right (since PDF 1.5).
-\end{longtable}
-
-Finally, the \texttt{pdfpagetransition} can be one of the following
-values, where \textit{/Di} stands for direction of motion in degrees,
-generally in 90$^{\circ}$\ steps, \textit{/Dm} is a horizontal
-(\texttt{/H}) or vertical (\texttt{/V}) dimension (e.g.\ \texttt{Blinds
-/Dm /V}), and \textit{/M} is for motion, either in (\texttt{/I}) or out
-(\texttt{/O}).
-
-\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}llp{8.5cm}@{}}
-Blinds & /Dm & Multiple lines distributed evenly across the screen sweep in the same direction to reveal the new
- page. \\
-Box & /M & A box sweeps in or out. \\
-Dissolve & & The page image dissolves in a piecemeal fashion to reveal the new page. \\
-Glitter & /Di & Similar to Dissolve, except the effect sweeps across the screen. \\
-Split & /Dm /M & Two lines sweep across the screen to reveal the new page. \\
-Wipe & /Di & A single line sweeps across the screen to reveal the new page. \\
-R & & Simply replaces the old page with the new one. \\
-Fly & /Di /M & Changes are flown out or in (as specified by /M), in the direction
- specified by /Di, to or from a location that is
- offscreen except when /Di is None. \\
-Push & /Di & The old page slides off the screen while the new page slides in,
- pushing the old page out in the direction
- specified by /Di. \\
-Cover & /Di & The new page slides on to the screen in the direction specified
- by /Di, covering the old page. \\
-Uncover & /Di & The old page slides off the screen in the direction specified by
- /Di, uncovering the new page in the direction
- specified by /Di. \\
-Fade & & The new page gradually becomes visible through the old one.
-
-\end{longtable}
-
-\subsection{Option \texttt{pdfinfo}}
-
-The information entries can be set using \texttt{pdftitle},
-\texttt{pdfsubject}, \dots. Option \texttt{pdfinfo} provides an alternative
-interface. It takes a key value list. The key names are the names that
-appear in the PDF information dictionary directly. Known keys such as
-\texttt{Title}, \texttt{Subject}, \texttt{Trapped} and other are mapped to
-options \texttt{pdftitle}, \texttt{subject}, \texttt{trapped}, \dots
-Unknown keys are added to the information dictionary. Their values are text
-strings (see PDF specification).
-Example:
-\begin{quote}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\hypersetup{
- pdfinfo={
- Title={My Title},
- Subject={My Subject},
- NewKey={Foobar},
- % ...
- }
-}
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{quote}
-
-\subsection{Big alphabetical list}
-
-The following is a complete listing of available options for
-\textsf{hyperref}, arranged alphabetically.
-
-\begin{longtable}{@{}>{\ttfamily}llp{7cm}@{}}
-allbordercolors & & Set all border color options\\
-allcolors & & Set all color options (without border and field options)\\
-anchorcolor & \textit{black} & set color of anchors, ignored by most drivers. \\
-backref & \textit{false} & do bibliographical back references \\
-baseurl & \textit{empty} & set base URL for document \\
-bookmarks & \textit{true} & make bookmarks \\
-bookmarksnumbered & \textit{false} & put section numbers in bookmarks \\
-bookmarksopen & \textit{false} & open up bookmark tree \\
-bookmarksopenlevel & \ttfamily\ci{maxdimen} & level to which bookmarks are open \\
-bookmarkstype & \textit{toc} & to specify which `toc' file to mimic \\
-breaklinks & \textit{false} & allow links to break over lines \\
-CJKbookmarks & \textit{false} & to produce CJK bookmarks\\
-citebordercolor & \textit{0 1 0} & color of border around cites \\
-citecolor & \textit{green} & color of citation links \\
-colorlinks & \textit{false} & color links \\
- & \textit{true} & (\textsf{tex4ht}, \textsf{dviwindo}) \\
-debug & \textit{false} & provide details of anchors defined; same as verbose \\
-destlabel & \textit{false} & destinations are named by the first \verb|\label| after the anchor creation \\
-draft & \textit{false} & do not do any hyperlinking \\
-driverfallback & & default if no driver specified or detected\\
-dvipdfm & & use \textsf{dvipdfm} backend \\
-dvipdfmx & & use \textsf{dvipdfmx} backend \\
-dvips & & use \textsf{dvips} backend \\
-dvipsone & & use \textsf{dvipsone} backend \\
-dviwindo & & use \textsf{dviwindo} backend \\
-encap & & to set encap character for hyperindex \\
-extension & \textit{dvi} & suffix of linked files \\
-filebordercolor & \textit{0 .5 .5} & color of border around file links \\
-filecolor & \textit{cyan} & color of file links \\
-final & \textit{true} & opposite of option draft \\
-frenchlinks & \textit{false} & use small caps instead of color for links \\
-hidelinks & & Hide links (removing color and border) \\
-hyperfigures & \textit{false} & make figures hyper links \\
-hyperfootnotes & \textit{true} & set up hyperlinked footnotes \\
-hyperindex & \textit{true} & set up hyperlinked indices \\
-hypertex & & use \textsf{Hyper\TeX} backend \\
-hypertexnames & \textit{true} & use guessable names for links \\
-implicit & \textit{true} & redefine \LaTeX\ internals \\
-latex2html & & use \textsf{\LaTeX2HTML} backend \\
-linkbordercolor & \textit{1 0 0} & color of border around links \\
-linkcolor & \textit{red} & color of links \\
-linktoc & \textit{section} & make text be link on TOC, LOF and LOT \\
-linktocpage & \textit{false} & make page number, not text, be link on TOC, LOF and LOT \\
-menubordercolor & \textit{1 0 0} & color of border around menu links \\
-menucolor & \textit{red} & color for menu links \\
-nativepdf & \textit{false} & an alias for \textsf{dvips} \\
-naturalnames & \textit{false} & use \LaTeX-computed names for links \\
-nesting & \textit{false} & allow nesting of links \\
-pageanchor & \textit{true} & put an anchor on every page \\
-pagebackref & \textit{false} & backreference by page number \\
-pdfauthor & \textit{empty} & text for PDF Author field \\
-pdfborder & \textit{0 0 1} & width of PDF link border \\
- & \textit{0 0 0} & (\texttt{colorlinks)} \\
-pdfborderstyle & & border style for links \\
-pdfcenterwindow & \textit{false} & position the document window in the center of the screen \\
-pdfcreator & \textit{LaTeX with} & text for PDF Creator field \\
- & \textit{hyperref} & \\
-pdfdirection & \textit{empty} & direction setting \\
-pdfdisplaydoctitle & \textit{false} & display document title instead
- of file name in title bar\\
-pdfduplex & \textit{empty} & paper handling option for
- print dialog\\
-pdffitwindow & \textit{false} & resize document window to fit document size \\
-pdfhighlight & \textit{/I} & set highlighting of PDF links \\
-pdfinfo & \textit{empty} & alternative interface for setting document information\\
-pdfkeywords & \textit{empty} & text for PDF Keywords field \\
-pdflang & \textit{relax} & PDF language identifier (RFC 3066) \\
-pdfmark & \textit{false} & an alias for \textsf{dvips} \\
-pdfmenubar & \textit{true} & make PDF viewer's menu bar visible \\
-pdfnewwindow & \textit{false} & make links that open another PDF \\
- & & file start a new window \\
-pdfnonfullscreenpagemode
- & \textit{empty} & page mode setting on exiting
- full-screen mode\\
-pdfnumcopies & \textit{empty} & number of printed copies\\
-pdfpagelabels & \textit{true} & set PDF page labels \\
-pdfpagelayout & \textit{empty} & set layout of PDF pages \\
-pdfpagemode & \textit{empty} & set default mode of PDF display \\
-pdfpagescrop & \textit{empty} & set crop size of PDF document \\
-pdfpagetransition & \textit{empty} & set PDF page transition style \\
-pdfpicktraybypdfsize
- & \textit{empty} & set option for print dialog \\
-pdfprintarea & \textit{empty} & set /PrintArea of viewer preferences \\
-pdfprintclip & \textit{empty} & set /PrintClip of viewer preferences \\
-pdfprintpagerange & \textit{empty} & set /PrintPageRange of viewer preferences \\
-pdfprintscaling & \textit{empty} & page scaling option for print dialog \\
-pdfproducer & \textit{empty} & text for PDF Producer field \\
-pdfremotestartview & \textit{Fit} & starting view of remote PDF documents \\
-pdfstartpage & \textit{1} & page at which PDF document opens \\
-pdfstartview & \textit{Fit} & starting view of PDF document \\
-pdfsubject & \textit{empty} & text for PDF Subject field \\
-pdftex & & use \textsf{pdf\TeX} backend \\
-pdftitle & \textit{empty} & text for PDF Title field \\
-pdftoolbar & \textit{true} & make PDF toolbar visible \\
-pdftrapped & \textit{empty} & Sets the document information Trapped entry.
- Possible values are \texttt{True}, \texttt{False} and \texttt{Unknown}.
- An empty value means, the entry is not set.\\
-pdfview & \textit{XYZ} & PDF `view' when on link traversal \\
-pdfviewarea & \textit{empty} & set /ViewArea of viewer preferences \\
-pdfviewclip & \textit{empty} & set /ViewClip of viewer preferences \\
-pdfwindowui & \textit{true} & make PDF user interface elements visible \\
-plainpages & \textit{false} & do page number anchors as plain Arabic \\
-ps2pdf & & use \textsf{ps2pdf} backend \\
-psdextra & \textit{false} & define more short names for PDF string commands \\
-raiselinks & \textit{false} & raise up links (for \textsf{Hyper\TeX} backend) \\
-runbordercolor & \textit{0 .7 .7} & color of border around `run' links \\
-runcolor & \textit{filecolor} & color of `run' links\\
-setpagesize & \textit{true} & set page size by special driver commands \\
-tex4ht & & use \textsf{\TeX4ht} backend \\
-textures & & use \textsf{Textures} backend \\
-unicode & \textit{true} & Unicode encoded pdf strings, starting with version 2021-02-04 v7.00g set by default to true for all engines. \\
-urlbordercolor & \textit{0 1 1} & color of border around URL links \\
-urlcolor & \textit{magenta} & color of URL links \\
-verbose & \textit{false} & be chatty \\
-vtex & & use \textsf{VTeX} backend\\
-xetex & & use \textsf{Xe\TeX} backend\\
-\end{longtable}
-
-\section{Additional user macros}
-
-If you need to make references to URLs, or write explicit links, the
-following low-level user macros are provided:
-
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{href}\verb|[|\emph{options}\verb|]|\verb|{|\emph{URL}\verb|}{|\emph{text}\verb|}|
-\end{cmdsyntax}
-
-\noindent The \emph{text} is made a hyperlink to the \emph{URL}; this
-must be a full URL (relative to the base URL, if that is defined). The
-special characters \# and \~{} do \emph{not} need to be escaped in any
-way (unless the command is used in the argument of another command).
-
-The optional argument \emph{options} recognizes the hyperref options
-\texttt{pdfremotestartview}, \texttt{pdfnewwindow} and the following
-key value options:
-\begin{description}
-\item[\texttt{page}:] Specifies the start page number of remote
-PDF documents. First page is \verb|1|.
-\item[\texttt{ismap}:] Boolean key, if set to \verb|true|, the
-URL should appended by the coordinates as query parameters by
-the PDF viewer.
-\item[\texttt{nextactionraw}:] The value of key \verb|/Next| of
-action dictionaries, see PDF specification.
-\end{description}
-
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{url}\verb|{|\emph{URL}\verb|}|
-\end{cmdsyntax}
-
-\noindent Similar to
-\ci{href}\verb|{|\emph{URL}\verb|}{|\ci{nolinkurl}\verb|{|\emph{URL}\verb|}}|.
-Depending on the driver \verb|\href| also tries to detect the link type.
-Thus the result can be a url link, file link, \dots
-
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{nolinkurl}\verb|{|\emph{URL}\verb|}|
-\end{cmdsyntax}
-
-\noindent Write \emph{URL} in the same way as \verb|\url|,
- without creating a hyperlink.
-
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{hyperbaseurl}\verb|{|\emph{URL}\verb|}|
-\end{cmdsyntax}
-
-\noindent A base \emph{URL} is established, which is prepended to other
-specified URLs, to make it easier to write portable documents.
-
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{hyperimage}\verb|{|\emph{imageURL}\verb|}{|\emph{text}\verb|}|
-\end{cmdsyntax}
-
-\noindent The link to the image referenced by the URL is inserted, using
-\emph{text} as the anchor.
-
- For drivers that produce HTML, the image itself is inserted by the
-browser, with the \emph{text} being ignored completely.
-
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{hyperdef}\verb|{|\emph{category}\verb|}{|\emph{name}\verb|}{|\emph{text}\verb|}|
-\end{cmdsyntax}
-
-\noindent A target area of the document (the \emph{text}) is marked, and
-given the name \emph{category.name}
-
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{hyperref}\verb|{|\emph{URL}\verb|}{|\emph{category}\verb|}{|\emph{name}\verb|}{|\emph{text}\verb|}|
-\end{cmdsyntax}
-
-\noindent \emph{text} is made into a link to \emph{URL\#category.name}
-
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{hyperref}\verb|[|\emph{label}\verb|]{|\emph{text}\verb|}|
-\end{cmdsyntax}
-
-\noindent
-\emph{text} is made into a link to the same place as
-\verb|\ref{|\emph{label}\verb|}| would be linked.
-
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{hyperlink}\verb|{|\emph{name}\verb|}{|\emph{text}\verb|}|
-\end{cmdsyntax}
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{hypertarget}\verb|{|\emph{name}\verb|}{|\emph{text}\verb|}|
-\end{cmdsyntax}
-
-\noindent A simple internal link is created with \verb|\hypertarget|,
-with two parameters of an anchor \emph{name}, and anchor
-\emph{text}. \verb|\hyperlink| has two arguments, the name of a
-hypertext object defined somewhere by \verb|\hypertarget|, and the
-\emph{text} which be used as the link on the page.
-
-Note that in HTML parlance, the \verb|\hyperlink| command inserts a
-notional \# in front of each link, making it relative to the current
-testdocument; \verb|\href| expects a full URL.
-
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{phantomsection}
-\end{cmdsyntax}
-
-\noindent
-This sets an anchor at this location. It works similar to
-\verb|\hypertarget{}{}| with an automatically chosen anchor name.
-Often it is used in conjunction
-with \verb|\addcontentsline| for sectionlike things (index, bibliography,
-preface). \verb|\addcontentsline| refers to the latest previous location
-where an anchor is set. Example:
-\begin{quote}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\cleardoublepage
-\phantomsection
-\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname}
-\printindex
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{quote}
-Now the entry in the table of contents (and bookmarks) for the
-index points to the start of the index page, not to a location
-before this page.
-
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{autoref}\verb|{|\emph{label}\verb|}|
-\end{cmdsyntax}
-
-\noindent
-This is a replacement for the usual \verb|\ref| command that places a
-contextual label in front of the reference. This gives your users a
-bigger target to click for hyperlinks (e.g.\ `section 2' instead of
-merely the number `2').
-
-The label is worked out from the context of the original \verb|\label|
-command by \textsf{hyperref} by using the macros listed below (shown
-with their default values). The macros can be (re)defined in documents
-using \verb|\(re)newcommand|; note that some of these macros are already
-defined in the standard document classes. The mixture of lowercase and
-uppercase initial letters is deliberate and corresponds to the author's
-practice.
-
-For each macro below, \textsf{hyperref} checks \ci{*autorefname} before
-\ci{*name}. For instance, it looks for \ci{figureautorefname} before
-\ci{figurename}.
-
-\begin{longtable}{@{}lp{10cm}@{}}
-\textit{Macro} & \textit{Default} \\
-\ci{figurename} & Figure \\
-\ci{tablename} & Table \\
-\ci{partname} & Part \\
-\ci{appendixname} & Appendix \\
-\ci{equationname} & Equation \\
-\ci{Itemname} & item \\
-\ci{chaptername} & chapter \\
-\ci{sectionname} & section \\
-\ci{subsectionname} & subsection \\
-\ci{subsubsectionname} & subsubsection \\
-\ci{paragraphname} & paragraph \\
-\ci{Hfootnotename} & footnote \\
-\ci{AMSname} & Equation \\
-\ci{theoremname} & Theorem\\
-\ci{page} & page\\
-\end{longtable}
-
-Example for a redefinition if \textsf{babel} is used:
-\begin{quote}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}
-\addto\extrasngerman{%
- \def\subsectionautorefname{Unterkapitel}%
-}
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{quote}
-
-Hint: \cs{autoref} works via the counter name that the reference
-is based on. Sometimes \cs{autoref} chooses the wrong name, if
-the counter is used for different things. For example, it happens
-with \cs{newtheorem} if a lemma shares a counter with theorems.
-Then package \xpackage{aliascnt} provides a method to generate a
-simulated second counter that allows the differentiation between
-theorems and lemmas:
-\begin{quote}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\documentclass{article}
-
-\usepackage{aliascnt}
-\usepackage{hyperref}
-
-\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}
-
-\newaliascnt{lemma}{theorem}
-\newtheorem{lemma}[lemma]{Lemma}
-\aliascntresetthe{lemma}
-
-\providecommand*{\lemmaautorefname}{Lemma}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-We will use \autoref{a} to prove \autoref{b}.
-
-\begin{lemma}\label{a}
- Nobody knows.
-\end{lemma}
-
-\begin{theorem}\label{b}
- Nobody is right.
-\end{theorem}.
-
-\end{document}
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{quote}
-
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{autopageref}\verb|{|\emph{label}\verb|}|
-\end{cmdsyntax}
-
-\noindent
-It replaces \verb|\pageref| and adds the name for page in front of
-the page reference. First \ci{pageautorefname} is checked before
-\ci{pagename}.
-
-For instances where you want a reference to use the correct counter, but
-not to create a link, there are starred forms (these starred forms exist even if
-hyperref has been loaded with \verb|implicit=false|):
-
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{ref*}\verb|{|\emph{label}\verb|}|
-\end{cmdsyntax}
-
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{pageref*}\verb|{|\emph{label}\verb|}|
-\end{cmdsyntax}
-
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{autoref*}\verb|{|\emph{label}\verb|}|
-\end{cmdsyntax}
-
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{autopageref*}\verb|{|\emph{label}\verb|}|
-\end{cmdsyntax}
-
-A typical use would be to write
-\begin{verbatim}
-\hyperref[other]{that nice section (\ref*{other}) we read before}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-We want \verb|\ref*{other}| to generate the correct number, but not to
-form a link, since we do this ourselves with \ci{hyperref}.
-
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{pdfstringdef}\verb|{|\emph{macroname}\verb|}{|\emph{\TeX string}\verb|}|
-\end{cmdsyntax}
-
-\ci{pdfstringdef} returns a macro containing the PDF string. (Currently
-this is done globally, but do not rely on it.) All the following tasks,
-definitions and redefinitions are made in a group to keep them local:
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item Switching to PD1 or PU encoding
-\item Defining the \Quote{octal sequence commands} (\verb|\345|): \verb|\edef\3{\string\3}|
-\item Special glyphs of \TeX: \verb|\{|, \verb|\%|, \verb|\&|, \verb|\space|, \verb|\dots|, etc.
-\item National glyphs (\textsf{german.sty}, \textsf{french.sty}, etc.)
-\item Logos: \verb|\TeX|, \verb|\eTeX|, \verb|\MF|, etc.
-\item Disabling commands that do not provide useful functionality in bookmarks:
-\verb|\label|, \verb|\index|, \verb|\glossary|, \verb|\discretionary|, \verb|\def|, \verb|\let|, etc.
-\item \LaTeX's font commands like \verb|\textbf|, etc.
-\item Support for \verb|\xspace| provided by the \xpackage{xspace} package
-\end{itemize}
-
-In addition, parentheses are protected to avoid the danger of unsafe
-unbalanced parentheses in the PDF string. For further details, see Heiko
-Oberdiek's Euro\TeX\ paper distributed with \textsf{hyperref}.
-
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{begin}\verb|{NoHyper}|\ldots\ci{end}\verb|{NoHyper}|
-\end{cmdsyntax}
- Sometimes we just don't want the wretched package interfering
- with us. Define an environment we can put in manually, or include
- in a style file, which stops the hypertext functions doing anything.
- This is used, for instance, in the Elsevier classes, to stop
- \verb|hyperref| playing havoc in the front matter.
-
-\subsection{Bookmark macros}
-
-\subsubsection{Setting bookmarks}
-
-Usually \textsf{hyperref} automatically adds bookmarks for
-\verb|\section| and similar macros. But they can also set manually.
-
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{pdfbookmark}\verb|[|\emph{level}\verb|]{|text\verb|}{|\emph{name}\verb|}|
-\end{cmdsyntax}
-creates a bookmark with the specified text and at the given level (default is
-0). As name for the internal anchor name is used (in conjunction with
-level). Therefore the name must be unique (similar to \verb|\label|).
-
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{currentpdfbookmark}\verb|{|\emph{text}\verb|}{|\emph{name}\verb|}|
-\end{cmdsyntax}
-creates a bookmark at the current level.
-
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{subpdfbookmark}\verb|{|\emph{text}\verb|}{|\emph{name}\verb|}|
-\end{cmdsyntax}
-creates a bookmark one step down in the bookmark hierarchy.
-Internally the current level is increased by one.
-
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{belowpdfbookmark}\verb|{|\emph{text}\verb|}{|\emph{name}\verb|}|
-\end{cmdsyntax}
-creates a bookmark below the current bookmark level. However after the
-command the current bookmark level has not changed.
-
-\noindent \textbf{Hint:} Package \textsf{bookmark} replaces
-\textsf{hyperref}'s bookmark organization by a new algorithm:
-\begin{itemize}
-\item Usually only one \LaTeX\ run is needed.
-\item More control over the bookmark appearance (color, font).
-\item Different bookmark actions are supported (external file links,
- URLs, \dots).
-\end{itemize}
-Therefore I recommend using this package.
-
-\subsubsection{Replacement macros}
-
-\textsf{hyperref} takes the text for bookmarks from the arguments of
-commands like \ci{section}, which can contain things like math, colors,
-or font changes, none of which will display in bookmarks as is.
-
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{texorpdfstring}\verb|{|\emph{\TeX string}\verb|}{|\emph{PDFstring}\verb|}|
-\end{cmdsyntax}
-
-For example,
-\begin{verbatim}
-\section{Pythagoras:
- \texorpdfstring{$ a^2 + b^2 = c^2 $}{%
- a\texttwosuperior\ + b\texttwosuperior\ =
- c\texttwosuperior
- }%
-}
-\section{\texorpdfstring{\textcolor{red}}{}{Red} Mars}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\ci{pdfstringdef} executes the hook \pdfstringdefPreHook before it
-expands the string. Therefore, you can use this hook to perform
-additional tasks or to disable additional commands.
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-\expandafter\def\expandafter\pdfstringdefPreHook
-\expandafter{%
- \pdfstringdefPreHook
- \renewcommand{\mycommand}[1]{}%
-}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-However, for disabling commands, an easier way is via
-\ci{pdfstringdefDisableCommands}, which adds its argument to the
-definition of \ci{pdfstringdefPreHook} (`@' can here be used as letter in
-command names):
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-\pdfstringdefDisableCommands{%
- \let~\textasciitilde
- \def\url{\pdfstringdefWarn\url}%
- \let\textcolor\@gobble
-}
-\end{verbatim}
-
-\subsection{Pagelabels}
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{thispdfpagelabel}\verb|{|\emph{page number format}\verb|}|
-\end{cmdsyntax}
-
-This allows to change format of the page number shown in the tool bar of
-a PDF viewer for a specific page, for example
-
-\verb+\thispdfpagelabel{Empty Page-\roman{page}}+
-
-The command affects the page on which it is executed, so asynchronous page breaking
-should be taken into account. It should be used in places where for example \verb+\thispagestyle+ can be use too.
-
-\subsection{Utility macros}
-
-\label{hypercalcbp}
-\begin{cmdsyntax}
-\ci{hypercalcbp}\verb|{|\emph{dimen specification}\verb|}|
-\end{cmdsyntax}
-\noindent
-\verb|\hypercalcbp| takes a \TeX\ dimen specification and
-converts it to bp and returns the number without the unit.
-This is useful for options \verb|pdfview|, \verb|pdfstartview|
-and \verb|pdfremotestartview|.
-Example:
-\begin{quote}
-\begin{verbatim}
-\hypersetup{
- pdfstartview={FitBH \hypercalcbp{\paperheight-\topmargin-1in
- -\headheight-\headsep}
-}
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{quote}
-The origin of the PDF coordinate system is the lower left corner.
-
-Note, for calculations you need either package \xpackage{calc} or
-\hologo{eTeX}. Nowadays the latter should automatically be enabled
-for \hologo{LaTeX} formats. Users without \hologo{eTeX}, please, look
-in the source documentation \verb|hyperref.dtx| for further
-limitations.
-
-Also \cs{hypercalcbp} cannot be used in option specifications
-of \cs{documentclass} and \cs{usepackage}, because
-\hologo{LaTeX} expands the option lists of these commands. However
-package \xpackage{hyperref} is not yet loaded and an undefined control
-sequence error would arise.
-
-\section[New Features]{New Features%
-\footnote{This section moved from the README file, needs more integration into the manual}}
-
-
-\subsection{Option `pdflinkmargin'}
-
- Option `pdflinkmargin' is an experimental option for specifying
- a link margin, if the driver supports this. Default is 1 pt for
- supporting drivers.
-
-
-\begin{description}
-\item[pdfTeX]
-\begin{itemize}
- \item The link area also depends on the surrounding box.
- \item Settings have local effect.
- \item When a page is shipped out, pdfTeX uses the current setting
- of the link margin for all links on the page.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\item[pdfmark]
-\begin{itemize}
- \item Settings have global effect.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\item[xetex]
-\begin{itemize}
- \item Settings must be done in the preamble or the first page and then have global effect.
- The key inserts the new (x)dvipdfmx special \verb|\special{dvipdfmx:config g #1}| (with the unit removed).
-\end{itemize}
-
-\item[Other drivers]
- Unsupported.
-\end{description}
-
-
-\subsection{Field option `calculatesortkey'}
-
- Fields with calculated values are calculated in document order
- by default. If calculated field values depend on other calculated
- fields that appear later in the document, then the correct calculation
- order can be specified with option `calculatesortkey'. Its value is
- used as key to lexicographically sort the calculated fields.
- The sort key do not need to be unique. Fields that share the same
- key are sorted in document order.
-
-
-
- Currently the field option `calculatesortkey' is only supported by
- the driver for pdfTeX.
-
-
-\subsection{Option `localanchorname'}
-
- When an anchor is set (e.g. via \verb|\refstepcounter|, then the
- anchor name is globally set to the current anchor name.
-
-
- For example:
-\begin{verbatim}
- \section{Foobar}
- \begin{equation}\end{equation}
- \label{sec:foobar}
-\end{verbatim}
- With the default global setting (localanchorname=false)
- a reference to `sec:foobar' jumps to the equation before.
- With option `localanchorname' the anchor of the equation
- is forgotten after the environment and the reference
- `sec:foobar' jumps to the section title.
-
-
- Option `localanchorname' is an experimental option, there
- might be situations, where the anchor name is not available
- as expected.
-
-
-\subsection{Option `customdriver'}
-
- The value of option `customdriver' is the name of an external
- driver file without extension `.def'. The file must have
- \verb|\ProvidesFile| with a version date and number that match the
- date and number of `hyperref', otherwise a warning is given.
-
- Because the interface, what needs to be defined in the driver,
- is not well defined and quite messy, the option is mainly intended
- to ease developing, testing, debugging the driver part.
-
-
-\subsection{Option `psdextra'}
-
- LaTeX's NFSS is used to assist the conversion of arbitrary
- TeX strings to PDF strings (bookmarks, PDF information entries).
- Many math command names (\verb|\geq|, \verb|\notin|, ...) are not in control
- of NFSS, therefore they are defined with prefix `text'
- (\verb|\textgeq|, \verb|\textnotin|, ...). They can be mapped to short names
- during the processing to PDF strings. The disadvantage is that
- they are many hundreds macros that need to be redefined for
- each PDF string conversion. Therefore this can be enabled or
- disabled as option `psdextra'. On default the option is turned
- off (set to `false'). Turning the option on means
- that the short names are available. Then \verb|\geq| can directly
- be used instead of \verb|\textgeq|.
-
-
-\subsection{\textbackslash XeTeXLinkBox}
-
- When XeTeX generates a link annotation, it does not look
- at the boxes (as the other drivers), but only at the character
- glyphs. If there are no glyphs (images, rules, ...), then
- it does not generate a link annotation. Macro \verb|\XeTeXLinkBox|
- puts its argument in a box and adds spaces at the lower left
- and upper right corners. An additional margin can be specified
- by setting it to the dimen register \verb|\XeTeXLinkMargin|. The default
- is 2pt.
-
- Example:
-
-
-\begin{verbatim}
@@ Diff output truncated at 1234567 characters. @@
More information about the tex-live-commits
mailing list.